Latin for Beginners

by Benjamin L. D'Ooge

PART III

CONSTRUCTIONS

INTRODUCTORY NOTE

The preceding part of this book has been concerned chiefly with forms and vocabulary. There remain still to be learned the forms of the Subjunctive Mood, the Participles, and the Gerund of the regular verb, and the conjugation of the commoner irregular verbs. These will be taken up in connection with the study of constructions, which will be the chief subject of our future work. The special vocabularies of the preceding lessons contain, exclusive of proper names, about six hundred words. As these are among the commonest words in the language, they must be mastered. They properly form the basis of the study of words, and will be reviewed and used with but few additions in the remaining lessons.

For practice in reading and to illustrate the constructions presented, a continued story has been prepared and may be begun at this point (see p. 204). It has been divided into chapters of convenient length to accompany progress through the lessons, but may be read with equal profit after the lessons are finished. The story gives an account of the life and adventures of Publius Cornelius Lentulus, a Roman boy, who fought in Cæsar’s campaigns and shared in his triumph. The colored plates illustrating the story are faithful representations of ancient life and are deserving of careful study.

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXI]

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD

[342.] In addition to the indicative, imperative, and infinitive moods, which you have learned, Latin has a fourth mood called the subjunctive. The tenses of the subjunctive are

Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect

Active and Passive

[343.] The tenses of the subjunctive have the same time values as the corresponding tenses of the indicative, and, in addition, each of them may refer to future time. No meanings of the tenses will be given in the paradigms, as the translation varies with the construction used.

[344.] The present subjunctive is inflected as follows:

Conj. I	Conj. II	Conj. III		Conj. IV
Active Voice
SINGULAR
1. a´mem	mo´neam	re´gam	ca´piam	au´diam
2. a´mēs	mo´neās	re´gās	ca´piās	au´diās
3. a´met	mo´neat	re´gat	ca´piat	au´diat
PLURAL
1. amē´mus	moneā´mus	regā´mus	capiā´mus	audiā´mus
2. amē´tis	moneā´tis	regā´tis	capiā´tis	audiā´tis
3. a´ment	mo´neant	re´gant	ca´piant	au´diant
Passive Voice
SINGULAR
1. a´mer	mo´near	re´gar	ca´piar	au´diar
2. amē´ris (-re)	moneā´ris (-re)	regā´ris (-re)	capiā´ris (-re)	audiā´ris (-re)
3. amē´tur	moneā´tur	regā´tur	capiā´tur	audiā´tur
PLURAL
1. amē´mur	moneā´mur	regā´mur	capiā´mur	audiā´mur
2. amē´minī	moneā´minī	regā´minī	capiā´minī	audiā´minī
3. amen´tur	monean´tur	regan´tur	capian´tur	audian´tur

a. The present subjunctive is formed from the present stem.

b. The mood sign of the present subjunctive is -ē- in the first conjugation and -ā- in the others. It is shortened in the usual places (cf. [§ 12]), and takes the place of the final vowel of the stem in the first and third conjugations, but not in the second and fourth.

c. The personal endings are the same as in the indicative.

d. In a similar way inflect the present subjunctive of cūrō, iubeō, sūmō, iaciō, mūniō.

[345.] The present subjunctive of the irregular verb sum is inflected as follows:

Sing.

1. sim 2. sīs 3. sit

Plur.

1. sīmus 2. sītis 3. sint

[346.] The Indicative and Subjunctive Compared. 1. The two most important of the finite moods are the indicative and the subjunctive. The indicative deals with facts either real or assumed. If, then, we wish to assert something as a fact or to inquire after a fact, we use the indicative.

2. On the other hand, if we wish to express a desire or wish, a purpose, a possibility, an expectation, or some such notion, we must use the subjunctive. The following sentences illustrate the difference between the indicative and the subjunctive ideas.

	Indicative Ideas		Subjunctive Ideas
1.	He is brave Fortis est	1.	May he be brave Fortis sit (idea of wishing)
2.	We set out at once Statim proficīscimur	2.	Let us set out at once Statim proficīscāmur (idea of willing)
3.	You hear him every day Cotīdiē eum audīs	3.	You can hear him every day Cotīdiē eum audiās (idea of possibility)
4.	He remained until the ship arrived Mānsit dum nāvis pervēnit	4.	He waited until the ship should arrive Exspectāvit dum nāvis pervenīret1 (idea of expectation)
5.	Cæsar sends men who find the bridge Caesar mittit hominēs quī pontem reperiunt	5.	Cæsar sends men who are to find (or to find) the bridge Caesar hominēs mittit quī pontem reperiant (idea of purpose)

1. pervenīret, imperfect subjunctive.

Note. From the sentences above we observe that the subjunctive may be used in either independent or dependent clauses; but it is far more common in the latter than in the former.

[347.] EXERCISE

Which verbs in the following paragraph would be in the indicative and which in the subjunctive in a Latin translation?

There have been times in the history of our country when you might be proud of being an American citizen. Do you remember the day when Dewey sailed into Manila Bay to capture or destroy the enemy’s fleet? You might have seen the admiral standing on the bridge calmly giving his orders. He did not even wait until the mines should be removed from the harbor’s mouth, but sailed in at once. Let us not despair of our country while such valor exists, and may the future add new glories to the past.

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXII]

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE

[348.] Observe the sentence

Caesar hominēs mittit quī pontem reperiant,
Cæsar sends men to find the bridge

The verb reperiant in the dependent clause is in the subjunctive because it tells us what Cæsar wants the men to do; in other words, it expresses his will and the purpose in his mind. Such a use of the subjunctive is called the subjunctive of purpose.

[349.] Rule. Subjunctive of Purpose. The subjunctive is used in a dependent clause to express the purpose of the action in the principal clause.

[350.] A clause of purpose is introduced as follows:

I. If something is wanted, by

quī, the relative pronoun (as above) ut, conj., in order that, that quō (abl. of quī, by which), in order that, that, used when the purpose clause contains a comparative. The ablative quō expresses the measure of difference. (Cf. [§ 317].)

II. If something is not wanted, by

nē, conj., in order that not, that not, lest

[351.] EXAMPLES

1.	Caesar cōpiās cōgit quibus hostīs īnsequātur Cæsar collects troops with which to pursue the foe
2.	Pācem petunt ut domum revertantur They ask for peace in order that they may return home
3.	Pontem faciunt quō facilius oppidum capiant They build a bridge that they may take the town more easily (lit. by which the more easily)
4.	Fugiunt nē vulnerentur They flee that they may not (or lest they) be wounded

[352.] Expression of Purpose in English. In English, purpose clauses are sometimes introduced by that or in order that, but much more frequently purpose is expressed in English by the infinitive, as We eat to live, She stoops to conquer. In Latin prose, on the other hand, purpose is never expressed by the infinitive. Be on your guard and do not let the English idiom betray you into this error.

[353.] EXERCISES

I.

1. Veniunt ut	dūcant, mittant, videant, audiant, dūcantur, mittantur, videantur, audiantur.
2. Fugimus nē	capiāmur, trādāmur, videāmus, necēmur, rapiāmur, resistāmus.
3. Mittit nūntiōs quī	dicant, audiant, veniant, nārrent, audiantur, in conciliō sedeant.
4. Castra mūniunt quō facilius	sēsē dēfendant, impetum sustineant, hostīs vincant, salūtem petant.

II. 1. The Helvetii send ambassadors to seek1 peace. 2. They are setting out at daybreak in order that they may make a longer march before night. 3. They will hide the women in the forest (acc. with in) that they may not be captured. 4. The Gauls wage many wars to free1 their fatherland from slavery. 5. They will resist the Romans2 bravely lest they be destroyed.

1. Not infinitive.

2. Not accusative.

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXIII]

INFLECTION OF THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES

[354.] The imperfect subjunctive may be formed by adding the personal endings to the present active infinitive.

Conj. I	Conj. II	Conj. III		Conj. IV
ACTIVE
1. amā´rem	monē´rem	re´gerem	ca´perem	audī´rem
2. amā´rēs	monē´rēs	re´gerēs	ca´perēs	audī´rēs
3. amā´ret	monē´ret	re´geret	ca´peret	audī´ret
1. amārē´mus	monērē´mus	regerē´mus	caperē´mus	audīrē´mus
2. amārē´tis	monērē´tis	regerē´tis	caperē´tis	audīrē´tis
3. amā´rent	monē´rent	re´gerent	ca´perent	audī´rent
PASSIVE
1. amā´rer	monē´rer	re´gerer	ca´perer	audī´rer
2. amārē´ris(-re)	monērē´ris(-re)	regerē´ris(-re)	caperē´ris(-re)	audīrē´ris(-re)
3. amārē´tur	monērē´tur	regerē´tur	caperē´tur	audīrē´tur
1. amārē´mur	monērē´mur	regerē´mur	caperē´mur	audīrē´mur
2. amārē´minī	monērē´minī	regerē´minī	caperē´minī	audīrē´minī
3. amāren´tur	monēren´tur	regeren´tur	caperen´tur	audīren´tur

a. In a similar way inflect the imperfect subjunctive, active and passive, of cūrō, iubeō, sūmō, iaciō, mūniō.

[355.] The imperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb sum is inflected as follows:

Sing.	1. es´sem	Plur.	1. essē´mus
	2. es´sēs		2. essē´tis
	3. es´set		3. es´sent

[356.] The three great distinctions of time are present, past, and future. All tenses referring to present or future time are called primary tenses, and those referring to past time are called secondary tenses. Now it is a very common law of language that in a complex sentence the tense in the dependent clause should be of the same kind as the tense in the principal clause. In the sentence He says that he is coming, the principal verb, says, is present, that is, is in a primary tense; and is coming, in the dependent clause, is naturally also primary. If I change he says to he said,—in other words, if I make the principal verb secondary in character,—I feel it natural to change the verb in the dependent clause also, and I say, He said that he was coming. This following of a tense by another of the same kind is called tense sequence, from sequī, “to follow.”

In Latin the law of tense sequence is obeyed with considerable regularity, especially when an indicative in the principal clause is followed by a subjunctive in the dependent clause. Then a primary tense of the indicative is followed by a primary tense of the subjunctive, and a secondary tense of the indicative is followed by a secondary tense of the subjunctive. Learn the following table:

[357.] Table for Sequence of Tenses

	Principal Verb in the Indicative	Dependent Verbs in the Subjunctive
		Incomplete or Continuing Action	Completed Action
P r i m a r y	Present Future Future perfect	Present	Perfect
S e c o n d a r y	Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect	Imperfect	Pluperfect

[358.] Rule. Sequence of Tenses. Primary tenses are followed by primary tenses and secondary by secondary.

[359.] EXAMPLES

I. Primary tenses in principal and dependent clauses:

		Mittit Mittet Mīserit	hominēs ut agrōs vāstent
He	sends will send will have sent		men	that they may in order to to	lay waste the fields

II. Secondary tenses in principal and dependent clauses:

		Mittēbat Mīsit Mīserat	hominēs ut agrōs vāstārent
He	was sending sent or has sent had sent		men	that they might in order to to	lay waste the fields

[360.] EXERCISES

I.

1. Vēnerant ut	dūcerent, mitterent, vidērent, audīrent, dūcerentur, mitterentur, vidērentur, audirentur
2. Fugiēbat nē	caperētur, trāderētur, vidērētur, necārētur, raperētur, resiteret.
3. Misit nūntiōs quī	dīcerent, audīrent, venīrent, nārrārent, audīrentur, in conciliō sedērent.
4. Castra mūnīvērunt quō facilius	sēsē dēfenderent, impetum sustinērent, hostīs vincerent, salūtem peterent.

II. 1. Cæsar encouraged the soldiers in order that they might fight more bravely. 2. The Helvetii left their homes to wage war. 3. The scouts set out at once lest they should be captured by the Germans. 4. Cæsar inflicted punishment on them in order that the others might be more terrified. 5. He sent messengers to Rome to announce the victory.

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXIV]

THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE

[361.] The perfect and the pluperfect subjunctive active are inflected as follows:

Conj. I	Conj. II	Conj. III		Conj. IV
Perfect Subjunctive Active
SINGULAR
1. amā´verim	monu´erim	rē´xerim	cē´perim	audī´verim
2. amā´veris	monu´eris	rē´xeris	cē´peris	audī´veris
3. amā´verit	monu´erit	rē´xerit	cē´perit	audī´verit
PLURAL
1. amāve´rimus	monue´rimus	rēxe´rimus	cēpe´rimus	audīve´rimus
2. amāve´ritis	monue´ritis	rēxe´ritis	cēpe´ritis	audīve´ritis
3. amā´verint	monu´erint	rē´xerint	cē´perint	audī´verint
Pluperfect Subjunctive Active
SINGULAR
1. amāvis´sem	monuis´sem	rēxis´sem	cēpis´sem	audīvis´sem
2. amāvis´sēs	monuis´sēs	rēxis´sēs	cēpis´sēs	audīvis´sēs
3. amāvis´set	monuis´set	rēxis´set	cēpis´set	audīvis´set
PLURAL
1. amāvissē´mus	monuissē´mus	rēxissē´mus	cēpissē´mus	audīvissē´mus
2. amāvissē´tis	monuissē´tis	rēxissē´tis	cēpissē´tis	audīvissē´tis
3. amāvis´sent	monuis´sent	rēxis´sent	cēpis´sent	audīvis´sent

a. Observe that these two tenses, like the corresponding ones in the indicative, are formed from the perfect stem.

b. Observe that the perfect subjunctive active is like the future perfect indicative active, excepting that the first person singular ends in -m and not in -ō.

c. Observe that the pluperfect subjunctive active may be formed by adding -issem, -issēs, etc. to the perfect stem.

d. In a similar way inflect the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive active of cūrō, iubeō, sūmō, iaciō, mūniō.

[362.] The passive of the perfect subjunctive is formed by combining the perfect passive participle with sim, the present subjunctive of sum.

Conj. I	Conj. II	Conj. III		Conj. IV
Perfect Subjunctive Passive
SINGULAR
1. amā´tus sim	mo´nitus sim	rēc´tus sim	cap´tus sim	audī´tus sim
2. amā´tus sīs	mo´nitus sīs	rēc´tus sīs	cap´tus sīs	audī´tus sīs
3. amā´tus sit	mo´nitus sit	rēc´tus sit	cap´tus sit	audī´tus sit
PLURAL
1. amā´tī sīmus	mo´nitī sīmus	rēc´tī sīmus	cap´tī sīmus	audī´tī sīmus
2. amā´tī sītis	mo´nitī sītis	rēc´tī sītis	cap´tī sītis	audī´tī sītis
3. amā´tī sint	mo´nitī sint	rēc´tī sint	cap´tī sint	audī´tī sint

[363.] The passive of the pluperfect subjunctive is formed by combining the perfect passive participle with essem, the imperfect subjunctive of sum.

Conj. I	Conj. II	Conj. III		Conj. IV
Pluperfect Subjunctive Passive
SINGULAR
1. amātus essem	monitus essem	rēctus essem	captus essem	audītus essem
2. amātus essēs	monitus essēs	rēctus essēs	captus essēs	audītus essēs
3. amātus esset	monitus esset	rēctus esset	captus esset	audītus esset
PLURAL
1. amātī essēmus	monitī essēmus	rēctī essēmus	captī essēmus	audītī essēmus
2. amātī essētis	monitī essētis	rēctī essētis	captī essētis	audītī essētis
3. amātī essent	monitī essent	rēctī essent	captī essent	audītī essent

a. In a similar way inflect the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive passive of cūrō, iubeō, sūmō, iaciō, mūniō.

[364.] The perfect and pluperfect subjunctive of the irregular verb sum are inflected as follows:

Perfect		Pluperfect
fu´erim	fue´rimus	fuis´sem	fuissē´mus
fu´eris	fue´ritis	fuis´sēs	fuissē´tis
fu´erit	fu´erint	fuis´set	fuis´sent

[365.] A substantive clause is a clause used like a noun, as,

That the men are afraid is clear enough (clause as subject) He ordered them to call on him (clause as object)

We have already had many instances of infinitive clauses used in this way (cf. [§ 213]), and have noted the similarity between Latin and English usage in this respect. But the Latin often uses the subjunctive in substantive clauses, and this marks an important difference between the two languages.

[366.] Rule. Substantive Clauses of Purpose. A substantive clause of purpose with the subjunctive is used as the object of verbs of commanding, urging, asking, persuading, or advising, where in English we should usually have the infinitive.

EXAMPLES

1.	The general ordered the soldiers to run	Imperātor mīlitibus imperāvit ut currerent
2.	He urged them to resist bravely	Hortātus est ut fortiter resisterent
3.	He asked them to give the children food	Petīvit ut līberīs cibum darent
4.	He will persuade us not to set out	Nōbīs persuādēbit nē proficīscāmur
5.	He advises us to remain at home	Monet ut domī maneāmus

a. The object clauses following these verbs all express the purpose or will of the principal subject that something be done or not done. (Cf. [§ 348].)

[367.] The following verbs are used with object clauses of purpose. Learn the list and the principal parts of the new ones.

hortor, urge imperō, order (with the dative of the person ordered and a subjunctive clause of the thing ordered done) moneō, advise

petō, quaerō, rogō, ask, seek persuādeō, persuade (with the same construction as imperō) postulō, demand, require suādeō, advise (cf. persuādeō)

N.B. Remember that iubeō, order, takes the infinitive as in English. (Cf. [§ 213. 1].) Compare the sentences

Iubeō eum venīre, I order him to come Imperō eī ut veniat, I give orders to him that he is to come

We ordinarily translate both of these sentences like the first, but the difference in meaning between iubeō and imperō in the Latin requires the infinitive in the one case and the subjunctive in the other.

[368.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Petit atque hortātur ut ipse dīcat. 2. Caesar Helvētiīs imperāvit nē per prōvinciam iter facerent. 3. Caesar nōn iussit Helvētiōs per prōvinciam iter facere. 4. Ille cīvibus persuāsit ut dē fīnibus suīs discēderent. 5. Caesar prīncipēs monēbit nē proelium committant. 6. Postulāvit nē cum Helvētiīs aut cum eōrum sociīs bellum gererent. 7. Ab iīs quaesīvī nē proficīscerentur. 8. Iīs persuādēre nōn potuī ut domī manērent.

II. 1. Who ordered Cæsar to make the march? (Write this sentence both with imperō and with iubeō.) 2. The faithless scouts persuaded him to set out at daybreak. 3. They will ask him not to inflict punishment. 4. He demanded that they come to the camp. 5. He advised them to tell everything (omnia).

Note. Do not forget that the English infinitive expressing purpose must be rendered by a Latin subjunctive. Review [§ 352].

[ Reading Selection]

LEGIO ITER FACIT

[ LESSON LXV]

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF POSSUM · VERBS OF FEARING

[369.] Learn the subjunctive of possum ([§ 495]), and note especially the position of the accent.

[370.] Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing. We have learned that what we want done or not done is expressed in Latin by a subjunctive clause of purpose. In this class belong also clauses after verbs of fearing, for we fear either that something will happen or that it will not, and we either want it to happen or we do not. If we want a thing to happen and fear that it will not, the purpose clause is introduced by ut. If we do not want it to happen and fear that it will, nē is used. Owing to a difference between the English and Latin idiom we translate ut after a verb of fearing by that not, and nē by that or lest.

[371.] EXAMPLES

timeō timēbō timuerō

ut

veniat vēnerit

I fear, shall fear, shall have feared, that he will not come, has not come

timēbam timuī timueram

ut

venīret vēnisset

I was fearing, feared, had feared, that he would not come, had not come

The same examples with nē instead of ut would be translated I fear that or lest he will come, has come, etc.

[372.] Rule. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing. Verbs of fearing are followed by a substantive clause of purpose introduced by ut (that not) or nē (that or lest).

[373.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Caesar verēbātur ut supplicium captīvōrum Gallīs placēret. 2. Rōmānī ipsī magnopere verēbantur nē Helvētiī iter per prōvinciam facerent. 3. Timēbant ut satis reī frūmentāriae mittī posset. 4. Vereor ut hostium impetum sustinēre possim. 5. Timuit nē impedīmenta ab hostibus capta essent. 6. Caesar numquam timuit nē legiōnēs vincerentur. 7. Legiōnēs pugnāre nōn timuērunt.1

1. Distinguish between what one is afraid to do (complementary infinitive as here) and what one is afraid will take place or has taken place (substantive clause with the subjunctive).

II. 1. We fear that they are not coming. 2. We fear lest they are coming. 3. We feared that they had come. 4. We feared that they had not come. 5. They feared greatly that the camp could not be defended. 6. Almost all feared1 to leave the camp.

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXVI]

THE PARTICIPLES

[374.] The Latin verb has the following Participles:1

	Conj. I	Conj. II	Conj. III		Conj. IV
	ACTIVE
Present	amāns loving	monēns advising	regēns ruling	capiēns taking	audiēns hearing
Future	amātūrus about to love	monitūrus about to advise	rēctūrus about to rule	captūrus about to take	audītūrus about to hear
	PASSIVE
Perfect	amātus loved, having been loved	monitus advised, having been advised	rēctus ruled, having been ruled	captus taken, having been taken	audītus heard, having been heard
Future2	amandus to be loved	monendus to be advised	regendus to be ruled	capiendus to be taken	audiendus to be heard

1. Review [§ 203].

2. The future passive participle is often called the gerundive.

a. The present active and future passive participles are formed from the present stem, and the future active and perfect passive participles are formed from the participial stem.

b. The present active participle is formed by adding -ns to the present stem. In -iō verbs of the third conjugation, and in the fourth conjugation, the stem is modified by the addition of -ē-, as capi-ē-ns, audi-ē-ns. It is declined like an adjective of one ending of the third declension. (Cf. [§ 256].)

	amāns, loving
	Baseamant-		Stemamanti-
	Singular		Plural
	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	amāns	amāns	amantēs	amantia
Gen.	amantis	amantis	amantium	amantium
Dat.	amantī	amantī	amantibus	amantibus
Acc.	amantem	amāns	amantīs or -ēs	amantia
Abl.	amantī or -e	amantī or -e	amantibus	amantibus

(1) When used as an adjective the ablative singular ends in -ī; when used as a participle or as a substantive, in -e.

(2) In a similar way decline monēns, regēns, capiēns, audiēns.

c. The future active participle is formed by adding -ūrus to the base of the participial stem. We have already met this form combined with esse to produce the future active infinitive. (Cf. [§ 206].)

d. For the perfect passive participle see [§ 201]. The future passive participle or gerundive is formed by adding -ndus to the present stem.

e. All participles in -us are declined like bonus.

f. Participles agree with nouns or pronouns like adjectives.

g. Give all the participles of the following verbs: cūrō, iubeō, sūmō, iaciō, mūniō.

[375.] Participles of Deponent Verbs. Deponent verbs have the participles of the active voice as well as of the passive; consequently every deponent verb has four participles, as,

Pres. Act.	hortāns, urging
Fut. Act.	hortātūrus, about to urge
Perf. Pass. (in form)	hortātus, having urged
Fut. Pass. (Gerundive)	hortandus, to be urged

a. Observe that the perfect participle of deponent verbs is passive in form but active in meaning. No other verbs have a perfect active participle. On the other hand, the future passive participle of deponent verbs is passive in meaning as in other verbs.

b. Give the participles of cōnor, vereor, sequor, patior, partior.

[376.] Tenses of the Participle. The tenses express time as follows:

1. The present active participle corresponds to the English present active participle in -ing, but can be used only of an action occurring at the same time as the action of the main verb; as, mīlitēs īnsequentēs cēpērunt multōs, the soldiers, while pursuing, captured many. Here the pursuing and the capturing are going on together.

2. The perfect participle (excepting of deponents) is regularly passive and corresponds to the English past participle with or without the auxiliary having been; as, audītus, heard or having been heard.

3. The future active participle, translated about to, etc., denotes time after the action of the main verb.

[377.] Review [§§ 203], [204], and, note the following model sentences:

1. Mīlitēs currentēs erant dēfessī, the soldiers who were running (lit. running) were weary.

2. Caesar profectūrus Rōmam nōn exspectāvit, Cæsar, when about to set out (lit. about to set out) for Rome, did not wait.

3. Oppidum captum vīdimus, we saw the town which had been captured (lit. captured town).

4. Imperātor trīduum morātus profectus est, the general, since (when, or after) he had delayed (lit. the general, having delayed) three days, set out.

5. Mīlitēs vīctī terga nōn vertērunt, the soldiers, though they were conquered (lit. the soldiers conquered), did not retreat.

In each of these sentences the literal translation of the participle is given in parentheses. We note, however, that its proper translation usually requires a clause beginning with some conjunction (when, since, after, though, etc.), or a relative clause. Consider, in each case, what translation will best bring out the thought, and do not, as a rule, translate the participle literally.

[378.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Puer timēns nē capiātur fugit. 2. Aquila īrā commōta avīs reliquās interficere cōnāta erat. 3. Mīlitēs ab hostibus pressī tēla iacere nōn potuērunt. 4. Caesar decimam legiōnem laudātūrus ad prīmum agmen prōgressus est. 5. Imperātor hortātus equitēs ut fortiter pugnārent signum proeliō dedit. 6. Mīlitēs hostīs octō milia passuum īnsecūtī multīs cum captīvīs ad castra revertērunt. 7. Sōl oriēns multōs interfectōs vīdit. 8. Rōmānī cōnsilium audāx suspicātī barbaris sēsē nōn commīsērunt. 9. Nāvis ē portū ēgressa nūllō in perīculō erat.

II.3 1. The army was in very great danger while marching through the enemy’s country. 2. Frightened by the length of the way, they longed for home. 3. When the scouts were about to set out, they heard the shouts of victory. 4. When we had delayed many days, we set fire to the buildings and departed. 5. While living at Rome I heard orators much better than these. 6. The soldiers who are fighting across the river are no braver than we.

3. In this exercise use participles for the subordinate clauses.

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXVII]

THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLŌ, NŌLŌ, MĀLŌ · THE ABLATIVE WITH A PARTICIPLE, OR ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE

[379.] Learn the principal parts and conjugation of volō, wish; nōlō (ne + volō), be unwilling; mālō (magis + volō), be more willing, prefer ([§ 497]). Note the irregularities in the present indicative, subjunctive, and infinitive, and in the imperfect subjunctive. (Cf. [§ 354].)

a. These verbs are usually followed by the infinitive with or without a subject accusative; as, volunt venīre, they wish to come; volunt amīcōs venīre, they wish their friends to come. The English usage is the same.1

1. Sometimes the subjunctive of purpose is used after these verbs. (See [§ 366].)

[380.] Observe the following sentences:

1. Magistrō laudante omnēs puerī dīligenter labōrant, with the teacher praising, or since the teacher praises, or the teacher praising, all the boys labor diligently.

2. Caesare dūcente nēmō prōgredī timet, with Cæsar leading, or when Cæsar leads, or if Cæsar leads, or Cæsar leading, no one fears to advance.

3. Hīs rēbus cognitīs mīlitēs fūgērunt, when this was known, or since this was known, or these things having been learned, the soldiers fled.

4. Proeliō commissō multī vulnerātī sunt, after the battle had begun, or when the battle had begun, or the battle having been joined, many were wounded.

a. One of the fundamental ablative relations is expressed in English by the preposition with (cf. [§ 50]). In each of the sentences above we have a noun and a participle in agreement in the ablative, and the translation shows that in each instance the ablative expresses attendant circumstance. For example, in the first sentence the circumstance attending or accompanying the diligent labor of the boys is the praise of the teacher. This is clearly a with relation, and the ablative is the case to use.

b. We observe, further, that the ablative and its participle are absolutely independent grammatically of the rest of the sentence. If we were to express the thought in English in a similar way, we should use the nominative independent or absolute. In Latin the construction is called the Ablative Absolute, or the Ablative with a Participle. This form of expression is exceedingly common in Latin, but rather rare in English, so we must not, as a rule, employ the English absolute construction to translate the ablative abolute. The attendant circumstance may be one of time (when or after), or one of cause (since), or one of concession (though), or one of condition (if). In each case try to discover the precise relation, and translate the ablative and its participle by a clause which will best express the thought.

[381.] Rule. Ablative Absolute. The ablative of a noun or pronoun with a present or perfect participle in agreement is used to express attendant circumstance.

Note 1. The verb sum has no present participle. In consequence we often find two nouns or a noun and an adjective in the ablative absolute with no participle expressed; as, tē duce, you (being) leader, with you as leader; patre īnfirmō, my father (being) weak.

Note 2. Be very careful not to put in the ablative absolute a noun and participle that form the subject or object of a sentence. Compare

a. The Gauls, having been conquered by Cæsar, returned home b. The Gauls having been conquered by Cæsar, the army returned home

In a the subject is The Gauls having been conquered by Cæsar, and we translate,

Gallī ā Caesare victi domum revertērunt

In b the subject is the army. The Gauls having been conquered by Cæsar is nominative absolute in English, which requires the ablative absolute in Latin, and we translate,

Gallīs ā Caesare victīs exercitus domum revertit

Note 3. The fact that only deponent verbs have a perfect active participle (cf. [§ 375. a]) often compels a change of voice when translating from one language to the other. For example, we can translate Cæsar having encouraged the legions just as it stands, because hortor is a deponent verb. But if we wish to say Cæsar having conquered the Gauls, we have to change the voice of the participle to the passive because vincō is not deponent, and say, the Gauls having been conquered by Cæsar (see translation above).

[382.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Māvīs, nōn vīs, vultis, nōlumus. 2. Ut nōlit, ut vellēmus, ut mālit. 3. Nōlī, velle, nōluisse, mālle. 4. Vult, māvultis, ut nōllet, nōlīte. 5. Sōle oriente, avēs cantāre incēpērunt. 6. Clāmōribus audītīs, barbarī prōgredī recūsābant. 7. Caesare legiōnēs hortātō, mīlitēs paulō fortius pugnāvērunt. 8. Hīs rēbus cognitīs, Helvētiī fīnitimīs persuāsērunt ut sēcum iter facerent. 9. Labōribus cōnfectīs, mīlitēs ā Caesare quaerēbant ut sibi praemia daret. 10. Conciliō convocātō, prīncipēs ita respondērunt. 11. Dux plūrīs diēs in Helvētiōrum fīnibus morāns multōs vīcōs incendit. 12. Magnitūdine Germānōrum cognitā, quīdam ex Rōmānis timēbant. 13. Mercātōribus rogātīs, Caesar nihilō plūs reperīre potuit.

II. 1. He was unwilling, lest they prefer, they have wished. 2. You prefer, that they might be unwilling, they wish. 3. We wish, they had preferred, that he may prefer. 4. Cæsar, when he heard the rumor (the rumor having been heard), commanded (imperāre) the legions to advance more quickly. 5. Since Cæsar was leader, the men were willing to make the journey. 6. A few, terrified2 by the reports which they had heard, preferred to remain at home. 7. After these had been left behind, the rest hastened as quickly as possible. 8. After Cæsar had undertaken the business (Cæsar, the business having been undertaken), he was unwilling to delay longer.3

2. Would the ablative absolute be correct here?

3. Not longius. Why?

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXVIII]

THE IRREGULAR VERB FĪŌ · THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT

[383.] The verb fīō, be made, happen, serves as the passive of faciō, make, in the present system. The rest of the verb is formed regularly from faciō. Learn the principal parts and conjugation ([§ 500]). Observe that the i is long except before -er and in fit.

a. The compounds of facio with prepositions usually form the passive regularly, as,

Active	cōnficiō, cōnficere, cōnfēcī, cōnfectus
Passive	cōnficior, cōnficī, cōnfectus sum

[384.] Observe the following sentences:

1. Terror erat tantus ut omnēs fugerent, the terror was so great that all fled.

2. Terror erat tantus ut nōn facile mīlitēs sēsē reciperent, the terror was so great that the soldiers did not easily recover themselves.

3. Terror fēcit ut omnēs fugerent, terror caused all to flee (lit. made that all fled).

a. Each of these sentences is complex, containing a principal clause and a subordinate clause.

b. The principal clause names a cause and the subordinate clause states the consequence or result of this cause.

c. The subordinate clause has its verb in the subjunctive, though it is translated like an indicative. The construction is called the subjunctive of consequence or result, and the clause is called a consecutive or result clause.

d. In the last example the clause of result is the object of the verb fēcit.

e. The conjunction introducing the consecutive or result clause is ut = so that; negative, ut nōn = so that not.

[385.] Rule. Subjunctive of Result. Consecutive clauses of result are introduced by ut or ut nōn and have the verb in the subjunctive.

[386.] Rule. Object clauses of result with ut or ut nōn are found after verbs of effecting or bringing about.

[387.] Purpose and Result Clauses Compared. There is great similarity in the expression of purpose and of result in Latin. If the sentence is affirmative, both purpose and result clauses may be introduced by ut; but if the sentence is negative, the purpose clause has nē and the result clause ut nōn. Result clauses are often preceded in the main clause by such words as tam, ita, sic (so), and these serve to point them out. Compare

a.	Tam graviter vulnerātus est ut caperētur	He was so severely wounded that he was captured
b.	Graviter vulnerātus est ut caperētur	He was severely wounded in order that he might be captured

Which sentence contains a result clause, and how is it pointed out?

[388.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Fit, fīet, ut fīat, fīēbāmus. 2. Fīō, fīēs, ut fierent, fierī, fīunt. 3. Fīētis, ut fīāmus, fīs, fīemus. 4. Mīlitēs erant tam tardī ut ante noctem in castra nōn pervenīrent. 5. Sōl facit ut omnia sint pulchra. 6. Eius modī perīcula erant ut nēmō proficīscī vellet. 7. Equitēs hostium cum equitātū nostrō in itinere contendērunt, ita tamen1 ut nostrī omnibus in partibus superiōrēs essent. 8. Virtūs mīlitum nostrōrum fēcit ut hostēs nē ūnum quidem2 impetum sustinērent. 9. Hominēs erant tam audācēs ut nūllō modō continērī possent. 10. Spatium erat tam parvum ut mīlitēs tēla iacere nōn facile possent. 11. Hōc proeliō factō barbarī ita perterritī sunt ut ab ultimīs gentibus lēgātī ad Caesarem mitterentur. 12. Hoc proelium factum est nē lēgātī ad Caesarem mitterentur.

1. ita tamen, with such a result however.

2. nē ... quidem, not even. The emphatic word is placed between.

II. 1. It will happen, they were being made, that it may happen. 2. It happens, he will be made, to happen. 3. They are made, we were being made, lest it happen. 4. The soldiers are so brave that they conquer. 5. The soldiers are brave in order that they may conquer. 6. The fortification was made so strong that it could not be taken. 7. The fortification was made strong in order that it might not be taken. 8. After the town was taken,3 the townsmen feared that they would be made slaves. 9. What state is so weak that it is unwilling to defend itself?

3. Ablative absolute.

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXIX]

THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC OR DESCRIPTION · THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE

[389.] Akin to the subjunctive of consequence or result is the use of the subjunctive in clauses of characteristic or description.

This construction is illustrated in the following sentences:

1. Quis est quī suam domum nōn amet? who is there who does not love his own home?

2. Erant quī hoc facere nōllent, there were (some) who were unwilling to do this.

3. Tū nōn is es quī amīcōs trādās, you are not such a one as to, or you are not the man to, betray your friends.

4. Nihil videō quod timeam, I see nothing to fear (nothing of such as character as to fear it).

a. Each of these examples contains a descriptive relative clause which tells what kind of a person or thing the antecedent is. To express this thought the subjunctive is used. A relative clause that merely states a fact and does not describe the antecedent uses the indicative. Compare the sentences

Cæsar is the man who is leading us, Caesar est is quī nōs dūcit (mere statement of fact, no description, with the indicative) Cæsar is the man to lead us, Caesar est is quī nōs dūcat (descriptive relative clause with the subjunctive)

b. Observe that in this construction a demonstrative pronoun and a relative, as is quī, are translated such a one as to, the man to.

c. In which of the following sentences would you use the indicative and in which the subjunctive?

These are not the men who did this These are not the men to do this

[390.] Rule. Subjunctive of Characteristic. A relative clause with the subjunctive is often used to describe an antecedent. This is called the subjunctive of characteristic or description.

[391.] Observe the sentences

1. Rōmānī Caesarem cōnsulem fēcērunt, the Romans made Cæsar consul. 2. Caesar cōnsul ā Rōmānīs factus est, Cæsar was made consul by the Romans.

a. Observe in 1 that the transitive verb fēcērunt, made, has two objects: (1) the direct object, Caesarem; (2) a second object, cōnsulem, referring to the same person as the direct object and completing the predicate. The second accusative is called a Predicate Accusative.

b. Observe in 2 that when the verb is changed to the passive both of the accusatives become nominatives, the direct object becoming the subject and the predicate accusative the predicate nominative.

[392.] Rule. Two Accusatives. Verbs of making, choosing, calling, showing, and the like, may take a predicate accusative along with the direct object. With the passive voice the two accusatives become nominatives.

[393.] The verbs commonly found with two accusatives are

creo, creāre, creāvī, creātus, choose
appellō, appellāre, appellāvī, appellātus nōminō, nōmināre, nōmināvī, nōminātus vocō, vocāre, vocāvī, vocātus	call
faciō, facere, fēcī, factus, make

[394.] EXERCISES

I. 1. In Germāniae silvis sunt1 multa genera ferārum quae reliquīs in locīs nōn vīsa sint. 2. Erant1 itinera duo quibus Helvētiī domō discēdere possent. 3. Erat1 manus nūlla, nūllum oppidum, nūllum praesidium quod sē armīs dēfenderet. 4. Tōtō frūmentō raptō, domī nihil erat quō mortem prohibēre possent. 5. Rōmānī Galbam ducem creāvērunt et summā celeritāte profectī sunt. 6. Neque erat1 tantae multitūdinis quisquam quī morārī vellet. 7. Germānī nōn iī sunt quī adventum Caesaris vereantur. 8. Cōnsulibus occīsīs erant quī2 vellent cum rēgem creāre. 9. Pāce factā erat nēmō quī arma trādere nōllet. 10. Inter Helvētiōs quis erat quī nōbilior illō esset?

II. 1. The Romans called the city Rome. 2. The city was called Rome by the Romans. 3. The better citizens wished to choose him king. 4. The brave soldier was not the man to run. 5. There was no one 3to call me friend. 6. These are not the men to4 betray their friends. 7. There were (some) who called him the bravest of all.

1. Remember that when the verb sum precedes its subject it is translated there is, there are, there were, etc.

2. erant quī, there were (some) who. A wholly indefinite antecedent of quī does not need to be expressed.

3. A relative clause of characteristic or description.

4. See [§ 389.b].

[ Reading Selection]

---

[ Eighth Review, Lessons LXI-LXIX, §§ 527-528]

---

[ LESSON LXX]

THE CONSTRUCTIONS WITH THE CONJUNCTION CUM · THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION

[395.] The conjunction cum has the following meanings and constructions:

cum temporal = when, followed by the indicative or the subjunctive cum causal = since, followed by the subjunctive cum concessive = although, followed by the subjunctive

As you observe, the mood after cum is sometimes indicative and sometimes subjunctive. The reason for this will be made clear by a study of the following sentences:

1. Caesarem vīdī tum cum in Galliā eram, I saw Cæsar at the time when I was in Gaul.

2. Caesar in eōs impetum fēcit cum pācem peterent, Cæsar made an attack upon them when they were seeking peace.

3. Hoc erat difficile cum paucī sine vulneribus essent, this was difficult, since only a few were without wounds.

4. Cum prīmī ōrdinēs fūgissent, tamen reliquī fortiter cōnsistēbant, though the front ranks had fled, yet the rest bravely stood their ground.

a. The underlying principle is one already familiar to you (cf. [§ 389.a]). When the cum clause states a fact and simply fixes the time at which the main action took place, the indicative mood is used. So, in the first example, cum in Galliā eram fixes the time when I saw Cæsar.

b. On the other hand, when the cum clause describes the circumstances under which the main act took place, the subjunctive mood is used. So, in the second example, the principal clause states that Cæsar made an attack, and the cum clause describes the circumstances under which this act occurred. The idea of time is also present, but it is subordinate to the idea of description. Sometimes the descriptive clause is one of cause and we translate cum by since; sometimes it denotes concession and cum is translated although.

[396.] Rule. Constructions with Cum. The conjunction cum means when, since, or although. It is followed by the subjunctive unless it means when and its clause fixes the time at which the main action took place.

Note. Cum in clauses of description with the subjunctive is much more common than its use with the indicative.

[397.] Note the following sentences:

1. Oppidum erat parvum magnitūdine sed magnum multitūdine hominum, the town was small in size but great in population.

2. Homō erat corpore īnfīrmus sed validus animō, the man was weak in body but strong in courage.

a. Observe that magnitūdine, multitūdine, corpore, and animō tell in what respect something is true. The relation is one covered by the ablative case, and the construction is called the ablative of specification.

[398.] Rule. Ablative of Specification. The ablative is used to denote in what respect something is true.

[399.] IDIOMS

aliquem certiōrem facere, to inform some one (lit. to make some one more certain) certior fierī, to be informed (lit. to be made more certain) iter dare, to give a right of way, allow to pass obsidēs inter sē dare, to give hostages to each other

[400.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Helvētiī cum patrum nostrōrum tempore domō prefectī essent, cōnsulis exercitum in fugam dederant. 2. Cum Caesar in Galliam vēnit, Helvētiī aliōs agrōs petēbant. 3. Caesar cum in citeriōre Gallia esset, tamen dē Helvētiōrum cōnsiliīs certior fīēbat. 4. Cum Helvētiī bellō clārissimī essent, Caesar iter per prōvinciam dare recūsāvit. 5. Lēgātus cum haec audīvisset, Caesarem certiōrem fecit. 6. Cum principēs inter sē obsidēs darent, Rōmānī bellum parāvērunt. 7. Caesar, cum id nūntiātum esset, mātūrat ab urbe proficīscī. 8. Nē virtūte quidem Gallī erant parēs Germānis. 9. Caesar neque corpore neque animō īnfīrmus erat. 10. Illud bellum tum incēpit cum Caesar fuit cōnsul.

Observe in each case what mood follows cum, and try to give the reasons for its use. In the third sentence the cum clause is concessive, in the fourth and sixth causal.

II. 1. That battle was fought at the time when (tum cum) I was at Rome. 2. Though the horsemen were few in number, nevertheless they did not retreat. 3. When the camp had been sufficiently fortified, the enemy returned home. 4. Since the tribes are giving hostages to each other, we shall inform Cæsar. 5. The Gauls and the Germans are very unlike in language and laws.

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXXI]

VOCABULARY REVIEW · THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE · THE PREDICATE GENITIVE

[401.] Review the word lists in [§§ 510], [511].

[402.] The Gerund. Suppose we had to translate the sentence

By overcoming the Gauls Cæsar won great glory

We can see that overcoming here is a verbal noun corresponding to the English infinitive in -ing, and that the thought calls for the ablative of means. To translate this by the Latin infinitive would be impossible, because the infinitive is indeclinable and therefore has no ablative case form. Latin, however, has another verbal noun of corresponding meaning, called the gerund, declined as a neuter of the second declension in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular, and thus supplying the cases that the infinitive lacks.1 Hence, to decline in Latin the verbal noun overcoming, we should use the infinitive for the nominative and the gerund for the other cases, as follows:

Nom.	superāre	overcoming to overcome	Infinitive
Gen. Dat. Acc. Abl.	superandī, of overcoming superandō, for overcoming superandum, overcoming superandō, by overcoming		Gerund

Like the infinitive, the gerund governs the same case as the verb from which it is derived. So the sentence given above becomes in Latin

Superandō Gallōs Caesar magnam glōriam reportāvit

1. Sometimes, however, the infinitive is used as an accusative.

[403.] The gerund2 is formed by adding -ndī, -ndō, -ndum, -ndō, to the present stem, which is shortened or otherwise changed, as shown below:

	Paradigm of the Gerund
	CONJ. I	CONJ. II	CONJ. III		CONJ. IV
Gen.	amandī	monendī	regendī	capiendī	audiendī
Dat.	amandō	monendō	regendō	capiendō	audiendō
Acc.	amandum	monendum	regendum	capiendum	audiendum
Abl.	amandō	monendō	regendō	capiendō	audiendō

a. Give the gerund of cūrō, dēleō, sūmō, iaciō, veniō.

b. Deponent verbs have the gerund of the active voice (see [§ 493]). Give the gerund of cōnor, vereor, sequor, patior, partior.

2. The gerund is the neuter singular of the future passive participle used as a noun, and has the same formation. (Cf. [§ 374. d].)

[404.] The Gerundive. The gerundive is the name given to the future passive participle ([§ 374. d]) when the participle approaches the meaning of a verbal noun and is translated like a gerund. It is the adjective corresponding to the gerund. For example, to translate the plan of waging war, we may use the gerund with its direct object and say cōnsilium gerendī bellum; or we may use the gerundive and say cōnsilium bellī gerendī, which means, literally, the plan of the war to be waged, but which came to have the same force as the gerund with its object, and was even preferred to it.

[405.] Compare the following parallel uses of the gerund and gerundive:

	Gerund	Gerundive
Gen.	Spēs faciendī pācem The hope of making peace	Spēs faciendae pācis The hope of making peace
Dat.	Locus idōneus pugnandō A place suitable for fighting	Locus idōneus castrīs pōnendīs A place suitable for pitching camp
Acc.	Mīsit equitēs ad īnsequendum He sent horsemen to pursue	Mīsit equitēs ad īnsequendōs hostīs He sent horsemen to pursue the enemy
Abl.	Nārrandō fābulās magister puerīs placuit The teacher pleased the boys by telling stories	Nārrandīs fābulīs magister puerīs placuit The teacher pleased the boys by telling stories

a. We observe

(1) That the gerund is a noun and the gerundive an adjective.

(2) That the gerund, being a noun, may stand alone or with an object.

(3) That the gerundive, being an adjective, is used only in agreement with a noun.

[406.] Rule. Gerund and Gerundive. 1. The Gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns.

2. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more usual.

[407.] Rule. Gerund or Gerundive of Purpose. The accusative of the gerund or gerundive with ad, or the genitive with causā3 (= for the sake of), is used to express purpose.

Gerund	Gerundive
Ad audiendum vēnērunt or Audiendī causā vēnērunt They came to hear	Ad urbem videndam vēnērunt or Urbis videndae causā vēnērunt They came to see the city

3. causā always follows the genitive.

Note. These sentences might, of course, be written with the subjunctive of purpose,—vēnērunt ut audīrent; vēnērunt ut urbem vidērent. In short expressions, however, the gerund and gerundive of purpose are rather more common.

[408.] We have learned that the word denoting the owner or possessor of something is in the genitive, as, equus Galbae, Galba’s horse. If, now, we wish to express the idea the horse is Galba’s, Galba remains the possessor, and hence in the genitive as before, but now stands in the predicate, as, equus est Galbae. Hence this is called the predicate genitive.

[409.] Rule. Predicate Genitive. The possessive genitive often stands in the predicate, especially after the forms of sum, and is then called the predicate genitive.

[410.] IDIOMS

alīcui negōtium dare, to employ someone (lit. to give business to some one) novīs rēbus studēre, to be eager for a revolution (lit. to be eager for new things) reī mīlitāris perītissimus, very skillful in the art of war sē suaque omnia, themselves and all their possessions

[411.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Caesar cum in Galliā bellum gereret, militibus decimae legiōnis maximē fāvit quia reī mīlitāris perītissimī erant. 2. Sociīs negōtium dedit reī frumentāriae cūrandae. 3. Lēgāti nōn sōlum audiendī causā sed etiam dicendī causā vēnērunt. 4. Imperātor iussit explōrātōres locum idōneum mūnindō reperīre. 5. Nuper hae gentēs novīs rēbus studēbant; mox iīs persuādēbō ut Caesarī sē suaque omnia dēdant. 6. Iubēre est regīnae1 et pārēre est multitūdinis.4 7. Hōc proeliō factō quīdam ex hostibus ad pācem petendam venērunt. 8. Erant quī arma trādere nōllent. 9. Hostēs tam celeriter prōgressī sunt ut spatium pīla in hostīs iaciendī non darētur. 10. Spatium neque arma capiendī5 neque auxilī petendī2 datum est.

II. 1. These ornaments 6belong to Cornelia. 2. Men very skillful in the art of war were sent 7to capture the town. 3. The scouts found a hill suitable for fortifying very near to the river. 4. Soon the cavalry will come 8to seek supplies. 5. The mind of the Gauls is eager for revolution and for undertaking wars. 6. To lead the line of battle 8belongs to the general. 7. 10Whom shall we employ to look after the grain supply?

4. Predicate genitive.

5. Which of these expressions is gerund and which gerundive?

6. belong to = are of.

7. Use the gerundive with ad.

8. Use the genitive with causā. Where should causā stand?

9. Compare the first sentence.

10. Compare the second sentence in the Latin above.

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXXII]

THE IRREGULAR VERB EŌ · INDIRECT STATEMENTS

[412.] Learn the principal parts and the conjugation of eō, go ([§ 499]).

a. Notice that ī-, the root of eō, is changed to e- before a vowel, excepting in iēns, the nominative of the present participle. In the perfect system -v- is regularly dropped.

[413.] Learn the meaning and principal parts of the following compounds of eō with prepositions:

ad´eō, adī´re, ad´iī, ad´itus, go to, visit, with the accusative ex´eō, exī´re, ex´iī, ex´itus, go forth, with ex or dē and the ablative of the place from which in´eō, inī´re, in´iī, in´itus, begin, enter upon, with the accusative red´eō, redī´re, red´iī, red´itus, return, with ad or in and the accusative of the place to which trāns´eō, trānsī´re, trāns´iī, trāns´itus, cross, with the accusative

[414.] Indirect Statements in English. Direct statements are those which the speaker or writer makes himself or which are quoted in his exact language. Indirect statements are those reported in a different form of words from that used by the speaker or writer. Compare the following direct and indirect statements:

Direct statements	1. The Gauls are brave 2. The Gauls were brave 3. The Gauls will be brave
Indirect statements after a verb in the present tense	1. He says that the Gauls are brave 2. He says that the Gauls were brave 3. He says that the Gauls will be brave
Indirect statements after a verb in a past tense	1. He said that the Gauls were brave 2. He said that the Gauls had been brave 3. He said that the Gauls would be brave

We see that in English

a. The indirect statement forms a clause introduced by the conjunction that.

b. The verb is finite (cf. [§ 173]) and its subject is in the nominative.

c. The tenses of the verbs originally used are changed after the past tense, He said.

[415.] Indirect Statements in Latin. In Latin the direct and indirect statements above would be as follows:

Direct Statements	1. Gallī sunt fortēs 2. Gallī erant fortēs 3. Gallī erunt fortēs
Indirect Statements	1. Dīcit or Dīxit Gallōs esse fortīs (He says or He said the Gauls to be brave)1 2. Dīcit or Dīxit Gallōs fuisse fortīs (He says or He said the Gauls to have been brave)1 3. Dīcit or Dīxit Gallōs futūrōs esse fortīs (He says or He said the Gauls to be about to be brave)1

1. These parenthetical renderings are not inserted as translations, but merely to show the literal meaning of the Latin.

Comparing these Latin indirect statements with the English in the preceding section, we observe three marked differences:

a. There is no conjunction corresponding to that.

b. The verb is in the infinitive and its subject is in the accusative.

c. The tenses of the infinitive are not changed after a past tense of the principal verb.

[416.] Rule. Indirect Statements. When a direct statement becomes indirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive and its subject nominative becomes subject accusative of the infinitive.

[417.] Tenses of the Infinitive. When the sentences in [§ 415] were changed from the direct to the indirect form of statement, sunt became esse, erant became fuisse, and erunt became futūrōs esse.

[418.] Rule. Infinitive Tenses in Indirect Statements. A present indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive of the indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a future indicative becomes future infinitive.

Note. When translating into Latin an English indirect statement, first decide what tense of the indicative would have been used in the direct form. That will show you what tense of the infinitive to use in the indirect.

[419.] Rule. Verbs followed by Indirect Statements. The accusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is found after verbs of saying, telling, knowing, thinking, and perceiving.

[420.] Verbs regularly followed by indirect statements are:

a.	Verbs of saying and telling: dīcō, dīcere, dīxī, dictus, say negō, negāre, negāvī, negātus, deny, say not nūntiō, nūntiāre, nūntiāvī, nūntiātus, announce respondeō, respondēre, respondī, respōnsus, reply
b.	Verbs of knowing: cognōscō, cognōscere, cognōvī, cognitus, learn, (in the perf.) know sciō, scīre, scīvī, scītus, know
c.	Verbs of thinking: arbitror, arbitrārī, arbitrātus sum, think, consider exīstimō, exīstimāre, exīstimāvī, exīstimātus, think, believe iūdicō, iūdicāre, iūdicāvi, iūdicātus, judge, decide putō, putāre, putāvī, putātus, reckon, think spērō, spērāre, spērāvi, spērātus, hope
d.	Verbs of perceiving: audiō, audīre, audīvī, audītus, hear sentiō, sentīre, sēnsī, sēnsus, feel, perceive videō, vidēre, vīdī, vīsus, see intellegō, intellegere, intellēxī, intellēctus, understand, perceive

Learn such of these verbs as are new to you.

[421.] IDIOMS

postrīdiē eius diēī, on the next day (lit. on the next day of that day) initā aestāte, at the beginning of summer memoriā tenēre, to remember (lit. to hold by memory) per explōrātōrēs cognōscere, to learn through scouts

[422.] EXERCISES

I. 1. It, īmus, īte, īre. 2. Euntī, iisse or īsse, ībunt, eunt. 3. Eundi, ut eant, ībitis, īs. 4. Nē īrent, ī, ībant, ierat. 5. Caesar per explorātores cognōvit Gallōs flūmen trānsīsse. 6. Rōmānī audīvērunt Helvētiōs initā aestāte dē fīnibus suīs exitūrōs esse. 7. Legātī respondērunt nēminem ante Caesarem illam īnsulam adīsse. 8. Prīncipēs Gallōrum dīcunt sē nūllum cōnsilium contrā Caesaris imperium initūrōs esse. 9. Arbitrāmur potentiam rēgīnae esse maiōrem quam cīvium. 10. Rōmānī negant se lībertātem Gallīs ēreptūrōs esse. 11. Hīs rēbus cognitīs sēnsimus lēgātōs non vēnisse ad pācem petendam. 12. Helvētii sciunt Rōmānōs priōrēs victōriās memoriā tenēre. 13. Sociī cum intellegerent multōs vulnerārī, statuērunt in suōs fīnīs redīre. 14. Aliquis nūntiāvit Mārcum cōnsulem creātum esse.

II. 1. The boy is slow. He says that the boy is, was, (and) will be slow. 2. The horse is, has been, (and) will be strong. He judged that the horse was, had been, (and) would be strong. 3. We think that the army will go forth from the camp at the beginning of summer. 4. The next day we learned through scouts that the enemy’s town was ten miles off.2 5. The king replied that the ornaments belonged to3 the queen.

2. to be off, to be distant, abesse.

3. Latin, were of ([§ 409]).

[ Reading Selection]

TUBA

[ LESSON LXXIII]

VOCABULARY REVIEW · THE IRREGULAR VERB FERŌ · THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS

[423.] Review the word lists in [§§ 513], [514].

[424.] Learn the principal parts and conjugation of the verb ferō, bear ([§ 498]).

1. Learn the principal parts and meanings of the following compounds of ferō, bear:

ad´ferō, adfer´re, at´tulī, adlā´tus, bring to; report cōn´ferō, cōnfer´re, con´tulī, conlā´tus, bring together, collect dē´ferō, dēfer´re, dē´tulī, dēlā´tus, bring to; report; grant, confer īn´ferō, īnfer´re, in´tulī, inlā´tus, bring in, bring against re´ferō, refer´re, ret´tulī, relā´tus, bear back, report

[425.] The dative is the case of the indirect object. Many intransitive verbs take an indirect object and are therefore used with the dative (cf. [§ 153]). Transitive verbs take a direct object in the accusative; but sometimes they have an indirect object or dative as well. The whole question, then, as to whether or not a verb takes the dative, depends upon its capacity for governing an indirect object. A number of verbs, some transitive and some intransitive, which in their simple form would not take an indirect object, when compounded with certain prepositions, have a meaning which calls for an indirect object. Observe the following sentences:

1. Haec rēs exercituī magnam calamitātem attulit, this circumstance brought great disaster to the army. 2. Germānī Gallīs bellum īnferunt, the Germans make war upon the Gauls. 3. Hae cōpiae proeliō nōn intererant, these troops did not take part in the battle. 4. Equitēs fugientibus hostibus occurrunt, the horsemen meet the fleeing enemy. 5. Galba cōpiīs fīlium praefēcit, Galba put his son in command of the troops.

In each sentence there is a dative, and in each a verb combined with a preposition. In no case would the simple verb take the dative.

[426.] Rule. Dative with Compounds. Some verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, dē, in, inter, ob, post, prae, prō, sub, super, admit the dative of the indirect object. Transitive compounds may take both an accusative and a dative.

Note 1. Among such verbs are1

ad´ferō, adfer´re, at´tulī, adlā´tus, bring to; report ad´sum, ades´se, ad´fuī, adfutū´rus, assist; be present dē´ferō, dēfer´re, dē´tulī, dēlātus, report; grant, confer dē´sum, dees´se, dē´fuī, ——, be wanting, be lacking īn´ferō, īnfer´re, in´tulī, inlā´tus, bring against, bring upon inter´sum, interes´se, inter´fuī, interfutū´rus, take part in occur´rō, occur´rere, occur´rī, occur´sus, run against, meet praefi´ciō, praefi´cere, praefē´cī, praefec´tus, appoint over, place in command of prae´sum, praees´se, prae´fuī, ——, be over, be in command

1. But the accusative with ad or in is used with some of these, when the idea of motion to or against is strong.

[427.] IDIOMS

graviter or molestē ferre, to be annoyed at, to be indignant at, followed by the accusative and infinitive sē cōnferre ad or in, with the accusative, to betake one’s self to alicui bellum īnferre, to make war upon some one pedem referre, to retreat (lit. to bear back the foot)

[428.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Fer, ferent, ut ferant, ferunt. 2. Ferte, ut ferrent, tulisse, tulerant. 3. Tulimus, ferēns, lātus esse, ferre. 4. Cum nāvigia insulae adpropinquārent, barbarī terrōre commōtī pedem referre cōnātī sunt. 5. Gallī molestē ferēbant Rōmānōs agrōs vastāre. 6. Caesar sociīs imperāvit nē fīnitimis suīs bellum īnferrent. 7. Explorātōrēs, qui Caesarī occurrērunt, dīxērunt exercitum hostium vulneribus dēfessum sēsē in alium locum contulisse. 8. Hostes sciēbant Rōmānōs frūmentō egēre et hanc rem Caesarī summum perīculum adlātūram esse. 9. Impedīmentīs in ūnum locum conlātis, aliquī mīlitum flūmen quod nōn longē aberat trānsiērunt. 10. Hōs rēx hortātus est ut ōrāculum adīrent et rēs audītās ad sē referrent. 11. Quem imperātor illī legiōnī praefēcit? Pūblius illī legiōnī pracerat. 12. Cum esset Caesar in citeriōre Galliā, crēbrī ad eum2 rūmōrēs adferēbantur litterīsque quoque certior fīēbat Gallōs obsidēs inter sē dare.

II. 1. The Gauls will make war upon Cæsar’s allies. 2. We heard that the Gauls would make war upon Cæsar’s allies. 3. Publius did not take part in that battle. 4. We have been informed that Publius did not take part in that battle. 5. The man who was in command of the cavalry was wounded and began to retreat. 6. Cæsar did not place you in command of the cohort to bring3 disaster upon the army.

2. Observe that when adferō denotes motion to, it is not followed by the dative; cf. footnote, p. 182.

3. Not the infinitive. (Cf. [§ 352].)

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXXIV]

VOCABULARY REVIEW · THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS

[429.] Review the word lists in [§§ 517], [518].

[430.] When we report a statement instead of giving it directly, we have an indirect statement. (Cf. [§ 414].) So, if we report a question instead of asking it directly, we have an indirect question.

Direct Question	Indirect Question
Who conquered the Gauls?	He asked who conquered the Gauls

a. An indirect question depends, usually as object, upon a verb of asking (as petō, postulō, quaerō, rogō) or upon some verb or expression of saying or mental action. (Cf. [§ 420].)

[431.] Compare the following direct and indirect questions:

Direct	Indirect
Quis Gallōs vincit? Who is conquering the Gauls?	a.	Rogat quis Gallōs vincat He asks who is conquering the Gauls
	b.	Rogavit quis Gallōs vinceret He asked who was conquering the Gauls
Ubī est Rōma? Where is Rome?	a.	Rogat ubi sit Rōma He asks where Rome is
	b.	Rogāvit ubi esset Rōma He asked where Rome was
Caesarne Gallōs vīcit? Did Cæsar conquer the Gauls?	a.	Rogat num Caesar Gallōs vīcerit He asks whether Cæsar conquered the Gauls
	b.	Rogāvit num Caesar Gallōs vīcisset He asked whether Cæsar had conquered the Gauls

a. The verb in a direct question is in the indicative mood, but the mood is subjunctive in an indirect question.

b. The tense of the subjunctive follows the rules for tense sequence.

c. Indirect questions are introduced by the same interrogative words as introduce direct questions, excepting thatyes-or-no direct questions (cf. [§ 210]) on becoming indirect are usually introduced by num, whether.

[432.] Rule. Indirect Questions. In an indirect question the verb is in the subjunctive and its tense is determined by the law for tense sequence.

[433.] IDIOMS

dē tertiā vigiliā, about the third watch iniūriās alicui īnferre, to inflict injuries upon some one facere verba prō, with the ablative, to speak in behalf of in reliquum tempus, for the future

[434.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Rēx rogāvit quid lēgātī postulārent et cūr ad sē vēnissent. 2. Quaesīvit quoque num nec recentīs iniūriās nec dubiam Rōmānōrum amīcitiam memoriā tenērent. 3. Vidētisne quae oppida hostēs oppugnāverint? 4. Nōnne scītis cūr Gallī sub montem sēse contulerint? 5. Audīvimus quās iniūrias tibi Germānī intulissent. 6. Dē tertiā vigiliā imperātor mīsit hominēs quī cognōscerent quae esset nātūra montis. 7. Prō hīs ōrātor verba fēcit et rogāvit cūr cōnsulēs nāvīs ad plēnem summī perīculī locum mittere vellent. 8. Lēgātīs convocātīs dēmōnstrāvit quid fierī vellet. 9. Nūntius referēbat quid in Gallōrum conciliō dē armīs trādendīs dictum esset. 10. Moneō nē in reliquum tempus peditēs et equitēs trāns flūmen dūcās.

II. 1. What hill did they seize? I see what hill they seized. 2. Who has inflicted these injuries upon our dependents? 3. They asked who had inflicted those injuries upon their dependents. 4. Whither did you go about the third watch? You know whither I went. 5. At what time did the boys return home? I will ask at what time the boys returned home.

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXXV]

VOCABULARY REVIEW · THE DATIVE OF PURPOSE, OR END FOR WHICH

[435.] Review the word lists in [§§ 521], [522].

[436.] Observe the following sentences:

1. Explōrātōrēs locum castrīs dēlēgērunt, the scouts chose a place for a camp. 2. Hoc erat magnō impedīmentō Gallīs, this was (for) a great hindrance to the Gauls. 3. Duās legiōnēs praesidiō castrīs relīquit, he left two legions as (lit. for) a guard to the camp.

In each of these sentences we find a dative expressing the purpose or end for which something is intended or for which it serves. These datives are castrīs, impedīmentō, and praesidiō. In the second and third sentences we find a second dative expressing the person or thing affected (Gallīs and castrīs). As you notice, these are true datives, covering the relations of for which and to which. (Cf. [§ 43].)

[437.] Rule. Dative of Purpose or End. The dative is used to denote the purpose or end for which, often with another dative denoting the person or thing affected.

[438.] IDIOMS

cōnsilium omittere, to give up a plan locum castrīs dēligere, to choose a place for a camp alicui magnō ūsuī esse, to be of great advantage to some one (lit. for great advantage to some one)

[439.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Rogāvit cūr illae cōpiae relictae essent. Respondērunt illās cōpiās esse praesidiō castrīs. 2. Caesar mīsit explōrātōrēs ad locum dēligendum castrīs. 3. Quisque exīstimāvit ipsum nōmen Caesaris magnō terrōrī barbarīs futūrum esse. 4. Prīmā lūce īdem exercitus proelium ācre commīsit, sed gravia suōrum vulnera magnae cūrae imperātōrī erant. 5. Rēx respondit amīcitiam populī Rōmānī sibi ōrnāmentō et praesidiō dēbēre esse. 6. Quis praeerat equitātuī quem auxiliō Caesarī sociī mīserant? 7. Aliquibus rēs secundae sunt summae calamitātī et rēs adversae sunt mīrō ūsuī. 8. Gallīs magnō ad pugnam erat impedīmentō quod equitātus ā dextrō cornū premēbat. 9. Memoria prīstinae virtūtis nōn minus quam metus hostium erat nostrīs magnō ūsuī. 10. Tam dēnsa erat silva ut prōgredī nōn possent.

II. 1. I advise you 1to give up the plan 2of making war upon the brave Gauls. 2. Do you know 3where the cavalry has chosen a place for a camp? 3. The fear of the enemy will be of great advantage to you. 4. Cæsar left three cohorts as (for) a guard to the baggage. 5. In winter the waves of the lake are so great 4that they are (for) a great hindrance to ships. 6. Cæsar inflicted severe5 punishment on those who burned the public buildings.

1. Subjunctive of purpose. (Cf. [§ 366].)

2. Express by the genitive of the gerundive.

3. Indirect question.

4. A clause of result.

5. gravis, -e.

[ Reading Selection]

[ LESSON LXXVI]

VOCABULARY REVIEW · THE GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OF QUALITY OR DESCRIPTION

[440.] Review the word lists in [§§ 524], [525].

[441.] Observe the English sentences

(1) A man of great courage, or (2) A man with great courage (3) A forest of tall trees, or (4) A forest with tall trees

Each of these sentences contains a phrase of quality or description. In the first two a man is described; in the last two a forest. The descriptive phrases are introduced by the prepositions of and with.

In Latin the expression of quality or description is very similar.

The prepositions of and with suggest the genitive and the ablative respectively, and we translate the sentences above

(1) Vir magnae virtūtis, or (2) Vir magnā virtūte (3) Silva altārum arborum, or (4) Silva altīs arboribus

There is, however, one important difference between the Latin and the English. In English we may say, for example, a man of courage, using the descriptive phrase without an adjective modifier. In Latin, however, an adjective modifier must always be used, as above.

a. Latin makes a distinction between the use of the two cases in that numerical descriptions of measure are in the genitive and descriptions of physical characteristics are in the ablative. Other descriptive phrases may be in either case.

[442.] EXAMPLES

1. Fossa duodecim pedum, a ditch of twelve feet. 2. Homō magnīs pedibus et parvō capite, a man with big feet and a small head. 3. Rēx erat vir summā audāciā or rēx erat vir summae audāciae, the king was a man of the greatest boldness.

[443.] Rule. Genitive of Description. Numerical descriptions of measure are expressed by the genitive with a modifying adjective.

[444.] Rule. Ablative of Description. Descriptions of physical characteristics are expressed by the ablative with a modifying adjective.

[445.] Rule. Genitive or Ablative of Description. Descriptions involving neither numerical statements nor physical characteristics may be expressed by either the genitive or the ablative with a modifying adjective.

[446.] IDIOMS

Helvētiīs in animō est, the Helvetii intend, (lit. it is in mind to the Helvetians) in mātrimōnium dare, to give in marriage nihil posse, to have no power fossam perdūcere, to construct a ditch (lit. to lead a ditch through)

[447.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Mīlitēs fossam decem pedum per eōrum fīnīs perdūxērunt. 2. Prīnceps Helvētiōrum, vir summae audāciae, prīncipibus gentium fīnitimārum sorōrēs in mātrimōnium dedit. 3. Eōrum amīcitiam cōnfīrmāre voluit quō facilius Rōmānīs bellum īnferret. 4. Germanī et Gallī nōn erant eiusdem gentis. 5. Omnēs ferē Germānī erant magnīs corporum vīribus.1 6. Gallī qui oppidum fortiter dēfendēbant saxa ingentis magnitūdinis dē mūrō iaciēbant. 7. Cum Caesar ab explōrātōribus quaereret quī illud oppidum incolerent, explōrātōrēs respondērunt eōs esse homines summā virtūte et magnō cōnsiliō. 8. Moenia vīgintī pedum ā sinistrā parte, et ā dextrā parte flūmen magnae altitūdinis oppidum dēfendēbant. 9. Cum Caesar in Galliam pervēnisset, erat rūmor Helvētiīs in animō esse iter per prōvinciam Rōmānam facere. 10. Caesar, ut eōs ab fīnibus Rōmānis prohibēret, mūnītiōnem 2multa mīlia passuum longam fēcit.

II. 1. Cæsar was a general of much wisdom and great boldness, and very skillful in the art of war. 2. The Germans were of great size, and thought that the Romans had no power. 3. Men of the highest courage were left in the camp as (for) a guard to the baggage. 4. The king’s daughter, who was given in marriage to the chief of a neighboring state, was a woman of very beautiful appearance. 5. The soldiers will construct a ditch of nine feet around the camp. 6. A river of great width was between us and the enemy.

1. From vīs. (Cf. [§ 468].)

2. Genitives and ablatives of description are adjective phrases. When we use an adverbial phrase to tell how long or how high or how deep anything is, we must use the accusative of extent. (Cf. [§ 336].) For example, in the sentence above multa mīlia passuum is an adverbial phrase (accusative of extent) modifying longam. If we should omit longam and say a fortification of many miles, the genitive of description (an adjective phrase) modifying mūnītiōnem would be used, as mūnītiōnem multōrum mīlium passuum.

[ Reading Selection]

GLADII

[ LESSON LXXVII]

REVIEW OF AGREEMENT, AND OF THE GENITIVE, DATIVE, AND ACCUSATIVE

[448.] There are four agreements:

1. That of the predicate noun or of the appositive with the noun to which it belongs ([§§ 76], [81]).

2. That of the adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle with its noun ([§ 65]).

3. That of a verb with its subject ([§ 28]).

4. That of a relative pronoun with its antecedent ([§ 224]).

[449.] The relation expressed by the genitive is, in general, denoted in English by the preposition of. It is used to express

1. Possession	a. As attributive ([§ 38]). b. In the predicate ([§ 409]).
2. The whole of which a part is taken (partitive genitive) ([§ 331]).
3. Quality or description ([§§ 443], [445]).

[450.] The relation expressed by the dative is, in general, denoted in English by the prepositions to or for when they do not imply motion through space. It is used to express

1. The indirect object	a. With intransitive verbs and with transitive verbs inconnection with a direct object in the accusative ([§ 45]). b. With special intransitive verbs ([§ 154]). c. With verbs compounded with ad, ante, con,dē, in, inter, ob, post, prae,prō, sub, super ([§ 426]).
2. The object to which the quality of an adjective is directed ([§ 143]).
3. The purpose, or end for which, often with a second dative denotingthe person or thing affected ([§ 437]).

[451.] The accusative case corresponds, in general, to the English objective. It is used to express

1. The direct object of a transitive verb ([§ 37]).

2. The predicate accusative together with the direct object after verbs of making, choosing, falling, showing, and the like ([§ 392]).

3. The subject of the infinitive ([§ 214]).

4. The object of prepositions that do not govern the ablative ([§ 340]).

5. The duration of time and the extent of space ([§ 336]).

6. The place to which ([§§ 263], [266]).

[452.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Mīlitēs quōs vīdimus dīxērunt imperium bellī esse Caesaris imperātōris. 2. Helvētiī statuērunt quam1 maximum numerum equōrum et carrōrum cōgere. 3. Tōtīus Galliae Helvētiī plūrimum valuērunt. 4. Multās hōrās ācriter pugnātum est neque quisquam poterat vidēre hostem fugientem. 5. Virī summae virtūtis hostīs decem mīlia passuum īnsecūtī sunt. 6. Caesar populō Rōmānō persuāsit ut sē cōnsulem creāret. 7. Victōria exercitūs erat semper imperātōrī grātissima. 8. Trīduum iter fēcērunt et Genāvam, in oppidum2 hostium, pervēnērunt. 9. Caesar audīvit Germānōs bellum Gallīs intulisse. 10. Magnō ūsuī mīlitibus Caesaris erat quod priōribus proeliīs sēsē exercuerant.

II. 1. One3 of the king’s sons and many of his men were captured. 2. There was no one who wished4 to appoint her queen. 3. The grain supply was always a care (for a care) to Cæsar, the general. 4. I think that the camp is ten miles distant. 5. We marched for three hours through a very dense forest. 6. The plan 5of making war upon the allies was not pleasing to the king. 7. When he came to the hill he fortified it 6by a twelve-foot wall.

1. What is the force of quam with superlatives?

2. urbs or oppidum, appositive to a name of a town, takes a preposition.

3. What construction is used with numerals in preference to the partitive genitive?

4. What mood? (Cf. [§ 390].)

5. Use the gerund or gerundive.

6. Latin, by a wall of twelve feet.

[ LESSON LXXVIII]

REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE

[453.] The relations of the ablative are, in general, expressed in English by the prepositions with (or by), from (or by), and in (or at). The constructions growing out of these meanings are

I. Ablative rendered with (or by):
	1. Cause ([§ 102]) 2. Means ([§ 103]) 3. Accompaniment ([§ 104]) 4. Manner ([§ 105]) 5. Measure of difference ([§ 317]) 6. With a participle (ablative absolute) ([§ 381]) 7. Description or quality ([§§ 444], [445]) 8. Specification ([§ 398])
II. Ablative rendered from (or by):
	1. Place from which ([§§ 179], [264]) 2. Ablative of separation ([§ 180]) 3. Personal agent with a passive verb ([§ 181]) 4. Comparison without quam ([§ 309])
III. Ablative rendered in (or at):
	1. Place at or in which ([§§ 265], [266]) 2. Time when or within which ([§ 275])

[454.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Gallī locīs superiōribus occupātīs itinere exercitum prohibēre cōnantur. 2. Omnēs oppidānī ex oppidō ēgressī salūtem fugā petere incēpērunt. 3. Caesar docet sē mīlitum vītam suā salūte habēre multō cāriōrem. 4. Cum celerius omnium opīniōne pervēnisset, hostēs ad eum obsidēs mīsērunt 5. Vīcus in valle positus montibus altissimīs undique continētur. 6. Plūrimum inter Gallōs haec gēns et virtūte et hominum numerō valēbat. 7. Secundā vigiliā nūllō certō ōrdine neque imperiō ē castrīs ēgressī sunt. 8. Duābus legiōnibus Genāvae relictīs, proximō diē cum reliquīs domum profectus est. 9. Erant itinera duo quibus itineribus Helvētiī domō exīre possent. 10. Rēx erat summā audāciā et magnā apud populum potentiā. 11. Gallī timōre servitūtis commōtī bellum parābant. 12. Caesar monet lēgātōs ut contineant militēs, nē studiō pugnandī aut spē praedae longius1 prōgrediantur. 13. Bellum ācerrimum ā Caesare in Gallōs gestum est.

II. 1. The lieutenant after having seized the mountain restrained his (men) from battle. 2. All the Gauls differ from each other in laws. 3. This tribe is much braver than the rest. 4. This road is 2ten miles shorter than that. 5. In summer Cæsar carried on war in Gaul, in winter he returned to Italy. 6. At midnight the general set out from the camp with three legions. 7. I fear that you cannot protect3 yourself from these enemies. 8. 4After this battle was finished peace was made by all the Gauls.

1. longius, too far. (Cf. [§ 305].)

2. Latin, by ten thousands of paces.

3. dēfendere.

4. Ablative absolute.

[ LESSON LXXIX]

REVIEW OF THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE, THE INFINITIVE, AND THE SUBJUNCTIVE

[455.] The gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns ([§§ 402]; [406.1]).

[456.] The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more usual ([§ 406.2]).

[457.] The infinitive is used:

I. As in English.

a. As subject or predicate nominative ([§ 216]).

b. To complete the predicate with verbs of incomplete predication (complementary infinitive) ([§ 215]).

c. As object with subject accusative after verbs of wishing, commanding, forbidding, and the like ([§ 213]).

II. In the principal sentence of an indirect statement after verbs of saying and mental action. The subject is in the accusative ([§§ 416], [418], [419]).

[458.] The subjunctive is used:

1. To denote purpose ([§§ 349], [366], [372]).

2. To denote consequence or result ([§§ 385], [386]).

3. In relative clauses of characteristic or description ([§ 390]).

4. In cum clauses of time, cause, and concession ([§ 396]).

5. In indirect questions ([§ 432]).

[459.] EXERCISES

I. 1. Caesar, cum pervēnisset, militēs hortābātur nē cōnsilium oppidī capiendi omitterent. 2. Rēx, castrīs prope oppidum positīs, mīsit explōrātōrēs quī cognōscerent ubi exercitus Rōmanus esset. 3. Nēmo relinquēbātur quī arma ferre posset. 4. Nūntiī vīdērunt ingentem armōrum multitudinem dē mūrō in fossani iactam esse. 5. Dux suōs trānsīre flūmen iussit. Trānsīre autem hoc flūmen erat difficillimum. 6. Rōmānī cum hanc calamitātem molestē ferrant, tamen terga vertere recūsāvērunt. 7. Hōc rūmōre audītō, tantus terror omnium animōs occupāvit ut nē fortissimī quidem proelium committere vellent. 8. Erant quī putārent tempus annī idōneum nōn esse itinerī faciendō. 9. Tam ācriter ab utraque parte pugnābātur ut multa mīlia hominum occīderentur. 10. Quid timēs? Timeō nē Rōmānīs in animō sit tōtam Galliam superāre et nōbīs iniūriās inferre.

II. 1. Do you not see who is standing on the wall? 2. We hear that the plan of taking the town has been given up. 3. Since the Germans thought that the Romans could not cross the Rhine, Cæsar ordered a bridge to be made. 4. When the bridge was finished, the savages were so terrified that they hid themselves. 5. They feared that Cæsar would pursue them. 6. Cæsar 1asked the traders what the size of the island was. 7. The traders advised him not 2to cross the sea. 8. He sent scouts 3to choose a place for a camp.

1. quaerere ab.

2. Not infinitive.

3. Use the gerundive with ad.

[READING MATTER]

INTRODUCTORY SUGGESTIONS

How to Translate. You have already had considerable practice in translating simple Latin, and have learned that the guide to the meaning lies in the endings of the words. If these are neglected, no skill can make sense of the Latin. If they are carefully noted and accurately translated, not many difficulties remain. Observe the following suggestions:

1. Read the Latin sentence through to the end, noting endings of nouns, adjectives, verbs, etc.

2. Read it again and see if any of the words you know are nominatives or accusatives. This will often give you what may be called the backbone of the sentence; that is, subject, verb, and object.

3. Look up the words you do not know, and determine their use in the sentence from their endings.

4. If you cannot yet translate the sentence, put down the English meanings of all the words in the same order as the Latin words. You will then generally see through the meaning of the sentence.

5. Be careful to

a. Translate adjectives with the nouns to which they belong.

b. Translate together prepositions and the nouns which they govern.

c. Translate adverbs with the words that they modify.

d. Make sense. If you do not make sense, you have made a mistake. One mistake will spoil a whole sentence.

6. When the sentence is correctly translated, read the Latin over again, and try to understand it as Latin, without thinking of the English translation.

The Parts of a Sentence. You will now meet somewhat longer sentences than you have had before. To assist in translating them, remember, first of all, that every sentence conveys a meaning and either tells us something, asks a question, or gives a command. Every sentence must have a subject and a verb, and the verb may always have an adverb, and, if transitive, will have a direct object.

However long a sentence is, you will usually be able to recognize its subject, verb, and object or predicate complement without any difficulty. These will give you the leading thought, and they must never be lost sight of while making out the rest of the sentence. The chief difficulty in translating arises from the fact that instead of a single adjective, adverb, or noun, we often have a phrase or a clause taking the place of one of these; for Latin, like English, has adjective, adverbial, and substantive clauses and phrases. For example, in the sentence The idle boy does not study, the word idle is an adjective. In The boy wasting his time does not study, the words wasting his time form an adjective phrase modifying boy. In the sentence The boy who wastes his time does not study, the words who wastes his time form an adjective clause modifying boy, and the sentence is complex. These sentences would show the same structure in Latin.

In translating, it is important to keep the parts of a phrase and the parts of a clause together and not let them become confused with the principal sentence. To distinguish between the subordinate clauses and the principal sentence is of the first importance, and is not difficult if you remember that a clause regularly contains a word that marks it as a clause and that this word usually stands first. These words join clauses to the words they depend on, and are called subordinate conjunctions. They are not very numerous, and you will soon learn to recognize them. In Latin they are the equivalents for such words as when, while, since, because, if, before, after, though, in order that, that, etc. Form the habit of memorizing the Latin subordinate conjunctions as you meet them, and of noting carefully the mood of the verb in the clauses which they introduce.

HERCULES

---

THE LABORS OF HERCULES

Hercules, a Greek hero celebrated for his great strength, was pursued throughout his life by the hatred of Juno. While yet an infant he strangled some serpents sent by the goddess to destroy him. During his boyhood and youth he performed various marvelous feats of strength, and on reaching manhood he succeeded in delivering the Thebans from the oppression of the Minyæ. In a fit of madness, sent upon him by Juno, he slew his own children; and, on consulting the Delphic oracle as to how he should cleanse himself from this crime, he was ordered to submit himself for twelve years to Eurystheus, king of Tiryns, and to perform whatever tasks were appointed him. Hercules obeyed the oracle, and during the twelve years of his servitude accomplished twelve extraordinary feats known as the Labors of Hercules. His death was caused, unintentionally, by his wife Deiani´ra. Hercules had shot with his poisoned arrows a centaur named Nessus, who had insulted Deianira. Nessus, before he died, gave some of his blood to Deianira, and told her it would act as a charm to secure her husband’s love. Some time after, Deianira, wishing to try the charm, soaked one of her husband’s garments in the blood, not knowing that it was poisoned. Hercules put on the robe, and, after suffering terrible torments, died, or was carried off by his father Jupiter.

[LIII].1 THE INFANT HERCULES AND THE SERPENTS

HERCULES ET SERPENTES

Dī2 grave supplicium sūmmit de malīs, sed iī quī lēgibus3 deōrum pārent, etiam post mortem cūrantur. Illa vīta dīs2 erat grātissima quae hominibus miserīs ūtilissima fuerat. Omnium autem praemiōrum summum erat immortālitās. Illud praemium Herculī datum est.

Herculis pater fuit Iuppiter, māter Alcmēna, et omnium hominum validissimus fuisse dīcitur. Sed Iūnō, rēgīna deōrum, eum, adhūc īnfantem, interficere studēbat; nam eī4 et5 Herculēs et Alcmēna erant invīsī. Itaque mīsit duās serpentīs, utramque saevissimam, quae mediā nocte domum6 Alcmēnae vēnērunt. Ibi Herculēs, cum frātre suō, nōn in lectulō sed in scūtō ingentī dormiēbat. Iam audācēs serpentēs adpropinquāverant, iam scūtum movēbant. Tum frāter, terrōre commōtus, magnā vōce mātrem vocāvit, sed Herculēs ipse, fortior quam frāter, statim ingentīs serpentīs manibus suīs rapuit et interfēcit.

1. This number refers to the lesson after which the selection may be read.

2. Dī and dīs are from deus. Cf. [§ 468].

3. lēgibus, [§ 501. 14].

4. eī, to her, referring to Juno.

5. et ... et, both ... and.

6. domum, [§ 501. 20].

[LIV.] HERCULES CONQUERS THE MINYÆ

Herculēs ā puerō1 corpus suum gravissimīs et difficillimīs labōribus exercēbat et hōc modō vīrēs2 suās cōnfirmāvit. Iam adulēscēns Thēbīs3 habitābat. Ibi Creōn quīdam erat rēx. Minyae, gēns validissima, erant fīnitimī Thēbānīs, et, quia ōlim Thēbānōs vīcerant, quotannīs lēgātōs mittēbant et vectīgal postulābant. Herculēs autem cōnstituit cīvīs suōs hōc vectīgālī līberāre et dixit rēgī, “Dā mihi exercitum tuum et ego hōs superbōs hostīs superābō.” Hanc condiciōnem rēx nōn recūsāvit, et Herculēs nūntiōs in omnīs partis dīmīsit et cōpiās coēgit.4 Tum tempore opportūnissimō proelium cum Minyīs commīsit. Diū pugnātum est, sed dēnique illī impetum Thēbānōrum sustinēre nōn potuērunt et terga vertērunt fugamque cēpērunt.

1. ā puerō, from boyhood.

2. virēs, from vīs. Cf. [§ 468].

3. Thēbīs, [§ 501. 36. 1].

4. coēgit, from cōgō.

HE COMMITS A CRIME AND GOES TO THE DELPHIAN ORACLE TO SEEK EXPIATION

Post hoc proelium Creōn rēx, tantā victōriā laetus, fīliam suam Herculī in mātrimōnium dedit. Thēbīs Herculēs cum uxōre suā diū vīvēbat et ab omnibus magnopere amābātur; sed post multōs annōs subitō 1in furōrem incidit et ipse suā manū līberōs suōs interfēcit. Post breve tempus 2ad sānitātem reductus tantum scelus expiāre cupiēbat et cōnstituit ad ōrāculum Delphicum iter facere. Hoc autem ōrāculum erat omnium clārissimum. Ibi sedēbat fēmina quaedam quae Pȳthia appellābātur. Ea cōnsilium dabat iīs quī ad ōrāculum veniēbant.

1. in furōrem incidit, went mad.

2. ad sānitātem reductus, lit. led back to sanity. What in good English?

HERCULES LEONEM SUPERAT

[LV.] HERCULES BECOMES SUBJECT TO EURYSTHEUS1 · HE STRANGLES THE NEME´AN LION

Itaque Herculēs Pȳthiae tōtam rem dēmonstrāvit nec scelus suum abdidit. Ubi iam Herculēs fīnem fēcit, Pȳthia iussit eum ad urbem Tīryntha2 discēdere et ibi rēgī Eurystheō sēsē committere. Quae3 ubi audīvit, Herculēs ad illam urbem statim contendit et Eurystheō sē in servitūtem trādidit et dīxit, “Quid prīmum, Ō rēx, mē facere iubēs?” Eurystheus, quī perterrēbātur vī et corpore ingentī Herculis et eum occidī4 studēbat, ita respondit: “Audī, Herculēs! Multa mira5 nārrantur dē leōne saevissimō quī hōc tempore in valle Nemaeā omnia vāstat. Iubeō tē, virōrum omnium fortissimum, illō mōnstrō hominēs līberāre.” Haec verba Herculī maximē placuērunt. “Properābo,” inquit, “et parēbō imperiō6 tuō.” Tum in silvās in quibus leō habitābat statim iter fēcit. Mox feram vīdit et plūrīs impetūs fēcit; frūstrā tamen, quod neque sagittīs neque ūllō aliō tēlō mōnstrum vulnerāre potuit. Dēnique Herculēs saevum leōnem suīs ingentibus bracchiīs rapuit et faucīs eius omnibus vīribus compressit. Hōc modō brevī tempore eum interfēcit. Tum corpus leōnis ad oppidum in umerīs reportāvit et pellem posteā prō7 veste gerēbat. Omnēs autem quō eam regiōnem incolēbant, ubi fāmam dē morte leōnis ingentis accēpērunt, erant laetissimī et Herculem laudābant verbīs amplissimīs.

1. Eu-rys´theus (pronounced U-ris´thūs) was king of Tī´ryns, a Grecian city, whose foundation goes back to prehistoric times.

2. Tīryntha, the acc. case of Tīryns, a Greek noun.

3. Quae, obj. of audīvit. It is placed first to make a close connection with the preceding sentence. This is called a connecting relative.

4. occīdī, pres. pass. infin.

5. mīra, marvelous things, the adj. being used as a noun. Cf. omnia, in the next line.

6. imperiō, [§ 501. 14].

7. prō, for, instead of.

[LVI.] SLAYING THE LERNE´AN HYDRA

Deinde Herculēs ab Eurystheō iussus est Hydram occīdere. Itaque cum amīcō Iolāō1 contendit ad palūdem Lernaeam ubi Hydra incolēbat. Hoc autem mōnstrum erat serpēns ingēns quae novem capita habēbat. Mox is mōnstrum repperit et summō2 cum perīculō collum eius sinistrā manū rapuit et tenuit. Tum dextrā manū capita novem abscīdere incēpit, sed frūstrā labōrābat, quod quotiēns hoc fēcerat totiēns alia nova capita vidēbat. Quod3 ubi vīdit, statuit capita ignī cremāre. Hōc modō octō capita dēlēvit, sed extrēmum caput vulnerārī nōn potuit, quod erat immortāle. Itaque illud sub ingentī saxō Herculēs posuit et ita victōriam reportāvit.

1. Iolāō, abl. of I-o-lā´us, the hero’s best friend.

2. Note the emphatic position of this adjective.

3. Quod ubi, when he saw this, another instance of the connecting relative. Cf. p. 199, l. 3.

[LVII.] THE ARCADIAN STAG AND THE ERYMANTHIAN BOAR

Postquam Eurystheō mors Hydrae nuntiata est, summus terror animum eius occupavit. Itaque iussit Herculem capere et ad sē reportāre cervum quendam; nam minimē cupīvit tantum virum in rēgnō suō tenēre. Hie autem cervus dīcēbātur aurea cornua et pedēs multō1 celeriōrēs ventō2 habēre. Prīmum Herculēs vestīgia animālis petīvit, deinde, ubi cervum ipsum vīdit, omnibus vīribus currere incēpit. Per plūrimōs diēs contendit nec noctū cessāvit. Dēnique postquam per tōtum annum cucurrerat—ita dīcitur—cervum iam dēfessum cēpit et ad Eurystheum portāvit.

Tum vērō iussus est Herculēs aprum quendam capere quī illō tempore agrōs Erymanthiōs vāstābat et hominēs illīus locī magnopere perterrēbat. Herculēs laetē negōtium suscēpit et in Arcadiam celeriter sē recēpit. Ibi mox aprum repperit. Ille autem; simul atque Herculem vīdit, statim quam3 celerrimē fūgit et metū perterritus in fossam altam sēsē abdidit. Herculēs tamen summā cum difficultāte eum extrāxit, nec aper ūllō modō sēsē līberāre potuit, et vīvus ad Eurystheum portātus est.

1. multō, [§ 501. 27].

2. ventō, [§ 501. 34].

3. quam. What is the force of quam with a superlative?

[LVIII.] HERCULES CLEANS THE AUGE´AN STABLES AND KILLS THE STYMPHALIAN BIRDS

Deinde Eurystheus Herculī hunc labōrem multō graviōrem imperāvit. Augēās1 quīdam, quī illō tempore rēgnum Ēlidis2 obtinēbat, tria mīlia boum3 habēbat. Hī4 ingentī stabulō continēbantur. Hoc stabulum, quod per trīgintā annōs nōn pūrgātum erat, Herculēs intrā spatium ūnīus diēī pūrgāre iussus est. llle negōtium alacriter suscēpit, et prīmum labōre gravissimō maximam fossam fōdit per quam flūminis aquam dē montibus ad mūrum stabulī dūxit. Tum partem parvam mūrī dēlēvit et aquam in stabulum immīsit. Hōc modō fīnm operis fēcit ūnō diē facillimē.

Post paucōs diēs Herculēs ad oppidum Stymphālum iter fēcit; nam Eurystheus iusserat eum avis Stymphālidēs occīdere. Hae avēs rōstra ferrea habēbant et hominēs miserōs dēvorābant. Ille, postquam ad locum pervēnit, lacum vīdit in quō avēs incolēbant. Nūllō tamen modō Herculēs avibus adpropinquāre potuit; lacus enim nōn ex aquā sed ē līmō cōnstitit.5 Dēnique autem avēs 6dē aliquā causā perterritae in aurās volāvērunt et magna pars eārum sagittīs Herculis occīsa est.

1. Augēās, pronounced in English Aw-jē´as.

2. Ēlidis, gen. case of Ēlis, a district of Greece.

3. boum, gen. plur. of bōs. For construction see [§ 501. 11].

4. ingentī stabulō, abl. of means, but in our idiom we should say in a huge stable.

5. cōnstitit, from consto.

6. dē aliquā causā perterritae, frightened for some reason.

HERCULES ET TAURUS

[LIX.] HERCULES CAPTURES THE CRETAN BULL AND CARRIES HIM LIVING TO EURYSTHEUS

Tum Eurystheus iussit Herculem portāre vīvum ex īnsulā Crētā taurum quendam saevissimum. Ille igitur nāvem cōnscendit—nam ventus erat idōneus—atque statim solvit. Postquam trīduum nāvigavit, incolumis īnsulae adpropinquāvit. Deinde, postquam omnia parāta sunt, contendit ad eam regiōnem quam taurus vexābat. Mox taurum vīdit ac sine ūllō metū cornua eius corripuit. Tum ingentī labōre mōnstrum ad nāvem trāxit atque cum hāc praedā ex īnsulā discessit.

THE FLESH-EATING HORSES OF DIOME´DES

Postquam ex īnsulā Crētā domum pervēnit, Hercules ab Eurystheō in Thrāciam missus est. Ibi Diomēdēs quīdam, vir saevissimus, rēgnum obtinēbat et omnīs ā fīnibus suīs prohibēbat. Herculēs iussus erat equōs Diomedis rapere et ad Eurystheum dūcere. Hī autem equī hominēs miserrimōs dēvorābant dē quibus rēx supplicium sūmere cupiēbat. Herculēs ubi pervēnit, prīmum equōs ā rēge postulāvit, sed rēx eōs dēdere recūsāvit. Deinde ille īrā commōtus rēgem occīdit et corpus eius equīs trādidit. Itaque is quī anteā multōs necāverat, ipse eōdem suppliciō necātus est. Et equī, nūper saevissima animālia, postquam dominī suī corpus dēvorāvērunt, mānsuētī erant.

[LX.] THE BELT OF HIPPOL´YTE, QUEEN OF THE AMAZONS

Gēns Amāzonum1 dīcitur2 omnīnō ex mulieribus fuisse. Hae cum virīs proelium committere nōn verēbantur. Hippolytē, Amāzonum rēgīna, balteum habuit pulcherrimum. Hunc balteum possidēre fīlia Eurystheī vehementer cupiēbat. Itaque Eurystheus iussit Herculem impetum in Amāzonēs facere. Ille multīs cum cōpiīs nāvem cōnscendīt et paucis diēbus in Amāzonum fīnīs pervēnit, ac balteum postulāvit. Eum trādere ipsa Hipporytē quidem cupīvit; reliquīs tamen Amazonibus3 persuādēre nōn potuit. Postrīdiē Herculēs proelium commīsit. Multās hōrās utrimque quam fortissimē pugnātum est Dēnique tamen mulieres terga vertērunt et fugā salūtem petiērunt. Multae autem captae sunt, in quō numerō erat ipsa Hippolytē. Herculēs postquam balteum accēpit, omnibus captīvīs lībertātem dedit.

1. A fabled tribe of warlike women living in Asia Minor.

2. omnīnō, etc., to have consisted entirely of women.

3. Amāzonibus, [§ 501. 14].

THE DESCENT TO HADES AND THE DOG CER´BERUS

HERCULES ET CERBERUS

Iamque ūnus modo ē duodecim labōribus relinquēbātur sed inter omnīs hic erat difficillimus. Iussus est enim canem Cerberum4 ex Orcō in lūcem trahere. Ex Orcō autem nēmō anteā reverterat. Praetereā Cerberus erat mōnstrum maximē horribile et tria capita habēbat. Herculēs postquam imperia Eurystheī accēpit, statim profectus est et in Orcum dēscendit. Ibi vērō nōn sine summō periculō Cerberum manibus rapuit et ingentī cum labōre ex Orcō in lūcem et adurbem Eurystheī trāxit.

Sic duodecim laborēs illī5 intrā duodecim annōs cōnfectī sunt. Dēmum post longam vītam Herculēs ā deīs receptus est et Iuppiter fīliō suō dedit immortālitātem.

4. The dog Cerberus guarded the gate of Orcus, the abode of the dead.

5. illī, those famous.

---

P. CORNELIUS LENTULUS: THE STORY OF A ROMAN BOY1

[LXI.] PUBLIUS IS BORN NEAR POMPE´II

P. Cornēlius Lentulus,2 adulēscēns Rōmānus, amplissimā familiā3 nātus est; nam pater eius, Mārcus, erat dux perītissimus, cuius virtūte4 et cōnsiliō multae victōriae reportātae erant; atque mater eius, lūlia, ā clārissimīs maiōribus orta est. Nōn vērō in urbe sed rūrī5 Pūblius nātus est, et cum mātre habitābat in vīllā quae in maris lītore et sub radīcibus magnī montis sita erat. Mōns autem erat Vesuvius et parva urbs Pompēiī octō mīlia6 passuum7 aberat. In Italiā antīquā erant plūrimae quidem villae et pulchrae, sed inter hās omnīs nūlla erat pulchrior quam villa Mārcī Iūliaeque. Frōns vīllae mūrō a maris fluctibus mūniēbātur. Hinc mare et lītora et īnsulae longē lātēque cōnspicī8 ac saepe nāvēs longae et onerāriae poterant. Ā tergō et ab utrōque latere agrī ferācissimī patēbant. Undique erat magna variōrum flōrum cōpia et multa ingentium arborum genera quae aestāte9 umbram dēfessīs agricolīs grātissimam adferēbant. Praetereā erant1 in agrīs stabulīsque multa animālium genera, nōn sōlum equī et bovēs sed etiam rārae avēs. Etiam erat10 magna piscīna plēna piscium; nam Rōmānī piscīs dīligenter colēbant.

PUERI ROMANI

1. This story is fiction with certain historical facts in Cæsar’s career as a setting. However, the events chronicled might have happened, and no doubt did happen to many a Roman youth.

2. A Roman had three names, as, Pūblius (given name), Cornēlius (name of the gēns or clan), Lentulus (family name).

3. Abl. of source, which is akin to the abl. of separation ([§ 501. 32]).

4. virtūte, [§ 501. 24].

5. rūrī, [§ 501. 36. 1].

6. mīlia, [§ 501. 21].

7. passuum, [§ 501. 11].

8. cōnspicī, infin. with poterant, [§ 215]. Consult the map of Italy for the approximate location of the villa.

9. aestāte, [§ 501. 35].

10. How are the forms of sum translated when they precede the subject?

[LXII.] HIS LIFE ON THE FARM

Huius vīllae Dāvus, servus Mārcī, est vīlicus1 et cum Lesbiā uxōre omnia cūrat. Vīlicus et uxor in casā humilī, mediīs in agrīs sitā, habitant. Ā prīmā lūce ūsque ad vesperum sē2 gravibus labōribus exercent ut omnī rēs bene gerant.3 Plūrima enim sunt officia Dāvī et Lesbiae. Vīlicus servōs regit nē tardī sint4; mittit aliōs quī agrōs arent,4 aliōs quī hortōs inrigent,4 et opera in5 tōtum diem impōnit. Lesbia autem omnibus vestīmenta parat, cibum coquit, pānem facit.

CASA ROMANA

Nōn longē ab hōrum casā et in summō colle situm surgēbat domicilium ipsīus dominī dominaeque amplissimum. Ibi plūrīs annōs6 Pūblius cum mātre vītam fēlīcem agēbat; nam pater eius, Mārcus, in terrīs longinquīs gravia reī pūblicae bella gerēbat nec domum7 revertī poterat. Neque puerō quidem molestum est rūrī8 vīvere. Eum multae rēs dēlectant. Magnopere amat silvās, agrōs, equōs, bovēs, gallīnās, avīs, reliquaque animālia. Saepe plūrīs hōrās9 ad mare sedet quō9 melius fluctūs et nāvīs spectet. Nec omnīnō sine comitibus erat, quod Lȳdia, Dāvī fīlia, quae erat eiusdem aetātis, cum eō adhūc infante lūdēbat, inter quōs cum annīs amīcitia crēscēbat. Lȳdia nūllum alium ducem dēligēbat et Pūblius ab puellae latere rārō discēdēbat. Itaque sub clārō Italiae sōle Pūblius et Lȳdia, amīcī fidēlissimī, per campōs collīsque cotīdiē vagābantur. Modo in silvā fīnitimā lūdebant ubi Pūblius sagittīs10 celeribus avis dēiciēbat et Lȳdia corōnīs variōrum flōrum comās suās ōrnābat; modo aquam et cibum portābant ad Dāvum servōsque dēfessōs quī agrōs colēbant: modo in casā parvā aut hōrās lactās in lūdō cōnsūmēbant aut auxilium dabant Lesbiae, quae cibum virō et servīs parābat vel aliās rēs domesticās agēbat.

1. The vīlicus was a slave who acted as overseer of a farm. He directed the farming operations and the sale of the produce.

[2.] se, reflexive pron., object of exercent.

3. For the construction, see [§ 501. 40].

4. in, for.

5. annōs, [§ 501. 21].

6. domum, [§ 501. 20].

7. rūrī, [§ 501. 36. 1].

8. hōrās, cf. annōs, line 17.

9. quō ... spectet, [§§ 349], [350].

10. sagittis, [§ 501. 24].

[LXIII.] MARCUS LENTULUS, THE FATHER OF PUBLIUS, IS SHIPWRECKED · JULIA RECEIVES A LETTER FROM HIM

Iam Pūblius1 decem annōs habēbat cum M. Cornēlius Lentulus, pater eius, quī quīnque annōs2 grave bellum in Asiā gerēbat, non sine glōriā domum3 revertēbātur. Namque multa secunda proelia fēcerat, maximās hostium cōpiās dēlēverat, multās urbīs populo4 Rōmānō inimīcās cēperat. Primum nūntius pervēnit quī ā Lentulō5 missus erat6 ut profectiōnem suam nūntiāret. Deinde plūrīs diēs7 reditum virī optimī māter fīliusque exspectābant et animīs8 sollicitis deōs immortālīs frūstrā colēbant. Tum dēmum hās litterās summo cum gaudiō accēpērunt:

9“Mārcus Iūliae suac salūtem dīcit. Sī valēs, bene est; ego valeō. Ex Graeciā, quō10 praeter spem et opīniōnem hodiē pervēnī, hās litterās ad tē scribō. Namque nāvis nostra frācta est; nōs autem—11dīs est gratia—incolumes sumus. Ex Asiae12 portū nāvem lēnī ventō solvimus. Postquam13 altum mare tenuimus 14nec iam ūllae terrae appāruērunt, caelum undique et undique fluctūs, subitō magna tempestās coorta est et nāvem vehementissimē adflīxit. Ventīs fluctibusque adflīctātī15 nec sōlem discernere nec cursum tenēre poterāmus et omnia praesentem mortem intentābant. Trīs diēs16 et trīs noctīs16 sine rēmīs vēlīsque agimur. Quārtō diē17 prīmum terra vīsa est et violenter in saxa, quae nōn longē ā lītore aberant, dēiectī sumus. Tum vērō maiōra perīcula timēbāmus; sed nauta quīdam, vir fortissimus, ex nāve in fluctūs īrātōs dēsiluit 18ut fūnem ad lītus portāret; quam rem summō labōre vix effēcit. Ita omnēs servātī sumus. Grātiās igitur et honōrem Neptūnō dēbēmus, quī deus nōs ē perīculō ēripuit. Nunc Athēnīs19 sum, quō cōnfūgī ut mihi paucās hōrās ad quiētem darem.20 Quam prīmum autem aliam nāvem condūcam ut iter ad Italiam reliquum cōnficiam et domum21 ad meōs cārōs revertar. Salūtā nostrum Pūblium amīcissimē et valētūdinem tuam cūrā dīligenter. 22Kalendīs Mārtiīs.”

[1.] was ten years old.

2. annōs, [§ 501. 21].

3. domum, [§ 501. 20].

4. populō, dat. with inimīcās, cf. [§ 501. 16].

5. Lentulō, [§ 501. 33].

6. ut ... nūntiāret, [§ 501. 40].

7. diēs, cf. annōs, 1. 9.

8. animīs, abl. of manner. Do you see one in line 15?

9. This is the usual form for the beginning of a Latin letter. First we have the greeting, and then the expression Sī valēs, etc. The date of the letter is usually given at the end, and also the place of writing, if not previously mentioned in the letter.

10. quō, where.

11. dīs est grātia, thank God, in our idiom.

12. Asia refers to the Roman province of that name in Asia Minor.

13. altum mare tenuimus, we were well out to sea.

14. nec iam, and no longer.

16. adflīctātī, perf. passive part. tossed about.

16. What construction?

17. diē, [§ 501. 35].

18. ut ... portāret, [§ 501. 40].

19. Athēnīs, [§ 501. 36. 1].

20. darem, cf. portāret, l. 6.

21. Why not ad domum?

22. Kalendīs Mārtiīs, the Calends or first of March; abl. of time, giving the date of the letter.

[LXIV.] LENTULUS REACHES HOME · PUBLIUS VISITS POMPEII WITH HIS FATHER

Post paucōs diēs nāvis M. Cornēlī Lentulī portum Mīsēnī1 petiit, quī portus nōn longē ā Pompēiīs situs est; quō in portū classis Rōmānā pōnēbātur et ad pugnās nāvālīs ōrnābātur. Ibi nāvēs omnium generum cōnspicī poterant. Iamque incrēdibilī celeritāte nāvis longa quā Lentulus vehēbātur lītorī adpropinquāvit; nam nōn sōlum ventō sed etiam rēmīs impellēbātur. In altā puppe stābat gubernātor et nōn procul aliquī mīlitēs Rōmānī cum armīs splendidīs, inter quōs clārissimus erat Lentulus. Deinde servī rēmīs contendere cessāvērunt2; nautae vēlum contrāxērunt et ancorās iēcērunt. Lentulus statim ē nāvī ēgressus est et3 ad villam suam properāvit. Eum Iūlia, Pūblius, tōtaque familia excēpērunt. 4Quī complexūs, quanta gaudia fuērunt!

Postrīdiē eius diēī Lentulus fīliō suō dīxit, “Venī, mī Pūblī, mēcum. Pompēiōs iter hodiē faciam. Māter tua suādet5 ut frūctūs et cibāria emam. Namque plūrīs amīcōs ad cēnam vocāvimus et multīs rēbus6 egēmus. Ea hortātur ut quam prīmum proficīscāmur.” “Libenter, mī pater,” inquit Pūblius. “Tēcum esse mihi semper est grātum; nec Pompēiōs umquam vīdī. Sine morā proficīscī parātus sum.” Tum celeriter currum cōnscendērunt et ad urbis mūrōs vectī sunt. Stabiānā portā7 urbem ingressī sunt. Pūblius strātās viās mīrātur et saxa altiōra quae in mediō disposita erant et altās orbitās quās rotae inter haec saxa fēcerant. Etiam strepitum mīrātur, multitūdinem, carrōs, fontīs, domōs, tabernās, forum8 cum statuīs, templīs, reliquīsque aedificiīs pūblicīs.

1. Misenum had an excellent harbor, and under the emperor Augustus became the chief naval station of the Roman fleet. See map of Italy.

2. Why is the infinitive used with cessāvērunt?

3. See Plate I, Frontispiece.

4. Observe that these words are exclamatory.

5. What construction follows suādeō? [§ 501. 41].

6. rēbus, [§ 501. 32].

[7.] This is the abl. of the way by which motion takes place, sometimes called the abl. of route. The construction comes under the general head of the abl. of means. For the scene here described, see Plate II, [p. 53], and notice especially the stepping-stones for crossing the street (saxa quae in mediō disposita erant).

8. The forum of Pompeii was surrounded by temples, public halls, and markets of various sorts. Locate Pompeii on the map.

[LXV.] A DAY AT POMPEII

Apud forum ē currū dēscendērunt et Lentulus dīxit, “Hīc sunt multa tabernārum genera, mī Pūblī. Ecce, trāns viam est popīna! 1Hoc genus tabernārum cibāria vēndit. Frūctūs quoque ante iānuam stant. Ibi cibāria mea emam.” “Optimē,” respondit Pūblius. “At ubi, mī pater, crūstula emere possumus? Namque māter nōbīs imperāvit 2ut haec quoque parārēmus. Timeō ut3 ista popīna vēndat crūstula.” “Bene dīcis,” inquit Lentulus. “At nōnne vidēs illum fontem ā dextrā ubi aqua per leōnis caput fluit? In illō ipsō locō est taberna pīstōris quī sine dubiō vēndit crūstula.”

Brevī tempore4 omnia erant parāta, iamque 5quīnta hōra erat. Deinde Lentulus et fīlius ad caupōnam properāvērunt, quod famē6 et sitī7 urgēbantur. Ibi sub arboris umbrā sēdērunt et puerō imperāvērunt ut sibi8 cibum et vīnum daret. Huic imperiō9 puer celeriter pāruit. Tum laetī sē10 ex labōre refēcērunt.

Post prandium prefectī sunt ut alia urbis spectācula vidērent. Illō tempore fuērunt Pompēiīs11 multa templa, duo theātra, thermae magnumque amphitheātrum, quae omnia post paucōs annōs flammīs atque incendiīs Vesuvī et terrae mōtū dēlēta sunt. Ante hanc calamitātem autem hominēs 1nihil dē monte veritī sunt. In amphitheātrō quidem Pūblius morārī cupīvit ut spectācula gladiātōria vidēret, quae in13 illum ipsum diem prōscrīpta erant et iam 15rē vērā incēperant. Sed Lentulus dīxit, “Morārī, Pūblī, 16vereor ut possīmus. Iam decima hōra est et via est longa. Tempus suādet ut quam prīmum domum revertāmur.” Itaque servō imperāvit ut equōs iungeret, et sōlis occāsū16 ad vīllam pervēnērunt.

1. We say, this kind of shop; Latin, this kind of shops.

2. ut ... parārēmus, [§ 501. 41].

3. How is ut translated after a verb of fearing? How nē? Cf. [§ 501. 42].

4. tempore, [§ 501. 35].

5. quīnta hōra. The Romans numbered the hours of the day consecutively from sunrise to sunset, dividing the day, whether long or short, into twelve equal parts.

6. famē shows a slight irregularity in that the abl. ending -e is long.

7. sitis, thirst, has -im in the acc. sing., -ī in the abl. sing., and no plural.

8. Observe that the reflexive pronoun sibi does not here refer to the subject of the subordinate clause in which it stands, but to the subject of the main clause. This so-called indirect use of the reflexive is often found in object clauses of purpose.

9. What case? Cf. [§ 501. 14].

10. sē, cf. p. 205, l. 7, and [note].

11. Pompēiīs, [§ 501. 36. 1].

12. nihil ... veritī sunt, had no fears of the mountain.

13. in, for.

14. rē vērā, in fact.

15. vereor ut, [§ 501. 42].

16. occāsū, [§ 501. 35].

[LXVI.] LENTULUS ENGAGES A TUTOR FOR HIS SON

Ā prīmīs annīs quidem Iūlia ipsa fīlium suum docuerat, et Pūblius nōn sōlum 1pūrē et Latīnē loquī poterat sed etiam commodē legēbat et scrībēbat. Iam Ennium2 aliōsque poētās lēgerat. Nunc vērō Pūblius 3duodecim annōs habēbat; itaque eī pater bonum magistrum, 4virum omnī doctrīnā et virtūte ōrnātissimum, parāvit, 5quī Graeca, mūsicam, aliāsque artīs docēret. 6Namque illīs temporibus omnēs ferē gentēs Graecē loquēbantur. Cum Pūbliō aliī puerī, Lentulī amīcōrum fīliī,7 discēbant. Nam saepe apud Rōmānōs mōs erat 8nōn in lūdum fīliōs mittere sed domī per magistrum docēre. Cotīdiē discipulī cum magistrō in peristȳlō9 Mārcī domūs sedēbant. Omnēs puerī bullam auream, orīginis honestae signum, in collō gerēbant, et omnēs togā praetextā amictī erant, 10quod nōndum sēdecim annōs11 nātī sunt.

1. pūrē ... poterat, freely, could speak Latin well. What is the literal translation?

2. Ennium, the father of Latin poetry.

3. duodecim ... habēbat, cf. p. 206, l. 8, and [note].

4. virum, etc., a very well-educated and worthy man. Observe the Latin equivalent.

5. quī ... docēret, a relative clause of purpose. Cf. [§§ 349], [350].

6. In Cæsar’s time Greek was spoken more widely in the Roman world than any other language.

7. fīliī, in apposition with puerī.

8. nōn ... mittere. This infinitive clause is the subject of erat. Cf. [§ 216]. The same construction is repeated in the next clause, domī ... docēre. The object of docēre is fīliōs understood.

9. The peristyle was an open court surrounded by a colonnade.

[10.] At the age of sixteen a boy laid aside the bulla and the toga praetexta and assumed toga virīlis or manly gown.

[11.] annōs, [§ 501. 21]. The expression nōndum sēdecim annōs nātī sunt means literally, they were born not yet sixteen years. This is the usual expression for age. What is the English equivalent?

SCENE IN SCHOOL · AN EXERCISE IN COMPOSITION

TABULA ET STILUS

Discipulī. Salvē, magister.

Magister. Vōs quoque omnēs, salvēte. 1Tabulāsne portāvistis et stilōs?

D. Portāvimus.

M. Iam fābulam Aesōpī2 discēmus. Ego legam, vōs in tabulīs scrībite. Et tū, Pūblī, dā mihi ē capsā3 Aesōpī volūmen.4 Iam audīte omnēs: Vulpēs et Ūva.

Vulpēs ōlim famē coācta ūvam dēpendentem vīdit. Ad ūvam saliēbat, sūmere cōnāns. Frūstrā diū cōnāta, tandem īrāta erat et salīre cessāns dīxit: “Illa ūva est acerba; acerbam ūvam 5nihil moror.”

Omnia´ne scrīpsistis, puerī?

D. Omnia, magister.

1. Tablets were thin boards of wood smeared with wax. The writing was done with a stylus, a pointed instrument like a pencil, made of bone or metal, with a knob at the other end. The knob was used to smooth over the wax in making erasures and corrections.

2. Aesōpī, the famous Greek to whom are ascribed most of the fables current in the ancient world.

3. A cylindrical box for holding books and papers, shaped like a hatbox.

4. Ancient books were written on rolls made of papy´rus.

5. nihil moror, I care nothing for.

[LXVII.] PUBLIUS GOES TO ROME TO FINISH HIS EDUCATION

Iamque Pūblius, 1quīndecim annōs nātus, 2prīmīs litterārum elementīs cōnfectīs, Rōmam petere voluit ut scholās grammaticōrum et philosophōrum frequentāret. Et facillimē patrī3 suō, qui ipse philosophiae studiō tenēbātur, persuāsit. Itaque 4omnibus rēbus ad profectiōnem comparātīs, pater fīliusque equīs animōsīs vectī5 ad magnam urbem profectī sunt. Eōs proficīscentīs Iūlia tōtaque familia vōtīs precibusque prōsecūtae sunt. Tum per loca6 plāna et collis silvīs vestītōs viam ingressī sunt ad Nōlam, quod oppidum eōs hospitiō modicō excēpit. Nōlae7 duās hōrās morātī sunt, quod sōl merīdiānus ārdēbat. Tum rēctā viā8 circiter vīgintī mīlia9 passuum9 Capuam,9 ad īnsignem Campāniae urbem, contendērunt. Eō10 multā nocte dēfessī pervēnērunt. 11Postrīdiē eius diēī, somnō et cibō recreātī, Capuā discessērunt et 13viam Appiam ingressī, quae Capuam tangit et ūsque ad urbem Rōmam dūcit, ante merīdiem Sinuessam pervēnērunt, quod oppidum tangit mare. Inde prīmā lūce proficīscentēs Formiās13 properāvērunt, ubi Cicerō, ōrātor clarissimus, quī forte apud vīllam suam erat, eōs benignē excēpit. Hinc 14itinere vīgintī quīnque mīlium passuum factō, Tarracīnam, oppidum in saxīs altissimīs situm, vīdērunt. Iamque nōn longē aberant palūdēs magnae, quae multa mīlia passuum undique patent. Per eās pedestris via est gravis et in nāve viātōrēs vehuntur. Itaque 15equīs relictīs Lentulus et Pūblius nāvem cōnscendērunt, et, ūnā nocte in trānsitū cōnsūmptā, Forum Appī vēnērunt. Tum brevī tempore Arīcia eōs excēpit. Hoc oppidum, in colle situm, ab urbe Romā sēdecim mīlia passuum abest. Inde dēclivis via ūsque ad latum campum dūcit ubi Rōma stat. Quem ad locum ubi Pūblius vēnit et Rōmam adhūc remōtam, maximam tōtīus orbis terrārum urbem, cōnspēxit, summā admīrātiōne et gaudiō adfectus est. Sine morā dēscendērunt, et, mediō intervāllō quam celerrimē superātō, urbem portā Capēnā ingressī sunt.

1. quīndecim, etc., cf. p. 210, l. 5, and [note].

2. prīmīs ... cōnfectīs, abl. abs. Cf. [§ 501. 28].

3. patrī, dat. with persuāsit.

4. omnibus ... comparātīs, cf. note 2.

5. vectī, perf. pass. part. of vehō.

6. What is there peculiar about the gender of this word?

7. Nōlae, locative case, [§ 501. 36].2.

8. viā, cf. portā, p. 208, l. 7, and [note].

9. What construction?

10. Eō, adv. there.

11. Postrīdiē eius diēī, on the next day.

12. viam Appiam, the most famous of all Roman roads, the great highway from Rome to Tarentum and Brundisium, with numerous branches. Locate on the map the various towns that are mentioned in the lines that follow.

13. Formiās, Formiæ, one of the most beautiful spots on this coast, and a favorite site for the villas of rich Romans.

14. itinere ... factō, abl. abs. The gen. mīlium modifies itinere.

15. equīs relictīs. What construction? Point out a similar one in the next line.

[LXVIII.] PUBLIUS PUTS ON THE TOGA VIRILIS

BULLA

Pūblius iam tōtum annum Rōmae morābātur1 multaque urbis spectācula vīderat et multōs sibi2 amīcōs parāverat. Eī3 omnēs favēbant; 4dē eō omnēs bene spērāre poterant. Cotīdiē Pūblius scholas philosophōrum et grammaticōrum tantō studiō frequentābat 5ut aliīs clārum exemplum praebēret. Saepe erat cum patre in cūriā6; quae rēs effēcit 7ut summōs reī pūblicae virōs et audīret et vidēret. Ubi 8sēdecim annōs natus est, bullam9 auream et togam praetextam mōre Rōmānō dēposuit atque virīlem togam sūmpsit. Virīlis autem toga erat omnīnō alba, sed praetexta clāvum purpureum in margine habēbat. 10Dēpōnere togam praetextam et sūmere togam virīlem erat rēs grātissima puerō Rōmānō, quod posteā vir et cīvis Rōmānus habēbātur.

11Hīs rēbus gestīs Lentulus ad uxōrem suam hās litterās scrīpsit:

12“Mārcus Iūliae suae salūtem dīcit. Sī valēs, bene est; ego valeō. Accēpī tuās litterās. Hās nunc Rōmā per servum fidēlissimum mittō ut dē Pūbliō nostrō quam celerrimē sciās. Nam hodiē eī togam virīlem dedī. Ante lucem surrēxī13 et prīmum bullam auream dē collō eius remōvī. Hāc Laribus14 cōnsecrātā et sacrīs factīs, eum togā virīlī vestīvī. Interim plūrēs amīcī cum multitūdine optimōrum cīvium et honestōrum clientium pervēnerant 15quī Pūblium domō in forum dēdūcerent. Ibi in cīvitātem receptus est et nōmen, Pūblius Cornēlius Lentulus, apud cīvīs Rōmānōs ascrīptum est. Omnēs eī amīcissimī fuērunt et magna16 de eō praedīcunt. Sapientior enim aequālibus17 est et magnum ingenium habet. 18Cūrā ut valeās.”

1. morābātur, translate as if pluperfect.

2. sibi, for himself.

3. Eī, why dat.?

4. dē ... poterant, in English, all regarded him as a very promising youth; but what does the Latin say?

5. ut ... praebēret, [§ 501. 43].

6. cūriā, a famous building near the Roman Forum.

7. ut ... audīret et vidēret, [§ 501. 44].

8. sēdecim, etc., cf. p. 210, l. 5, and [note].

9. bullam, cf. p. 210, l. 3, and [note 4].

10. These infinitive clauses are the subject of erat. Cf. [§ 216].

11. Hīs rēbus gestīs, i.e. the assumption of the toga virilis and attendant ceremonies.

12. Compare the beginning of this letter with the one on page 206.

13. surrēxī, from surgō.

14. The Lares were the spirits of the ancestors, and were worshiped as household gods. All that the house contained was confided to their care, and sacrifices were made to them daily.

15. quī ... dēdūcerent, [§ 350].

16. magna, great things, a neuter adj. used as a noun.

17. aequālibus, [§ 501. 34].

18. Cūrā ut valeās, take good care of your health. How does the Latin express this idea?

[LXIX.] PUBLIUS JOINS CÆSAR’S ARMY IN GAUL

Pūblius iam adulēscēns postquam togam virīlem sūmpsit, aliīs rēbus studēre incēpit et praesertim ūsū1 armōrum sē2 dīligenter exercuit. Magis magisque amāvit illās artīs quae mīlitārem animum dēlectant. Iamque erant 3quī eī cursum mīlitārem praedīcerent. Nec sine causā, quod certē patris īsigne exemplum 4ita multum trahēbat. 5Paucīs ante annīs C. Iūlius Caesar, ducum Rōmānōrum maximus, cōnsul creātus erat et hōc tempore in Galliā bellum grave gerēbat. Atque in exercitū eius plūrēs adulēscentēs mīlitābant, apud quōs erat amīcus quīdam Pūblī. Ille Pūblium crēbrīs litterīs vehementer hortābātur 6ut iter in Galliam faceret. Neque Pūblius recūsāvit, et, multīs amīcīs ad portam urbis prōsequentibus, ad Caesaris castra profectus est. Quārtō diē postquam iter ingressus est, ad Alpīs, montīs altissimōs, pervēnit. Hīs summā difficultāte superātīs, tandem Gallōrum in fīnibus erat. Prīmō autem veritus est ut7 castrīs Rōmānīs adpropinquāre posset, quod Gallī, maximīs cōpiīs coāctīs, Rōmānōs obsidēbant et viās omnīs iam clauserant. Hīs rēbus commōtus Pūblius vestem Gallicam induit nē ā Gallīs caperētur, et ita per hostium cōpiās incolumis ad castra pervenīre potuit. Intrā mūnītiōnes acceptus, ā Caesare benignē exceptus est. Imperātor fortem adulēscentem amplissimīs verbīs laudāvit et eum 8tribūnum mīlītum creāvit.

1. Abl. of means.

2. sē, reflexive object of exercuit.

3. quī ... praedīcerent, [§ 501. 45].

4. ita multum trahēbat, had a great influence in that direction.

5. Paucīs ante annīs, a few years before; in Latin, before by a few years, ante being an adverb and annīs abl. of degree of difference.

6. ut ... faceret, [§ 501. 41].

7. ut, how translated here? See [§ 501. 42].

8. The military tribune was a commissioned officer nearly corresponding to our rank of colonel. The tribunes were often inexperienced men, so Cæsar did not allow them much responsibility.

IMPEDIMENTA

HOW THE ROMANS MARCHED AND CAMPED

Exercitus quī in hostium fīnibus bellum genit multīs perīcuīs circumdatus est. 1Quae perīcula ut vītāret, Rōmāni summam cūram adhībēre solēbant. Adpropinquanteēs cōpiīs hostium agmen ita dispōnēbant 2ut imperātor ipse cum plāribus legiōnibus expedītīs3 prīmum agmen dūceret. Post eās cōpiās impedīmenta4 tōtīus exercitūs conlocābant. 5Tum legiōnēs quae proximē cōnscrīptae erant tōtum agmen claudēbant. Equitēs quoque in omnīs partīs dīmittēbantur quī loca explōrārent; et centuriōnēs praemittēbantur ut locum castrīs idōneum dēligerent. Locus habēbatur idōneus castrīs 6quī facile dēfendī posset et prope aquam esset. Quā dē causā castra7 in colle ab utrāque parte arduō, ā fronte lēniter dēclīvī saepe pōnēbantur; vel locus palūdibus cīnctus vel in flūminis rīpīs situs dēligēbātur. Ad locum postquam exercitus pervēnit, aliī mīlitum 8in armīs erant, aliī castra mūnīre incipiēbant. Nam 9quō tūtiōrēs ab hostibus mīlitēs essent, nēve incautī et imparātī opprimerentur, castra fossā lātā et vāllō altō mūniēbant. In castrīs portae quattuor erant ut ēruptiō mīlitum omnīs in partīs fierī posset. In angulīs castrōrum erant turrēs dē quibus tēla in hostīs coniciēbantur. 10Tālibus in castrīs quālia dēscrīpsimus Pūblius ā Caesare exceptus est.

1. Quae perīcula, object of vītārent. It is placed first to make a proper connection with the preceding sentence.

2. ut ... dūceret, [§ 501. 43].

3. expedītīs, i.e. without baggage and ready for action.

4. impedīmenta. Much of the baggage was carried in carts and on beasts of burden, as is shown above; but, besides this, each soldier (unless expedītus) carried a heavy pack. See also picture, [p. 159].

5. The newest legions were placed in the rear, because they were the least reliable.

6. quī ... posset ... esset, [§ 501. 45].

7. castra, subject of pōnēbantur.

8. in armīs erant, stood under arms.

9. quō ... essent. When is quō used to introduce a purpose clause? See [§ 350. I].

10. Tālibus in castrīs quālia, in such a camp as. It is important to remember the correlatives tālis ... quālis, such ... as.

[LXX.] THE RIVAL CENTURIONS

CENTURIO

Illīs in castrīs erant duo centuriōnēs,1 fortissimī virī, T. Pullō et L. Vorēnus, quōrum neuter alterī virtūte2 cēdere volēbat. Inter eōs iam multōs annōs īnfēnsum certāmen gerēbātur. Tum dēmum fīnis contrōversiae hōc modō3 factus est. Diē tertiō postquam Pūblius pervēnit, hostēs, maiōribus cōpiīs coāctīs, ācerrimum impetum in castra fēcērunt. Tum Pullō, 4cum Rōmānī tardiōrēs5 vidērentur, “Cūr dubitās,” inquit, “Vorēne? Quam commodiōrem occāsiōnem exspectās? Hic diēs dē virtūte nostrā iūdicābit.” Haec6 cum dīxisset, extrā mūnītiōnēs prōcessit et in eam hostium partem quae cōfertissima 7vidēbātur inrūpit. Neque Vorēnus quidem tum vāllō8 sēsē continet, sed Pullōnem subsequitur. Tum Pullō pīlum in hostīs immittit atque ūnum ex multitūdine prōcurrentem trāicit. Hunc percussum et exanimātum hostēs scūtīs prōtegunt et in Pullōnem omnēs tēla coniciunt. Eius scūtum trānsfīgitur et tēlum in balteō dēfīgitur. Hic cāsus vāgīnam āvertit et dextram manum eius gladium ēdūcere cōnantis9 morātur. Eum ita impedītum hostēs circumsistunt.

Tum vēro 10eī labōrantī Vorēnus, cum sit inimīcus, tamen auxilium dat. Ad hunc cōnfestim 11ā Pullōne omnis multitūdō sē convertit. Gladiō comminus pugnat Vorēnus, atque, ūnō interfectō, reliquōs paulum prōpellit. Sed īnstāns cupidius12 īnfēlīx, 13pede sē fallente, concidit.

Huic rūrsus circumventō auxilium dat Pullō, atque ambō incolumēs, plūribus interfectīs, summā cum laude intrā mūnītiōnēs sē recipiunt. Sic inimīcōrum alter alterī auxilium dedit nec de eōrum virtūte quisquam iūdicāre potuit.

1. A centurion commanded a company of about sixty men. He was a common soldier who had been promoted from the ranks for his courage and fighting qualities. The centurions were the real leaders of the men in battle. There were sixty of them in a legion. The centurion in the picture (p. 216) has in his hand a staff with a crook at one end, the symbol of his authority.

2. virtūte, [§ 501. 30].

3. Abl. of manner.

4. cum ... vidērentur, [§ 501. 46].

5. tardiōrēs, too slow, a not infrequent translation of the comparative degree.

6. Haec, obj. of dīxisset. It is placed before cum to make a close connection with the preceding sentence. What is the construction of dīxisset?

7. vidēbatur, inrūpit. Why is the imperfect used in one case and the perfect in the other? Cf. [§ 190].

8. vāllō, abl. of means, but in English we should say within the rampart. Cf. ingentī stabulō, p. 201, l. 13, and note.

9. cōnantis, pres. part. agreeing with eius.

10. eī labōrantī, indir. obj. of dat.

11. ā Pullōne, from Pullo, abl. of separation.

12. cupidius, too eagerly.

13. pede sē fallente, lit. the foot deceiving itself; in our idiom, his foot slipping.

[LXXI.] THE ENEMY BESIEGING THE CAMP ARE REPULSED

Cum iam sex hōrās pugnatum esset1 ac nōn sōlum vīrēs sed etiam tēla Rōmānōs dēficerent1, atque hostēs ācrius instārent,1 et vāllum scindere fossamque complēre incēpissent,1 Caesar, vir reī mīlitāris perītissimus, suīs imperāvit ut proelium paulisper intermitterent,2 et, signō datō, ex castrīs ērumperent.2 3Quod iussī sunt faciunt, et subitō ex omnibus portīs ērumpunt. Atque tam celeriter mīlitēs concurrērunt et tam propinquī erant hostēs4 ut spatium pīla coniciendī5 nōn darētur. Itaque reiectīs pīlīs 6comminus gladiīs pugnātum est. Diū et audācter hostēs restitērunt et in extrēmā spē salūtis tantam virtūtem praestitērunt ut ā dextrō cornū vehementer 7multitūdine suōrum aciem Rōmanam premerent. 8Id imperātor cum animadvertisset, Pūblium adulēscentem cum equitātū mīsit quī labōrantibus9 auxilium daret. Eius impetum sustinēre nōn potuērunt hostēs10 et omnēs terga vertērunt. Eōs in fugam datōs Pūblius subsecūtus est ūsque ad flūmen Rhēnum, quod ab eō locō quīnque mīlia passuum aberat. Ibi paucī salūtem sibi repperērunt. Omnibus reliquīs interfectīs, Pūblius et equitēs in castra sēsē recēpērunt. Dē hāc calamitāte fīnitimae gentēs cum certiōrēs factae essent, ad Caesarem lēgātōs mīsērunt et sē suaque omnia dēdidērunt.

1. pugnātum esset, dēficerent, īnstārent, incēpissent. These are all subjunctives with cum. Cf. [§ 501. 46].

2. intermitterent, ērumperent. What use of the subjunctive?

3. Quod, etc., they do as ordered. The antecedent of quod is id understood, which would be the object of faciunt.

4. ut ... darētur. Is this a clause of purpose or of result?

5. coniciendī, [§ 402].

6. comminus gladiīs pugnātum est, a hand-to-hand conflict was waged with swords.

7. multitūdine suōrum, by their numbers. suōrum is used as a noun. What is the literal translation of this expression?

8. Id imperātor. Id is the obj. and imperātor the subj. of animadvertisset.

9. labōrantibus. This participle agrees with iīs understood, the indir. obj. of daret; qui ... daret is a purpose clause, [§ 501. 40].

10. hostēs, subj. of potuērunt.

[LXXII.] PUBLIUS GOES TO GERMANY · ITS GREAT FORESTS AND STRANGE ANIMALS

Initā aestāte Caesar litterīs certior fīēbat et per explōrātōrēs cognōscēbat plūrīs cīvitātēs Galliae novīs rēbus studēre,1 et contrā populum Rōmānum coniūrāre1 obsidēsque 2inter sē dare,1 atque cum hīs Germānōs quōsdam quoque sēsē coniūnctūrōs esse.1 Hīs litterīs nūntiīsque commōtus Caesar cōnstituit quam celerrimē in Gallōs proficīscī,3 ut eōs inopīnantīs opprimeret, et Labiēnum lēgātum cum duābus legiōnibus peditum et duōbus mīlibus equitum in Germānōs mittere.3 4Itaque rē frūmentāriā comparātā castra mōvit. Ab utrōque5 rēs bene gesta est; nam Caesar tam celeriter in hostium fīnīs pervēnit ut spatium 6cōpiās cōgendī nōn darētur7; et Labiēnus dē Germānīs tam grave supplicium sūmpsit ut nēmō ex eā gente in reliquum tempus Gallīs auxilium dare audēret.7

Hoc iter in Germāniam Pūblius quoque fēcit et, 8cum ibi morārētur, multa mīrābilia vīdit. Praesertim vērō ingentem silvam mīrābātur, quae tantae magnitūdinis esse dīcēbātur 9ut nēmō eam trānsīre posset, nec quisquam scīret aut initium aut fīnem. Quā dē rē plūra cognōverat ā mīlite quōdam quī ōlim captus ā Germānīs multōs annōs ibi incoluit. Ille10 dē silvā dīcēns, “Īnfīnītae magnitūdinis est haec silva,” inquit; “nee quisquam est 11huius Germāniae 12quī initium eius sciat aut ad fīnem adierit. Nāscuntur illīc multa tālia animālium genera quālia reliquīs in locīs nōn inveniuntur. Sunt bovēs quī ūnum13 cornū habent; sunt etiam animālia quae appellantur alcēs. Hae nūllōs crūrum14 articulōs habent. Itaque, sī forte concidērunt, sēsē ērigere nūllō modō possunt. Arborēs habent prō15 cubīlibus; ad eās sē applicant atque ita reclīnātae quiētem capiunt. Tertium est genus eōrum quī ūrī appellantur. Hī sunt paulō minōrēs elephantīs.16 Magna vis eōrum est et magna vēlōcitās. Neque hominī neque ferae parcunt.17”

1. Observe that all these infinitives are in indirect statements after certior fīēbat, he was informed, and cognōscēbat, he learned. Cf. [§ 501.48], 49.

2. inter sē, to each other.

3. proficīscī, mittere. These infinitives depend upon cōnstituit.

4. Before beginning a campaign, food had to be provided. Every fifteen days grain was distributed. Each soldier received about two pecks. This he carried in his pack, and this constituted his food, varied occasionally by what he could find by foraging.

5. Abl. of personal agent, [§ 501. 33].

6. cōpiās cōgendī, [§ 501. 37. 1].

7. darētur, audēret, [§ 501. 43]. audēret is not from audiō.

8. cum ... morārētur, [§ 501. 46].

9. ut ... posset, ... scīret, [§ 501. 43].

10. Ille, subj. of inquit.

11. huius Germāniae, of this part of Germany.

12. quī ... scīat ... adierit, [§ 501. 45].

13. ūnum, only one.

14. crūrum, from crūs.

15. prō, for, in place of.

16. elephantīs, [§ 501. 34].

17. parcunt. What case is used with this verb?

[LXXIII.] THE STORMING OF A CITY

Pūblius plūrīs diēs in Germāniā morātus1 in Galliam rediit, et ad Caesaris castra sē contulit. Ille quia molestē ferēbat Gallōs2 eius regiōnis obsidēs dare recūsāvisse et exercituī frūmentum praebēre nōluisse, cōnstituit eīs3 bellum īnferre. Agrīs vāstātīs, vīcīs incēnsīs, pervēnit ad oppidum validissimum quod et nātūrā et arte mūnītum erat. Cingēbātur mūrō vīgintī quīnque pedēs4 altō. Ā lateribus duōsitum, praeruptō fastīgiō ad plānitiem vergēgat; ā quārtō tantum5 latere aditus erat facilis. Hoc oppidum oppugnāre, 6cum opus esset difficillimum, tamen cōnstituit Caesar. Et castrīs mūnītīs Pūbliō negōtium dedit ut rēs 7ad oppugnandum necessāriās parāret.

VINEA

Rōmānōrum autem oppugnātiō est haec.8 Prīmum turrēs aedificantur quibus mīlitēs in summum mūrum ēvādere possint9; vīneae10 fīunt quibus tēctī mīlitēs ad mūrum succēdant; pluteī11 parantur post quōs mīlitēs tormenta12 administrent; sunt quoque arietēs quī mūrum et portās discutiant. Hīs omnibus rēbus comparātīs, deinde 13agger ab eā parte ubi aditus est facillimus exstruitur et cum vīneīs ad ipsum oppidum agitur. Tum turris in aggere prōmovētur; arietibus quī sub vīneīs conlocātī erant mūrus et portae discutiuntur; ballistīs, catapultīs, reliquīsque tormentīs lapidēs et tēla in oppidum coniciuntur. Postrēmō cum iam turris et agger altitūdinem mūrī adaequant et arietēs moenia perfrēgērunt,14 signō datō mīlitēs inruunt et oppidum expugnant.

1. morātus. Is this part. active or passive in meaning?

2. Gallōs, subj. acc. of the infins. recūsāvisse and nōluisse. The indirect statement depends upon molestē ferēbat.

3. eīs, [§ 501. 15].

4. pedēs, [§ 501. 21].

5. tantum, adv. only.

6. cum ... esset, a clause of concession, [§ 501. 46].

7. ad oppugnandum, a gerund expressing purpose.

8. haec, as follows.

9. possint, subjv. of purpose. Three similar constructions follow.

10. vīneae. These vīneae were wooden sheds, open in front and rear, used to protect men who were working to take a fortification. They were about eight feet high, of like width, and double that length, covered with raw hides to protect them from being set on fire, and moved on wheels or rollers.

11. pluteī, large screens or shields with small wheels attached to them. These were used to protect besiegers while moving up to a city or while serving the engines of war.

12. tormenta. The engines of war were chiefly the catapult for shooting great arrows, and the ballista, for hurling large stones. They had a range of about two thousand feet and were very effective.

13. The agger, or mound, was of chief importance in a siege. It was begun just out of reach of the missiles of the enemy, and then gradually extended towards the point to be attacked. At the same time its height gradually increased until on a level with the top of the wall, or even higher. It was made of earth and timber, and had covered galleries running through it for the use of the besiegers. Over or beside the agger a tower was moved up to the wall, often with a battering-ram (aries) in the lowest story. (See picture, [p. 221].)

14. perfrēgērunt, from perfringō.

[LXXIV.] THE CITY IS TAKEN · THE CAPTIVES ARE QUESTIONED

BALLISTA

Omnibus rēbus necessāriīs ad oppugnandum ā Pūbliō comparātīs, dēlīberātur in conciliō quod cōnsilium 1oppidī expugnandī ineant.2 Tum ūnus3 ex centuriōnibus, vir reī mīlitāris perītissimus, “Ego suādeō,” inquit, “ut ab eā parte, ubi aditus sit4 facillimus, aggerem exstruāmus5 et turrim prōmoveāmus5 atque ariete admōtō simul mūrum discutere cōnēmur.5” 6Hoc cōnsilium cum omnibus placēret, Caesar concilium dīmīsit. Deinde mīlitēs hortātus ut priōrēs victōriās memoriā7 tenērent, iussit aggerem exstruī, turrim et arietem admovērī. Neque oppidānīs8 cōnsilium dēfuit. Aliī ignem et omne genus tēlōrum dē mūrō in turrim coniēcērunt, aliī ingentia saxa in vīneās et arietem dēvolvērunt. Diū utrimque ācerrimē pugnātum est. Nē vulnerātī quidem pedem rettulērunt. Tandem, 9dē tertiā vigiliā, Pūblius, quem Caesar illī operī10 praefēcerat, nūntiāvit partem11 mūrī ictibus arietis labefactam concidisse. Quā rē audītā Caesar signum dat; mīlitēs inruunt et magnā cum caede hostium oppidum capiunt.

1. oppidī expugnandī. Is this a gerund or a gerundive construction? Cf. [§ 501. 37].

2. ineant. [§ 501. 50].

3. ūnus. subj. of inquit.

4. sit. This is a so-called subjunctive by attraction, which means that the clause beginning with ubi stands in such close connection with the subjv. clause beginning with ut, that its verb is attracted into the same mood.

5. All these verbs are in the same construction.

6. Hoc cōnsilium, subj. of placēret. For the order cf. Haec cum, etc., p. 215, l. 22, and note; Id imperātor cum, p. 217, l. 8.

7. memoriā, abl. of means.

8. oppidānīs, [§ 501. 15].

9. Between twelve and three o’clock in the morning. The night was divided into four watches.

10. operī, [§ 501. 15].

11. partem, subj. acc. of concidisse.

TURRES, ARIETES, VINEA

Postrīdiē eius diēī, hōc oppidō expugnātō, 12captīvōrum quī nōbilissimī sunt ad imperātōrem ante praetōrium13 addūcuntur. Ipse, lōrīcā aurātā et paludāmentō purpureō īnsignis, captīvōs per interpretem in hunc modum interrogat:14 Vōs quī estis15?

Interpres. Rogat imperātor quī sītis.

Captīvī. Fīliī rēgis sumus.

Interpres. Dīcunt sē fīliōs esse rēgis.

Imperātor. Cūr mihi tantās iniūriās intulistis?

Interpres. Rogat cūr sibi tantās iniūriās intuleritis.

Captīvī. Iniūriās eī nōn intulimus sed prō patriā bellum gessimus. Semper voluimus Rōmānīs esse amīcī, sed Rōmānī sine causā nōs domō patriāque expellere cōnātī sunt.

Interpres. 16Negant sē iniūriās tibi intulisse, sed prō patriā bellum gessisse. 17Semper sē voluisse amīcōs Rōmānīs esse, sed Rōmānōs sine causā sē domō patriāque expellere cōnātōs esse.

Imperātor. 18Manēbitisne in reliquum tempus in fidē, hāc rebelliōne condōnātā?

Tum vērō captīvī multīs cum lacrimīs iūrāvērunt sē in fidē mānsūrōs esse, et Caesar eōs incolumīs domum dīmīsit.

12. captīvōrum ... sunt, the noblest of the captives.

13. The general’s headquarters.

14. Study carefully these direct questions, indirect questions, and indirect statements.

15. See Plate III, [p. 148].

16. Negant, etc., they say that they have not, etc. Negant is equivalent to dīcunt nōn, and the negative modifies intulisse, but not the remainder of the indirect statement.

17. Semper, etc., that they have always, etc.

18. Manēbitisne in fidē, will you remain loyal?

[LXXV.] CIVIL WAR BREAKS OUT BETWEEN CÆSAR AND POMPEY · THE BATTLE OF PHARSALIA

Nē cōnfectō1 quidem bellō Gallicō, 2bellum cīvīle inter Caesarem et Pompēium exortum est. Nam Pompēius, quī summum imperium petēbat, senātuī persuāserat ut Caesarem reī pūblicae hostem3 iūdicāret et exercitum eius dīmittī iubēret. Quibus cognitīs rēbus Caesar exercitum suum dīmittere recūsāvit, atque, hortātus mīlitēs ut ducem totiēns victōrem ab inimīcōrum iniūriīs dēfenderent, imperāvit ut sē Rōmam sequerentur. Summā cum alacritāte mīlitēs pāruērunt, et trānsitō Rubicōne4 initium bellī cīvīlis factum est.

Italiae urbēs quidem omnēs ferē 5rēbus Caesaris favēbant et eum benignē excēpērunt. Quā rē commōtus Pompēius ante Caesaris adventum Rōmā excessit et Brundisium6 pervēnit, inde 7paucīs post diēbus cum omnibus cōpiīs ad Ēpīrum mare trānsiit. Eum Caesar cum septem legiōnibus et quīngentīs equitibus secūtus est, et īnsignis inter Caesaris comitātum erat Pūblius.

Plūribus leviōribus proeliīs factīs, tandem cōpiae adversae ad Pharsālum8 in Thessaliā sitam castra posuērunt. Cum Pompeī exercitus esset bis tantus quantus Caesaris, tamen erant multī quī veterānās legiōnēs quae Gallōs et Germānōs superāverant vehementer timēbant. Quōs9 10ante proelium commissum Labiēnus11 lēgātus, quī ab Caesare nūper dēfēcerat, ita adlocūtus est: “12Nōlīte exīstimāre hunc esse exercitum veterānōrum mīlitum. Omnibus interfuī proeliīs13 neque temerē incognitam rem prōnūntiō. Perexigua pars illīus exercitūs quī Gallōs superāvit adhūc superest. Magna pars occīsa est, multī domum discessērunt, multī sunt relictī in Italiā. Hae cōpiae quās vidētis in 14citeriōre Galliā nūper cōnscrīptae sunt.” Haec15 cum dīxisset, iūrāvit sē nisi victōrem in castra nōn reversūrum esse. 16Hoc idem Pompēius et omnēs reliquī iūrāvērunt, et magnā spē et laetitiā, sīcut certam ad victōriam, cōpiae ē castrīs exiērunt.

Item Caesar, animō17 ad dīmicandum parātus, exercitum suum ēdūxit et septem cohortibus 18praesidiō castrīs relictīs cōpiās triplicī aciē īnstrūxit. Tum, mīlitibus studiō pugnae ārdentibus, tubā signum dedit. Mīlitēs prōcurrērunt et pīlīs missīs gladiōs strīnxērunt. Neque vērō virtūs hostibus dēfuit. Nam et tēla missa sustinuērunt et impetum gladiōrum excēpērunt et ōrdinēs cōnservāvērunt. Utrimque diū et ācriter pugnātum est nec quisquam pedem rettulit. Tum equitēs Pompēī aciem Caesaris circumīre cōnātī sunt. Quod19 ubi Caesar animadvertit, tertiam aciem,20 quae ad id tempus quiēta fuerat, prōcurrere iussit. Tum vērō integrōrum impetum21 dēfessī hostēs sustinēre nōn potuērunt et omnēs terga vertērunt. Sed Pompēius dē fortūnīs suīs dēspērāns sē in castra equō contulit, inde mox cum paucīs equitibus effūgit.

1. With nē ... quidem the emphatic word stands between the two.

2. The Civil War was caused by the jealousy and rivalry between Cæsar and Pompey. It resulted in the defeat and subsequent death of Pompey and the elevation of Cæsar to the lordship of the Roman world.

3. hostem, predicate accusative, [§ 501. 22].

4. The Rubicon was a small stream in northern Italy that marked the boundary of Cæsar’s province. By crossing it with an armed force Cæsar declared war upon Pompey and the existing government. Cæsar crossed the Rubicon early in the year 49 B.C.

5. rēbus Caesaris favēbant, favored Cæsar’s side. In what case is rēbus?

6. Brundisium, a famous port in southern Italy whence ships sailed for Greece and the East. See map.

7. paucīs post diēbus, a few days later; literally, afterguards by a few days. Cf. paucīs ante annīs, p. 213, l. 12, and note.

7. The battle of Pharsalia was fought on August 9, 48 B.C. In importance it ranks as one of the great battles of the world.

8. Quōs, obj. of adlocūtus est.

10. ante proelium commissum, before the beginning of the battle.

11. Labiēnus, Cæsar’s most faithful and skillful lieutenant in the Gallic War. On the outbreak of the Civil War, in 49 B.C., he deserted Cæsar and joined Pompey. His defection caused the greatest joy among the Pompeian party; but he disappointed the expectations of his new friends, and never accomplished anything of importance. He fought against his old commander in several battles and was slain at the battle of Munda in Spain, 45 B.C.

12. Nōlīte exīstimāre, don´t think.

13. proeliīs, [§ 501. 15].

14. citeriōre Galliā. This name is applied to Cisalpine Gaul, or Gaul south of the Alps.

15. Haec, obj. of dīxisset.

16. Hoc idem, obj. of iūrāvērunt.

17. animō, [§ 501. 30].

18. praesidiō castrīs, [§ 501. 17].

19. Quod, obj. of animadvertit.

20. aciem, subj. of prōcurrere.

21. impetum, obj. of sustinēre.

[LXXVI.] THE TRIUMPH OF CAESAR

SIGNIFER

Pompēiō amīcīsque eius superātīs atque omnibus hostibus ubīque victīs, Caesar imperātor Rōmam rediit et 1extrā moenia urbis in campō Mārtiō castra posuit. Tum vērō amplissimīs honōribus adfectus est. Dictātor creātus est, et eī triumphus ā senātū est dēcrētus. 2Quō diē de Gallīs triumphum ēgit, tanta multitūdō hominum in urbem undique cōnflūxit 3ut omnia loca essent cōnferta. Templa patēbant, ārae fūmābant, columnae sertīs ōrnātae erant. 4Cum vērō pompa urbem intrāret, quantus hominum fremitus ortus est! Prīmum per portam ingressī sunt senātus et magistrātūs. Secūtī sunt tībīcinēs, signiferī, peditēs laureā corōnātī canentēs: “Ecce Caesar nunc triumphat, quī subēgit Galliam,” et “Mīlle, mīlle, mīlle, mīlle Gallōs trucīdāvimus.” Multī praedam captārum urbium portābant, arma, omnia bellī īnstrūmenta. Secūtī sunt equitēs, animōsīs atque splendidissimē ōrnātīs equīs vectī, inter quōs Pūblius adulēscēns fortissimus habēbātur. Addūcēbantur taurī, arietēs, 5quī dīs immortālibus immolārentur. Ita longō agmine prōgrediēns exercitus 6sacrā viā per forum in Capitōlium perrēxit.

LICTORES CUM FASCIBUS

Imperātor ipse cum urbem intrāret, undique laetō clāmōre multitūdinis salūtātus est. Stābat in currū aureō quem quattuor albī equī vehēbant. Indūtus 7togā pictā, alterā manū habēnās et lauream tenēbat, alterā eburneum scēptrum. Post eum servus in currū stāns auream corōnam super caput eius tenēbat. Ante currum miserrimī captīvī, rēgēs prīncipēsque superātārum gentium, catēnīs vīnctī, prōgrediēbantur; et vīgintī quattuor līctōrēs8 laureatās fascīs ferentēs et signiferī currum Caesaris comitābantur. Conclūdit agmen multitūdō captīvōrum, quī, in servitūtem redāctī,9 dēmissō vultū, vīnctīs10 bracchiīs, sequuntur; quibuscum veniunt longissimō ōrdine mīlitēs, etiam hī praedam vel insignia mīlitāria ferentēs.

Caesar cum Capitōlium ascendisset, in templō Iovī Capitōlīnō sacra fēcit. Simul11 captivōrum quī nōbilissimī erant, abductī in carcerem,12 interfectī sunt. Sacrīs factīs Caesar dē Capitōliō dēscendit et in forō mīitibus suīs honōrēs mīlitārīs dedit eīsque pecūniam ex bellī praedā distribuit.

Hīs omnibus rēbus cōnfectīs, Pūblius Caesarem valēre13 iussit et quam celerrimē ad vīllam contendit ut patrem mātremque salūtāret.

15Dē rēbus gestīs P. Cornēlī Lentulī hāctenus.

1. A victorious general with his army was not allowed to enter the city until the day of his triumph. A triumph was the greatest of all military honors.

2. Quō diē, on the day that, abl. of time.

3. ut ... essent, [§ 501. 43].

4. Cum ... intrāret, [§ 501. 46].

5. quī ... immolārentur, [§ 501. 40].

6. The Sacred Way was a noted street running along one side of the Forum to the base of the Capitoline Hill, on whose summit stood the magnificent temple of Jupiter Capitolinus. This route was always followed by triumphal processions.

7. The toga picta worn by a general in his triumph was a splendid robe of Tyrian purple covered with golden stars. See Plate IV, [p. 213].

8. The lictors were a guard of honor that attended the higher magistrates and made a way for them through the streets. On their shoulders they carried the fasces, a bundle of rods with an ax in the middle, symbolizing the power of the law.

9. dēmissō vultū, with downcast countenance.

10. vīnctīs, from vinciō.

12. Simul, etc., At the same time those of the captives who were the noblest.

12. The prison was a gloomy dungeon on the lower slopes of the Capitoline Hill.

13. valēre iussit, bade farewell to.

14. This sentence marks the end of the story.

[APPENDIX I]

DECLENSIONS, CONJUGATIONS, NUMERALS, ETC.

NOUNS

[460.] Nouns are inflected in five declensions, distinguished by the final letter of the stem and by the termination of the genitive singular.

First Declension—Ā-stems, Gen. Sing. -ae

Second Declension—O-stems, Gen. Sing. -ī

Third Declension—Consonant stems and I-stems, Gen. Sing. -is

Fourth Declension—U-stems, Gen. Sing. -ūs

Fifth Declension—Ē-stems, Gen. Sing. -ē̆ī

[461.] FIRST DECLENSION. Ā-STEMS

	domina, lady Stem dominā- Base domin-
	Singular		Plural
		TERMINATIONS		TERMINATIONS
Nom.	domina	-a	dominae	-ae
Gen.	dominae	-ae	dominārum	-ārum
Dat.	dominae	-ae	dominīs	-īs
Acc.	dominam	-am	dominās	-ās
Abl.	dominā	-ā	dominīs	-īs

a. Dea and fīlia have the termination -ābus in the dative and ablative plural.

[462.] SECOND DECLENSION. O-STEMS

a. Masculines in -us

	dominus, master Stem domino- Base domin-
	Singular		Plural
		TERMINATIONS		TERMINATIONS
Nom.	dominus	-us	dominī	-ī
Gen.	dominī	-ī	dominōrum	-ōrum
Dat.	dominō	-ō	dominīs	-īs
Acc.	dominum	-um	dominōs	-ōs
Abl.	dominō	-ō	dominīs	-īs

1. Nouns in -us of the second declension have the termination -e´ in the vocative singular, as domine.

2. Proper names in -ius, and filius, end in -ī in the vocative singular, and the accent rests on the penult, as Vergi´lī, fīlī.

b. Neuters in -um

	pīlum, spear Stem pīlo- Base pīl-
	Singular		Plural
		TERMINATIONS		TERMINATIONS
Nom.	pīlum	-um	pīla	-a
Gen.	pīlī	-ī	pīlōrum	-ōrum
Dat.	pīlō	-ō	pīlīs	-īs
Acc.	pīlum	-um	pīla	-a
Abl.	pīlō	-ō	pīlīs	-īs

1. Masculines in -ius and neuters in -ium end in -ī in the genitive singular, not in -iī, and the accent rests on the penult.

c. Masculines in -er AND -ir

	puer, boy	ager, field	vir, man
Stems	puero-	agro-	viro-
Bases	puer-	agr-	vir-
	Singular			TERMINATIONS
Nom.	puer	ager	vir	—
Gen.	puerī	agrī	virī	-ī
Dat.	puerō	agrō	virō	-ō
Acc.	puerum	agrum	virum	-um
Abl.	puerō	agrō	virō	-ō
	Plural
Nom.	puerī	agrī	virī	-ī
Gen.	puerōrum	agrōrum	virōrum	-ōrum
Dat.	puerīs	agrīs	virīs	-īs
Acc.	puerōs	agrōs	virōs	-ōs
Abl.	puerīs	agrīs	virīs	-īs

[463.] THIRD DECLENSION.

CLASSIFICATION	I. Consonant Stems	1. Stems that add -s to the base to form the nominative singular:masculines and feminines only. 2. Stems that add no termination in the nominitive singular: a.masculines and feminines; b. neuters.
	II. I-Stems.	Masculines, feminines, and neuters.

[464.] I. CONSONANT STEMS

1. Nouns that add -s to the base to form the nominative singular: masculines and feminines only

	prīnceps, m., chief	mīles, m., soldier	lapis, m., stone
Bases or Stems	prīncip-	mīlit-	lapid-
	Singular			TERMINATIONS
Nom.	prīnceps	mīles	lapis	-s
Gen.	prīn´cipis	mīlitis	lapidis	-is
Dat.	prīn´cipī	mīlitī	lapidī	-ī
Acc.	prīn´cipem	mīlitem	lapidem	-em
Abl.	prīn´cipe	mīlite	lapide	-e
	Plural
Nom.	prīn´cipēs	mīlitēs	lapidēs	-ēs
Gen.	prīn´cipum	mīlitum	lapidum	-um
Dat.	prīnci´pibus	mīlitibus	lapidibus	-ibus
Acc.	prīn´cipēs	mīlitēs	lapidēs	-ēs
Abl.	prīnci´pibus	mīlitibus	lapidibus	-ibus
	rēx, m., king	iūdex, m., judge	virtūs, f., manliness
Bases or Stems	rēg-	iūdic-	virtūt-
Nom.	rēx	iūdex	virtūs	-s
Gen.	rēgis	iūdicis	virtū´tis	-is
Dat.	rēgī	iūdicī	virtū´tī	-ī
Acc.	rēgem	iūdicem	virtū´tem	-em
Abl.	rēge	iūdice	virtū´te	-e
	Plural
Nom.	rēgēs	iūdicēs	virtū´tēs	-ēs
Gen.	rēgum	iūdicum	virtū´tum	-um
Dat.	rēgibus	iūdicibus	virtū´tibus	-ibus
Acc.	rēgēs	iūdicēs	virtū´tēs	-ēs
Abl.	rēgibus	iūdicibus	virtū´tibus	-ibus

Note. For consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf. [§ 233. 3].

2. Nouns that have no termination in the nominative singular

a. Masculines and Feminines

	cōnsul, m., consul	legiō, f., legion	ōrdō, m., row	pater, m., father
Bases or Stems	cōnsul-	legiōn-	ōrdin-	patr-
	Singular				TERMINATIONS
Nom.	cōnsul	legiō	ōrdō	pater	—
Gen.	cōnsulis	legiōnis	ōrdinis	patris	-is
Dat.	cōnsulī	legiōnī	ōrdinī	patrī	-ī
Acc.	cōnsulem	legiōnem	ōrdinem	patrem	-em
Abl.	cōnsule	legiōne	ōrdine	patre	-e
	Plural
Nom.	cōnsulēs	legiōnēs	ōrdinēs	patrēs	-ēs
Gen.	cōnsulum	legiōnum	ōrdinum	patrum	-um
Dat.	cōnsulibus	legiōnibus	ōrdinibus	patribus	-ibus
Acc.	cōnsulēs	legiōnēs	ōrdinēs	patrēs	-ēs
Abl.	cōnsulibus	legiōnibus	ōrdinibus	patribus	-ibus

Note. For vowel and consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf. [§ 236. 1-3].

b. Neuters

	flūmen, n., river	tempus, n., time	opus, n., work	caput, n., head
Bases or Stems	flūmin-	tempor-	oper-	capit-
	Singular				TERMINATIONS
Nom.	flūmen	tempus	opus	caput	—
Gen.	flūminis	temporis	operis	capitis -is	-is
Dat.	flūminī	temporī	operī	capitī	-ī
Acc.	flūmen	tempus	opus	caput	—
Abl.	flūmine	tempore	opere	capite	-e
	Plural
Nom.	flūmina	tempora	opera	capita	-a
Gen.	flūminum	temporum	operum	capitum	-um
Dat.	flūminibus	temporibus	operibus	capitibus	-ibus
Acc.	flūmina	tempora	opera	capita	-a
Abl.	flūminibus	temporibus	operibus	capitibus	-ibus

Note. For vowel and consonant changes in the nominative singular, cf. [§ 238. 2, 3].

[465.] II. I-STEMS

a. Masculines and Feminines

	caedēs, f., slaughter	hostis, m., enemy	urbs, f., city	cliēns, m., retainer
Stems	caedi-	hosti-	urbi-	clienti-
Bases	caed-	host-	urb-	client-
	Singular				TERMINATIONS
Nom.	caedēs	hostis	urbs	cliēns	-s, -is, or -ēs
Gen.	caedis	hostis	urbis	clientis	-is
Dat.	caedī	hostī	urbī	clientī	-ī
Acc.	caedem	hostem	urbem	clientem	-em (-im)
Abl.	caede	hoste	urbe	cliente	-e (-ī)
	Plural
Nom.	caedēs	hostēs	urbēs	clientēs	-ēs
Gen.	caedium	hostium	urbium	clientium	-ium
Dat.	caedibus	hostibus	urbibus	clientibus	-ibus
Acc.	caedīs, -ēs	hostīs, -ēs	urbīs, -ēs	clientīs, -ēs	-īs, -ēs
Abl.	caedibus	hostibus	urbibus	clientibus	-ibus

1. Avis, cīvis, fīnis, ignis, nāvis, have the abl. sing. in -ī or -e.

2. Turris has accusative turrim and ablative turrī or turre.

b. Neuters

	īnsigne, n., decoration	animal, n., animal	calcar, n., spur
Stems	īnsigni-	animāli-	calcāri-
Bases	īnsign-	animāl-	calcār-
	Singular			TERMINATIONS
Nom.	īnsigne	animal	calcar	-e or —
Gen.	īnsignis	animālis	calcāris	-is
Dat.	īnsignī	animālī	calcārī	-ī
Acc.	īnsigne	animal	calcar	-e or —
Abl.	īnsignī	animālī	calcārī	-ī
	Plural
Nom.	īnsignia	animālia	calcāria	-ia
Gen.	īnsignium	animālium	calcārium	-ium
Dat.	īnsignibus	animālibus	calcāribus	-ibus
Acc.	īnsignia	animālia	calcāria	-ia
Abl.	īnsignibus	animālibus	calcāribus	-ibus

[466.] THE FOURTH DECLENSION. U-STEMS

	adventus, m., arrival	cornū, n., horn
Stems	adventu-	cornu-
Bases	advent-	corn-
	Singular		TERMINATIONS
			MASC.	NEUT.
Nom.	adventus	cornū	-us	-ū
Gen.	adventūs	cornūs	-ūs	-ūs
Dat.	adventuī (ū)	cornū	-uī (ū)	-ū
Acc.	adventum	cornū	-um	-ū
Abl.	adventū	cornū	-ū	-ū
	Plural
Nom.	adventūs	cornua	-ūs	-ua
Gen.	adventuum	cornuum	-uum	-uum
Dat.	adventibus	cornibus	-ibus	-ibus
Acc.	adventūs	cornua	-ūs	-ua
Abl.	adventibus	cornibus	-ibus	-ibus

[467.] THE FIFTH DECLENSION. Ē-STEMS

	diēs, m., day	rēs, f. thing
Stems	diē-	rē-
Bases	di-	r-
	Singular		TERMINATIONS
Nom.	diēs	rēs	-ēs
Gen.	diēī	reī	-ē̆ī
Dat.	diēī	reī	-ē̆ī
Acc.	diem	rem	-em
Abl.	diē	rē	-ē
	Plural
Nom.	diēs	rēs	-ēs
Gen.	diērum	rērum	-ērum
Dat.	diēbus	rēbus	-ēbus
Acc.	diēs	rēs	-ēs
Abl.	diēbus	rēbus	-ēbus

[468.] SPECIAL PARADIGMS

	deus, m., god	domus, f., house	vīs, f., strength	iter, n., way
Stems	deo-	domu-	vī- and vīri-	iter- and itiner-
Bases	de-	dom-	v- and vīr-	iter- and itiner-
Singular
Nom.	deus	domus	vīs	iter
Gen.	deī	domūs	vīs (rare)	itineris
Dat.	deō	domuī, -ō	vī (rare)	itinerī
Acc.	deum	domum	vim	iter
Abl.	deō	domō, -ū	vī	itinere
Plural
Nom.	deī, dī	domūs	vīrēs	itinera
Gen.	deōrum, deum	domuum, -ōrum	vīrium	itinerum
Dat.	deīs, dīs	domibus	vīribus	itineribus
Acc.	deōs	domōs, -ūs	vīrīs, -ēs	itinera
Abl.	deīs, dīs	domibus	vīribus	itineribus

a. The vocative singular of deus is like the nominative.

b. The locative of domus is domī.

ADJECTIVES

[469.] FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. O- AND Ā-STEMS

a. Adjectives in -us

bonus, good Stems bono- m. and n.,bona- f. Base bon-
Singular
	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	bonus	bona	bonum
Gen.	bonī	bonae	bonī
Dat.	bonō	bonae	bonō
Acc.	bonum	bonam	bonum
Abl.	bonō	bonā	bonō
Plural
Nom.	bonī	bonae	bona
Gen.	bonōrum	bonārum	bonōrum
Dat.	bonīs	bonīs	bonīs
Acc.	bonōs	bonās	bona
Abl.	bonīs	bonīs	bonīs

b. Adjectives in -er

līber, free Stems lībero- m. and n.,līberā- f. Base līber-
Singular
	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	līber	lībera	līberum
Gen.	līberī	līberae	līberī
Dat.	līberō	līberae	līberō
Acc.	līberum	līberam	līberum
Abl.	līberō	līberā	līberō
Plural
Nom.	līberī	līberae	lībera
Gen.	līberōrum	līberārum	līberōrum
Dat.	līberīs	līberīs	līberīs
Acc.	līberōs	līberās	lībera
Abl.	līberīs	līberīs	līberīs

pulcher, pretty Stems pulchro- m. and n.,pulchrā- f. Base pulchr-
Singular
	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	pulcher	pulchra	pulchrum
Gen.	pulchrī	pulchrae	pulchrī
Dat.	pulchrō	pulchrae	pulchrō
Acc.	pulchrum	pulchram	pulchrum
Abl.	pulchrō	pulchrā	pulchrō
Plural
Nom.	pulchrī	pulchrae	pulchra
Gen.	pulchrōrum	pulchrārum	pulchrōrum
Dat.	pulchrīs	pulchrīs	pulchrīs
Acc.	pulchrōs	pulchrās	pulchra
Abl.	pulchrīs	pulchrīs	pulchrīs

[470.] THE NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

alius, another Stems alio- m. and n.,aliā- f. Base ali-
	Singular			Plural
	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	alius	alia	aliud	aliī	aliae	alia
Gen.	alīus	alīus	alīus	aliōrum	aliārum	aliōrum
Dat.	aliī	aliī	aliī	aliīs	aliīs	aliīs
Acc.	alium	aliam	aliud	aliōs	aliās	alia
Abl.	aliō	aliā	aliō	aliīs	aliīs	aliīs
ūnus, one, only Stems ūno- m. and n.,ūnā- f. Base ūn-
	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	ūnus	ūna	ūnum	ūnī	ūnae	ūna
Gen.	ūnīus	ūnīus	ūnīus	ūnōrum	ūnārum	ūnōrum
Dat.	ūnī	ūnī	ūnī	ūnīs	ūnīs	ūnīs
Acc.	ūnum	ūnam	ūnum	ūnōs	ūnās	ūna
Abl.	ūnō	ūnā	ūnō	ūnīs	ūnīs	ūnīs

a. For the complete list see [§ 108].

[471.] ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. I-STEMS

I. THREE ENDINGS

	ācer, ācris, ācre, keen, eager			Stem ācri- Base ācr-
	Singular			Plural
	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	ācer	ācris	ācre	ācrēs	ācrēs	ācria
Gen.	ācris	ācris	ācris	ācrium	ācrium	ācrium
Dat.	ācrī	ācrī	ācrī	ācribus	ācribus	ācribus
Acc.	ācrem	ācrem	ācre	ācrīs, -ēs	ācrīs, -ēs	ācria
Abl.	ācrī	ācrī	ācrī	ācribus	ācribus	ācribus

II. TWO ENDINGS

	omnis, omne, every, all		Stem omni- Base omn-
	Singular		Plural
	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	omnis	omne	omnēs	omnia
Gen.	omnis	omnis	omnium	omnium
Dat.	omnī	omnī	omnibus	omnibus
Acc.	omnem	omne	omnīs, -ēs	omnia
Abl.	omnī	omnī	omnibus	omnibus

III. ONE ENDING

	pār, equal Stem pari- Base par-
	Singular		Plural
	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	pār	pār	parēs	paria
Gen.	paris	paris	parium	parium
Dat.	parī	parī	paribus	paribus
Acc.	parem	pār	parīs, -ēs	paria
Abl.	parī	parī	paribus	paribus

1. Observe that all i-stem adjectives have -ī in the ablative singular.

This sentence appears to be a footnote, but there is no footnote tag on the page.

[472.] PRESENT ACTIVE PARTICIPLES

	amāns, loving Stem amanti- Base amant-
	Singular		Plural
	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	amāns	amāns	amantēs	amantia
Gen.	amantis	amantis	amantium	amantium
Dat.	amantī	amantī	amantibus	amantibus
Acc.	amantem	amāns	amantīs, -ēs	amantia
Abl.	amante, -ī	amante, -ī	amantibus	amantibus
	iēns, going Stem ienti-, eunti- Base ient-, eunt-
Nom.	iēns	iēns	euntēs	euntia
Gen.	euntis	euntis	euntium	euntium
Dat.	euntī	euntī	euntibus	euntibus
Acc.	euntem	iēns	euntīs, -ēs	euntia
Abl.	eunte, -ī	eunte, -ī	euntibus	euntibus

[473.] REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

Positive	Comparative		Superlative
MASC.	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
altus (alto-)	altior	altius	altissimus	-a	-um
līber (lībero-)	līberior	līberius	līberrimus	-a	-um
pulcher (pulchro-)	pulchrior	pulchrius	pulcherrimus	-a	-um
audāx (audāci-)	audācior	audācius	audācissimus	-a	-um
brevis (brevi-)	brevior	brevius	brevissimus	-a	-um
ācer (ācri-)	ācrior	ācrius	ācerrimus	-a	-um

[474.] DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES

altior, higher
	Singular		Plural
	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	altior	altius	altiōrēs	altiōra
Gen.	altiōris	altiōris	altiōrum	altiōrum
Dat.	altiōrī	altiōrī	altiōribus	altiōribus
Acc.	altiōrem	altius	altiōrēs	altiōra
Abl.	altiōre	altiōre	altiōribus	altiōribus
plūs, more
Nom.	——	plūs	plūrēs	plūra
Gen.	——	plūris	plūrium	plūrium
Dat.	——	——	plūribus	plūribus
Acc.	——	plūs	plūrīs (-ēs)	plūra
Abl.	——	plūre	plūribus	plūribus

[475.] IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

Positive	Comparative	Superlative
bonus, -a, -um, good	melior, melius, better	optimus, -a, -um, best
malus, -a, -um, bad	peior, peius, worse	pessimus, -a, -um, worst
magnus, -a, -um, great	maior, maius, greater	maximus, -a, -um, greatest
multus, -a, -um, much	——, plūs, more	plūrimus, -a, -um, most
parvus, -a, -um, small	minor, minus, smaller	minimus, -a, -um, smallest
senex, senis, old	senior	maximus nātū
iuvenis, -e, young	iūnior	minimus nātū
vetus, veteris, old	vetustior, -ius	veterrimus, -a, -um
facilis, -e, easy	facilior, -ius	facillimus, -a, -um
difficilis, -e, difficult	difficilior, -ius	difficillimus, -a, -um
similis, -e, similar	similior, -ius	simillimus, -a, -um
dissimilis, -e, dissimilar	dissimilior, -ius	dissimillimus, -a, -um
humilis, -e, low	humilior, -ius	humillimus, -a, -um
gracilis, -e, slender	gracilior, -ius	gracillimus, -a, -um
exterus, outward	exterior, outer, exterior	extrēmus extimus	outermost, last
īnferus, below	īnferior, lower	īnfimus īmus	lowest
posterus, following	posterior, later	postrēmus postumus	last
superus, above	superior, higher	suprēmus summus	highest
[cis, citrā, on this side]	citerior, hither	citimus, hithermost
[in, intrā, in, within]	interior, inner	intimus, inmost
[prae, prō, before]	prior, former	prīmus, first
[prope, near]	propior, nearer	proximus, next
[ultrā, beyond]	ulterior, further	ultimus, furthest

[476.] REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

Positive	Comparative	Superlative
cārē (cārus), dearly	cārius	cārissimē
miserē (miser), wretchedly	miserius	miserrimē
ācriter (ācer), sharply	ācrius	ācerrimē
facile (facilis), easily	facilius	facillimē

[477.] IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

Positive	Comparative	Superlative
diū, long, a long time	diūtius	diūtissimē
bene (bonus), well	melius, better	optimē, best
male (malus), ill	peius, worse	pessimē, worst
magnopere, greatly	magis, more	maximē, most
multum (multus), much	plūs, more	plūrimum, most
parum, little	minus, less	minimē, least
saepe, often	saepīus	saepissimē

[478.] NUMERALS

The cardinal numerals are indeclinable excepting ūnus, duo, trēs, the hundreds above one hundred, and mīlle used as a noun. The ordinals are declined like bonus, -a, -um.

	Cardinals		Ordinals
	(How many)		(In what order)
1,	ūnus, -a, -um,	one	prīmus, -a, -um	first
2,	duo, duae, duo	two	secundus (or alter)	second
3,	trēs, tria	three,	tertius	third,
4,	quattuor	etc.	quārtus	etc.
5,	quīnque		quīntus
6,	sex		sextus
7,	septem		septimus
8,	octō		octāvus
9,	novem		nōnus
10,	decem		decimus
11,	ūndecim		ūndecimus
12,	duodecim		duodecimus
13,	tredecim (decem (et) trēs)		tertius decimus
14,	quattuordecim		quārtus decimus
15,	quīndecim		quīntus decimus
16,	sēdecim		sextus decimus
17,	septendecim		septimus decimus
18,	duodēvīgintī (octōdecim)		duodēvīcēnsimus
19,	ūndēvīgintī (novendecim)		ūndēvīcēnsimus
20,	vīgintī		vīcēnsimus
21,	vīgintī ūnus or ūnus et vīgintī, etc.		vīcēnsimus prīmusor ūnus et vīcēnsimus, etc.
30,	trīgintā		trīcēnsimus
40,	quadrāgintā		quadrāgēnsimus
50,	quīnquāgintā		quīnquāgēnsimus
60,	sexāgintā		sexāgēnsimus
70,	septuāgintā		septuāgēnsimus
80,	octōgintā		octōgēnsimus
90,	nōnāgintā		nōnāgēnsimus
100,	centum		centum
101,	centum (et) ūnus, etc.		centum (et) ūnus, etc.
120,	centum (et) vīgintī		centum (et) vīgintī
121,	centum (et) vīgintī ūnus, etc.		centum (et) vīgintī ūnus, etc.
200,	ducentī, -ae, -a		ducentī, -ae, -a
300,	trecentī		trecentī
400,	quadringentī		quadringentī
500,	quīngentī		quīngentī
600,	sescentī		sescentī
700,	septingentī		septingentī
800,	octingentī		octingentī
900,	nōngentī		nōngentī
1000,	mīlle		mīlle

[479.] Declension of duo, two, trēs, three, and mīlle, a thousand.

	Masc.	Fem.	Neut.	M. and F.	Neut.	Sing.	Plur.
N.	duo	duae	duo	trēs	trīa	mīlle	mīlia
G.	duōrum	duārum	duōrum	trium	trium	mīlle	mīlium
D.	duōbus	duābus	duōbus	tribus	tribus	mīlle	mīlibus
A.	duōs or duo	duās	duo	trīs or trēs	tria	mīlle	mīlia
A.	duōbus	duābus	duōbus	tribus	tribus	mīlle	mīlibus

Note. Mīlle is used in the plural as a noun with a modifying genitive, and is occasionally so used in the nominative and accusative singular. For the declension of ūnus cf. [§ 470].

PRONOUNS

[480.] PERSONAL

	ego, I		tū, you		suī,of himself, etc.
	Sing.	Plur.	Sing.	Plur.	Sing.	Plur.
Nom.	ego	nōs	tū	vōs	——	——
Gen.	meī	nostrum, -trī	tuī	vestrum, -trī	suī	suī
Dat.	mihi	nōbīs	tibi	vōbīs	sibi	sibi
Acc.	mē	nōs	tē	vōs	sē, sēsē	sē, sēsē
Abl.	mē	nōbīs	tē	vōbīs	sē, sēsē	sē, sēsē

Note that suī is always reflexive.

[481.] DEMONSTRATIVE

Demonstratives belong to the first and second declensions, but have the pronominal endings -ī̆us and -ī in the gen. and dat. sing.

ipse, self
	Singular			Plural
	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	ipse	ipsa	ipsum	ipsī	ipsae	ipsa
Gen.	ipsī´us	ipsī´us	ipsī´us	ipsōrum	ipsārum	ipsōrum
Dat.	ipsī	ipsī	ipsī	ipsīs	ipsīs	ipsīs
Acc.	ipsum	ipsam	ipsum	ipsōs	ipsās	ipsa
Abl.	ipsō	ipsā	ipsō	ipsīs	ipsīs	ipsīs
hic, this (here), he
Nom.	hic	haec	hoc	hī	hae	haec
Gen.	huius	huius	huius	hōrum	hārum	hōrum
Dat.	huic	huic	huic	hīs	hīs	hīs
Acc.	hunc	hanc	hoc	hōs	hās	haec
Abl.	hōc	hāc	hōc	hīs	hīs	hīs
iste, this, that (of yours), he
Nom.	iste	ista	istud	istī	istae	ista
Gen.	istī´us	istī´us	istī´us	istōrum	istārum	istōrum
Dat.	istī	istī	istī	istīs	istīs	istīs
Acc.	istum	istam	istud	istōs	istās	ista
Abl.	istō	istā	istō	istīs	istīs	istīs
ille, that (yonder), he
Nom.	ille	illa	illud	illī	illae	illa
Gen.	illī´us	illī´us	illī´us	illōrum	illārum	illōrum
Dat.	illī	illī	illī	illīs	illīs	illīs
Acc.	illum	illam	illud	illōs	illās	illa
Abl.	illō	illā	illō	illīs	illīs	illīs
is, this, that, he
Nom.	is	ea	id	iī, eī	eae	ea
Gen.	eius	eius	eius	eōrum	eārum	eōrum
Dat.	eī	eī	eī	iīs, eīs	iīs, eīs	iīs, eīs
Acc.	eum	eam	id	eōs	eās	ea
Abl.	eō	eā	eō	iīs, eīs	iīs, eīs	iīs, eīs
īdem, the same
Nom.	īdem	e´adem	idem	iī´dem eī´dem	eae´dem	e´adem
Gen.	eius´dem	eius´dem	eius´dem	eōrun´dem	eārun´dem	eōrun´dem
Dat.	eī´dem	eī´dem	eī´dem	iīs´dem eīs´dem	iīs´dem eīs´dem	iīs´dem eīs´dem
Acc.	eun´dem	ean´dem	idem	eōs´dem	eās´dem	e´adem
Abl.	eō´dem	eā´dem	eō´dem	iīs´dem eīs´dem	iīs´dem eīs´dem	iīs´dem eīs´dem

Note. In the plural of is and īdem the forms with two i’s are preferred, the two i’s being pronounced as one.

[482.] RELATIVE

quī, who, which, that
	Singular			Plural
	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	quī	quae	quod	quī	quae	quae
Gen.	cuius	cuius	cuius	quōrum	quārum	quōrum
Dat.	cui	cui	cui	quibus	quibus	quibus
Acc.	quem	quam	quod	quōs	quās	quae
Abl.	quō	quā	quō	quibus	quibus	quibus

[483.] INTERROGATIVE

quis, substantive, who, what
	Singular		Plural
	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	quis	quid	qui	quae	quae
Gen.	cuius	cuius	quōrum	quārum	quōrum
Dat.	cui	cui	quibus	quibus	quibus
Acc.	quem	quid	quōs	quās	quae
Abl.	quō	quō	quibus	quibus	quibus

The interrogative adjective quī, quae, quod, is declined like the relative.

[484.] INDEFINITES

quis and quī, as declined above,1 are used also as indefinites (some, any). The other indefinites are compounds of quis and quī.

quisque, each
	Substantive		Adjective
	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	quisque	quidque	quisque	quaeque	quodque
Gen.	cuius´que	cuius´que	cuius´que	cuius´que	cuius´que
Dat.	cuique	cuique	cuique	cuique	cuique
Acc.	quemque	quidque	quemque	quamque	quodque
Abl.	quōque	quōque	quōque	quāque	quōque

1. qua is generally used instead of quae in the feminine nominative singular and in the neuter nominative and accusative plural.

[485.] quīdam, a certain one, a certain

Observe that in the neuter singular the adjective has quoddam and the substantive quiddam.

Singular
	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	quīdam	quaedam	quoddam quiddam (subst.)
Gen.	cuius´dam	cuius´dam	cuius´dam
Dat.	cuidam	cuidam	cuidam
Acc.	quendam	quandam	quoddam quiddam (subst.)
Abl.	quōdam	quādam	quōdam
Plural
Nom.	quīdam	quaedam	quaedam
Gen.	quōrun´dam	quārun´dam	quōrun´dam
Dat.	quibus´dam	quibus´dam	quibus´dam
Acc.	quōsdam	quāsdam	quaedam
Abl.	quibus´dam	quibus´dam	quibus´dam

[486.] quisquam, substantive, any one (at all)

	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	quisquam	quicquam (quidquam)
Gen.	cuius´quam	cuius´quam
Dat.	cuiquam	cuiquam
Acc.	quemquam	quicquam (quidquam)
Abl.	quōquam	quōquam

[487.] aliquis, substantive, some one. aliquī, adjective, some

Singular
	Substantive		Adjective
	MASC. AND FEM.	NEUT.	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	aliquis	aliquid	aliquī	aliqua	aliquod
Gen.	alicu´ius	alicu´ius	alicu´ius	alicu´ius	alicu´ius
Dat.	alicui	alicui	alicui	alicui	alicui
Acc.	aliquem	aliquid	aliquem	aliquam	aliquod
Abl.	aliquō	aliquō	aliquō	aliquā	aliquō

Plural for both Substantive and Adjective
	MASC.	FEM.	NEUT.
Nom.	aliquī	aliquae	aliqua
Gen.	aliquō´rum	aliquā´rum	aliquō´rum
Dat.	ali´quibus	ali´quibus	ali´quibus
Acc.	aliquōs	aliquās	aliqua
Abl.	ali´quibus	ali´quibus	ali´quibus

a. quis (quī), any one, any, is the least definite ([§ 297. b]). aliquis (aliquī), some one, some, is more definite than quis. quisquam, any one (at all), and its adjective ūllus, any, occur mostly with a negative, expressed or implied, and in clauses of comparison.

REGULAR VERBS

[488.] FIRST CONJUGATION. Ā-VERBS. AMŌ

Principal Parts amō, amāre, amāvī,amātus
Pres. Stem amā- Perf. Stem amāv- Part. Stem amāt-
ACTIVE		PASSIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
I love, am loving, do love, etc.		I am loved, etc.
amō	amāmus	amor		amāmur
amās	amātis	amāris, -re		amāminī
amat	amant	amātur		amantur
IMPERFECT
I loved, was loving, did love, etc.		I was loved, etc.
amābam	amābāmus	amābar		amābāmur
amābās	amābātis	amābāris, -re		amābāminī
amābat	amābant	amābātur		amābantur
FUTURE
I shall love, etc.		I shall be loved, etc.
amābō	amābimus	amābor		amābimur
amābis	amābitis	amāberis, -re		amābiminī
amābit	amābunt	amābitur		amābuntur
PERFECT
I have loved, loved, did love, etc.		I have been (was) loved, etc.
amāvi	amāvimus	amātus, -a, -um	sum	amātī, -ae, -a	sumus
amāvistī	amāvistis		es		estis
amāvit	amāvērunt, -re		est		sunt
PLUPERFECT
I had loved, etc.		I had been loved, etc.
amāveram	amāverāmus	amātus, -a, -um	eram	amātī, -ae, -a	erāmus
amāverās	amāverātis		erās		erātis
amāverat	amāverant		erat		erant
FUTURE PERFECT
I shall have loved, etc.		I shall have been loved, etc.
amāverō	amāverimus	amātus, -a, -um	erō	amātī, -ae, -a	erimus
amāveris	amāveritis		eris		eritis
amāverit	amāverint		erit		erunt
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
amem	amēmus	amer		amēmur
amēs	amētis	amēris, -re		amēminī
amet	ament	amētur		amentur
IMPERFECT
amārem	amāremus	amārer		amārēmur
amārēs	amārētis	amārēris, -re		amārēminī
amāret	amārent	amārētur		amārentur
PERFECT
amāverim	amāverimus	amātus, -a, -um	sim	amātī, -ae, -a	sīmus
amāveris	amāveritis		sīs		sītis
amāverit	amāverint		sit		sint
PLUPERFECT
amāvissem	amāvissēmus	amātus, -a, -um	essem	amātī, -ae, -a	essēmus
amāvissēs	amāvissētis		essēs		essētis
amāvisset	amāvissent		esset		essent
IMPERATIVE
PRESENT
amā, love thou		amāre, be thou loved
amāte, love ye		amāminī, be ye loved
FUTURE
amātō, thou shalt love		amātor, thou shalt be loved
amātō, he shall love		amātor, he shall be loved
amātōte, you shall love		——
amantō, they shall love		amantor, they shall be loved
INFINITIVE
Pres. amāre, to love		amārī, to be loved
Perf. amāvisse, to have loved		amātus, -a, -um esse, to have been loved
Fut. amātūrus, -a, -um esse, to be about tolove		[amātum īrī], to be about to be loved
PARTICIPLES
Pres. amāns, -antis, loving		Pres. ——
Fut. amātūrus, -a, -um, about to love		Gerundive1 amandus, -a, -um, to beloved
Perf. ——		Perf. amātus, -a, -um, having been loved,loved
GERUND
Nom. ——		SUPINE (Active Voice)
Gen. amandī, of loving		Acc. [amātum], to love
Dat. amandō, for loving		Abl. [amātū], to love, in the loving
Acc. amandum, loving
Abl. amandō, by loving

1. Sometimes called the future passive participle.

[489.] SECOND CONJUGATION. Ē-VERBS. MONEŌ

Principal Partsmoneō, monēre, monuī, monitus
Pres. Stem monē- Perf. Stem monu- Part. Stem monit-
ACTIVE		PASSIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
I advise, etc.,		I am advised, etc.
moneō	monēmus	moneor		monēmur
monēs	monētis	monēris, -re		monēminī
monet	monent	monētur		monentur
IMPERFECT
I was advising, etc.,		I was advised, etc.
monēbam	monēbāmus	monēbar		monēbāmur
monēbās	monēbātis	monēbāris, -re		monēbāminī
monēbat	monēbant	monēbātur		monēbāntur
FUTURE
I shall advise, etc.,		I shall be advised, etc.
monēbō	monēbimus	monēbor		monēbimur
monēbis	monēbitis	monēberis, -re		monēbiminī
monēbit	monēbunt	monēbitur		monēbuntur
PERFECT
I have advised, I advised, etc.		I have been (was) advised, etc.
monuī	monuimus	monitus, -a,-um	sum	monitī, -ae, -a	sumus
monuistī	monuistis		es		estis
monuit	monuērunt, -re		est		sunt
PLUPERFECT
I had advised, etc.,		I had been advised, etc.
monueram	monuerāmus	monitus, -a,-um	eram	monitī, -ae, -a	erāmus
monuerās	monuerātis		eras		eratis
monuerat	monuerant		erat		erant
FUTURE PERFECT
I shall have advised, etc.		I shall have been advised, etc.
monuerō	monuerimus	monitus, -a,-um	erō	monitī, -ae, -a	erimus
monueris	monuerītis		eris		eritis
monuerit	monuerīnt		erit		erunt
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
moneam	moneāmus	monear		moneāmur
moneās	moneātis	moneāris, -re		moneāminī
moneat	moneant	moneātur		moneantur
IMPERFECT
monērem	monērēmus	monērer		monērēmur
monērēs	monērētis	monērēris, -re		monērēminī
monēret	monērent	monērētur		monērentur
PERFECT
monuerim	monuerimus	monitus, -a,-um	sim	monitī, -ae, -a	sīmus
monueris	monueritis		sīs		sītis
monuerit	monuerint		sit		sint
PLUPERFECT
monuissem	monuissēmus	monitus, -a,-um	essem	monitī, -ae, -a	essēmus
monuissēs	monuissētis		essēs		essētis
monuisset	monuissent		esset		essent
IMPERATIVE
PRESENT
monē, advise thou		monēre, be thou advised
monēte, advise ye		monēminī, be ye advised
FUTURE
monētō, thou shall advise		monētor, thou shalt be advised
monētō, he shall advise		monētor, he shall be advised
monētōte, you shall advise		——
monentō, they shall advise		monentor, they shall be advised
INFINITIVE
Pres. monēre, to advise		monērī, to be advised
Perf. monuisse, to have advised		monitus, -a, -um esse, to have been advised
Fut. monitūrus, -a, -um esse, to be about toadvise		[monitum īrī], to be about to be advised
PARTICIPLES
Pres. monēns, -entis, advising		Pres. ——
Fut. monitūrus, -a, -um, about to advise		Ger. monendus, -a, -um, to be advised
Perf. ——		Perf. monitus, -a, -um, having been advised,advised
GERUND
Nom. ——		SUPINE (Active Voice)
Gen. monendī, of advising		Acc. [monitum], to advise
Dat. monendō, for advising		Abl. [monitū], to advise, in the advising
Acc. monendum, advising
Abl. monendō, by advising

[490.] THIRD CONJUGATION. Ĕ-VERBS. REGŌ

Principal Partsregō, regere, rexī, rēctus
Pres. Stem rege- Perf. Stem rēx- Part. Stem rēct-
ACTIVE		PASSIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
I rule, etc.		I am ruled, etc.
regō	regimus	re´gor		re´gimur
regis	regitis	re´geris, -re		regi´minī
regit	regunt	re´gitur		regun´tur
IMPERFECT
I was ruling, etc.		I was ruled, etc.
regēbam	regēbāmus	regē´bar		regēbā´mur
regēbās	regēbātis	regēbā´ris, -re		regēbā´minī
regēbat	regēbant	regēbā´tur		regēban´tur
FUTURE
I shall rule, etc.		I shall be ruled, etc.
regam	regēmus	re´gar		regē´mur
regēs	regētis	regē´ris, -re		regē´minī
reget	regent	regē´tur		regen´tur
PERFECT
I have ruled, etc.		I have been ruled, etc.
rēxī	rēximus	rēctus, -a, -um	sum	rēctī, -ae, -a	sumus
rēxistī	rēxistis		es		estis
rēxit	rēxērunt, -re		est		sunt
PLUPERFECT
I had ruled, etc.		I had been ruled, etc.
rēxeram	rēxerāmus	rēctus, -a, -um	eram	rēctī, -ae, -a	erāmus
rēxerās	rēxerātis		erās		erātis
rēxerat	rēxerant		erat		erant
FUTURE PERFECT
I shall have ruled, etc.		I shall have been ruled, etc.
rēxerō	rēxerimus	rēctus, -a, -um	erō	rēctī, -ae, -a	erimus
rēxeris	rēxeritis		eris		eritis
rēxerit	rēxerint		erit		erunt
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
regam	regāmus	regar		regāmur
regās	regātis	regāris, -re		regāminī
regat	regant	regātur		regantur
IMPERFECT
regerem	regerēmus	regerer		regerēmur
regerēs	regerētis	regerēris, -re		regerēminī
regeret	regerent	regerētur		regerentur
PERFECT
rēxerim	rēxerimus	rēctus, -a, -um	sim	rēctī, -ae, -a	sīmus
rēxeris	rēxeritis		sīs		sītis
rēxerit	rēxerint		sit		sint
PLUPERFECT
rēxissem	rēxissēmus	rēctus, -a, -um	essem	rēctī, -ae, -a	essēmus
rēxissēs	rēxissētis		essēs		essētis
rēxisset	rēxissent		esset		essent
IMPERATIVE
PRESENT
rege, rule thou		regere, be thou ruled
regite, rule ye		regiminī, be ye ruled
FUTURE
regitō, thou shalt rule		regitor, thou shalt be ruled
regitō he shall rule		regitor, he shall be ruled
regitōte, ye shall rule		——
reguntō, they shall rule		reguntor, they shall be ruled
INFINITIVE
Pres. regere, to rule		regī, to be ruled
Perf. rēxisse, to have ruled		rēctus, -a, -um esse, to have been ruled
Fut.rēctūrus, -a, -um esse, to be about torule		[rēctum īrī], to be about to be ruled
PARTICIPLES
Pres. regēns, -entis, ruling		Pres. ——
Fut. rēctūrus, -a, -um, about to rule		Ger. regendus, -a, -um, to be ruled
Perf. ——		Perf. rēctus, -a, -um, having been ruled,ruled
GERUND
Nom. ——		SUPINE (Active Voice)
Gen. regendī, of ruling		Acc [rēctum], to rule
Dat. regendō, for ruling		Abl. [rēctū], to rule, in theruling
Acc. regendum, ruling
Abl. regendō, by ruling

[491.] FOURTH CONJUGATION. Ī-VERBS. AUDIŌ

Principal Partsaudiō, audīre, audīvī, audītus
Pres. Stem audī- Perf. Stem audīv- Part. Stem audīt-
ACTIVE		PASSIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
I hear, etc.		I am heard, etc.
audiō	audīmus	au´dior		audī´mur
audīs	audītis	audī´ris, -re		audī´minī
audit	audiunt	audī´tur		audiun´tur
IMPERFECT
I was hearing, etc.		I was heard, etc.
audiēbam	audiēbāmus	audiē´bar		audiēbā´mur
audiēbās	audiēbātis	audiēbā´ris, -re		audiēbā´minī
audiēbat	audiēbant	audiēbā´tur		audiēban´tur
FUTURE
I shall hear, etc.		I shall be heard, etc.
audiam	audiēmus	au´diar		audiē´mur
audiēs	audiētis	audiē´ris, -re		audiē´minī
audiet	audient	audiē´tur		audien´tur
PERFECT
I have heard, etc.		I have been heard, etc.
audīvī	audīvimus	audītus, -a, -um	sum	audītī, -ae, -a	sumus
audīvistī	audīvistis		es		estis
audīvit	audīvērunt, -re		est		sunt
PLUPERFECT
I had heard, etc.		I had been heard, etc.
audīveram	audīverāmus	audītus, -a, -um	eram	audītī, -ae, -a	erāmus
audīverās	audīverātis		erās		erātis
audīverat	audīverant		erat		erant
FUTURE PERFECT
I shall have heard, etc.		I shall have been heard, etc.
audīverō	audīverimus	audītus, -a, -um	erō	audītī, -ae, -a	erimus
audīveris	audīveritis		eris		eritis
audīverit	audīverint		erit		erunt
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
audiam	audiāmus	audiar		audiāmur
audiās	audiātis	audiāris, -re		audiāminī
audiat	audiant	audiātur		audiantur
IMPERFECT
audīrem	audīrēmus	audīrer		audīrēmur
audīrēs	audīrētis	audīrēris, -re		audīrēminī
audīret	audīrent	audīrētur		audīrentur
PERFECT
audīverim	audiverimus	audītus, -a, -um	sim	audītī, -ae, -a	sīmus
audīveris	audiveritis		sīs		sītis
audīverit	audīverint		sit		sint
PLUPERFECT
audīvissem	audīvissēmus	audītus, -a, -um	essem	audītī, -ae, -a	essēmus
audīvissēs	audīvissētis		essēs		essētis
audīvisset	audīvissent		esset		essent
IMPERATIVE
PRESENT
audī, hear thou		audīre, be thou heard
audīte, hear ye		audīminī, be ye heard
FUTURE
audītō, thou shalt hear		audītor, thou shalt be heard
audītō, he shall hear		audītor, he shall be heard
audītōte, ye shall hear		——
audiuntō, they shall hear		audiuntor, they shall be heard
INFINITIVE
Pres. audīre, to hear		audīrī, to be heard
audīvisse, to have heard		audītus, -a, -um esse, to have been heard
audītūrus, -a, -um esse, to be about to hear		[audītum īrī, to be about to be heard
PARTICIPLES
Pres. audiēns, -entis, hearing		Pres. ——
Fut. audītūrus, -a, -um, about to hear		Ger. audiendus, -a, -um to be heard
Perf. ——		Perf. audītus, -a, -um, having been heard,heard
GERUND
Nom. ——		SUPINE (Active Voice)
Gen. audiendī, of hearing		Acc. [audītum], to hear
Dat. audiendō, for hearing		Abl. [audītu], to hear, in thehearing
Acc. audiendum, hearing
Abl. audiendō, by hearing

[492.] THIRD CONJUGATION. VERBS IN -IŌ. CAPIŌ

Principal Partscapiō, capere, cēpī, captus
Pres. Stem cape- Perf. Stem cēp- Part. Stem capt-
ACTIVE		PASSIVE
INDICATIVE
PRESENT
capiō	capimus	ca´pior	ca´pimur
capis	capitis	ca´peris, -re	capi´minī
capit	capiunt	ca´pitur	capiun´tur
IMPERFECT
capiēbam	capiebamus	capiē´bar	capiēbā´mur
capiēbas	capiēbātis	capiēba´ris, -re	capiēbā´minī
capiēbat	capiēbant	capiēbā´tur	capieban´tur
FUTURE
capiam	capiēmus	ca´piar	capiē´mur
capiēs	capiētis	capiē´ris, -re	capiē´minī
capiet	capient	capiē´tur	capien´tur
PERFECT
cēpī, cēpistī, cēpit, etc.		captus, -a, -um sum, es, est, etc.
PLUPERFECT
cēperam, cēperās, cēperat, etc.		captus, -a, -um eram, erās, erat, etc.
FUTURE PERFECT
cēperō, cēperis, cēperit, etc.		captus, -a, -um erō, eris, erit, etc.
SUBJUNCTIVE
PRESENT
capiam, capiās, capiat, etc.		capiar, -iāris, -re, -iātur, etc.
IMPERFECT
caperem, caperēs, caperet, etc.		caperer, -erēris, -re, -erētur, etc.
PERFECT
cēperim, cēperis, cēperit, etc.		captus, -a, -um sim, sīs, sit, etc.
PLUPERFECT
cēpissem, cēpissēs, cēpisset, etc.		captus,-a, -um essem, essēs, esset, etc.
IMPERATIVE
PRESENT
2d Pers. cape	capite	capere	capiminī
FUTURE
2d Pers. capitō	capitōte	capitor	——
3rd Pers. capitō	capiuntō	capitor	capiuntor
INFINITIVE
Pres. capere		capī
Perf. cēpisse		captus, -a, -um esse
Fut. captūrus, -a, -um esse		[captum īrī]
PARTICIPLES
Pres. capiēns, -ientis		Pres. ——
Fut. captūrus, -a, -um		Ger. capiendus, -a, -um
Perf. ——		Perf. captus, -a, -um
GERUND		SUPINE (Active Voice)
Gen. capiendī		Acc. [captum]
etc.		Abl. [captū]

[493.] DEPONENT VERBS

Principal Parts	I.	hortor, hortārī, hortātus sum, urge
	II.	vereor, verērī, veritus sum, fear
	III.	sequor, sequī, secūtus sum, follow
	IV.	partior, partīrī, partītus sum, share, divide

Note. In addition to the passive conjugation, deponent verbs use certain forms from the active. These are marked with a star. Deponent -iō verbs of the third conjugation are inflected like the passive of capiō.

Indicative
Pres.	hortor	vereor	sequor	partior
	hortāris, -re	verēris, -re	sequeris, -re	partīris, -re
	hortātur	verētur	sequitur	partītur
	hortāmur	verēmur	sequimur	partīmur
	hortāminī	verēminī	sequiminī	partīminī
	hortantur	verentur	sequuntur	partiuntur
Impf.	hortābar	verēbar	sequēbar	partiēbar
Fut.	hortābor	verēbor	sequar	partiar
Perf.	hortātus sum	veritus sum	secūtus sum	partītus sum
Plup.	hortātus eram	veritus eram	secūtus eram	partītus eram
F. P.	hortātus erō	veritus erō	secūtus erō	partītus erō
Subjunctive
Pres.	horter	verear	sequar	partiar
Impf.	hortārer	verērer	sequerer	partīrer
Perf.	hortātus sim	veritus sim	secūtus sim	partītus sim
Plup.	hortātus essem	veritus essem	secūtus essem	partītus essem
Imperative
Pres.	hortāre	verēre	sequere	partīre
Fut.	hortātor	verētor	sequitor	partītor
Infinitive
Pres.	hortārī	verērī	sequī	partīrī
Perf.	hortātus esse	veritus esse	secūtus esse	partītus esse
Fut.	*hortātūrus esse	*veritūrus esse	*secūtūrus esse	*partītūrus esse
Participles
Pres.	*hortāns	*verēns	*sequēns	*partiēns
Fut.	*hortāturus	*veritūrus	*secūtūrus	*partītūrus
Perf.	hortātus	veritus	secūtus	partītus
Ger.	hortandus	verendus	sequendus	partiendus
Gerund
	*hortandī, etc.	*verendī, etc.	*sequendī, etc.	*partiendī, etc.
Supine
	*[hortātus, -tū]	*[veritum, -tū]	*[secūtum, -tū]	*[partītum, -tū]

IRREGULAR VERBS

[494.] sum, am, be

Principal Partssum, esse, fuī, futūrus
Pres. Stem es- Perf. Stem fu- Part. Stem fut-
Indicative
Present
SINGULAR		PLURAL
sum, I am		sumus, we are
es, thou art		estis, you are
est, he (she, it) is		sunt, they are
Imperfect
eram, I was		erāmus, we were
erās, thou wast		erātis, you were
erat, he was		erant, they were
Future
erō, I shall be		erimus, we shall be
eris, thou wilt be		eritis, you will be
erit, he will be		erunt, they will be
Perfect
fuī, I have been, was		fuimus, we have been, were
fuistī, thou hast been, wast		fuistis, you have been, were
fuit, he has been, was		fuērunt, fuēre, they have been,were
Pluperfect
fueram, I had been		fuerāmus, we had been
fuerās, thou hadst been		fuerātis, you had been
fuerat, he had been		fuerant, they had been
Future Perfect
fuerō, I shall have been		fuerimus, we shall have been
fueris, thou wilt have been		fueritis, you will have been
fuerit, he will have been		fuerint, they will have been
Subjunctive
Present		Imperfect
SINGULAR	PLURAL	SINGULAR	PLURAL
sim	sīmus	essem	essēmus
sīs	sītis	essēs	essētis
sit	sint	esset	essent
Perfect		Pluperfect
fuerim	fuerimus	fuissem	fuissēmus
fueris	fueritis	fuissēs	fuissētis
fuerit	fuerint	fuisset	fuissent
Imperative
PRESENT		FUTURE
2d Pers. Sing. es, be thou		2d Pers. Sing. estō, thou shalt be
2d Pers. Plur. este, be ye		3d Pers. Sing. estō, he shall be
2d Pers. Plur. estōte, ye shall be 3d Pers. Plur. suntō, they shall be
Infinitive		Participle
Pres. esse, to be
Perf. fuisse, to have been
Fut. futūrus, -a, -um esse or fore, to be about to be		futūrus, -a, -um, about to be

[495.] possum, be able, can

	Principal Partspossum, posse, potuī, ——
	Indicative		Subjunctive
	SINGULAR	PLURAL	SINGULAR	PLURAL
Pres.	possum	pos´sumus	possim	possī´mus
	potes	potes´tis	possīs	possī´tis
	potest	possunt	possit	possint
Impf.	poteram	poterāmus	possem	possē´mus
Fut.	poterō	poterimus	——	——
Perf.	potuī	potuimus	potuerim	potuerimus
Plup.	potueram	potuerāmus	potuissem	potuissēmus
F. P.	potuerō	potuerimus	——	——
	Infinitive
	Pres. posse		Perf. potuisse
	Participle
	Pres. potens, gen. -entis, (adjective)powerful

[496.] prōsum, benefit

	Principal Partsprōsum, prōdesse, prōfuī, prōfutūrus
	Pres. Stem prōdes- Perf. Stem prōfu- Part. Stem prōfut-
	Indicative		Subjunctive
	SINGULAR	PLURAL	SINGULAR	PLURAL
Pres.	prōsum	prō´sumus	prōsim	prōsī´mus
	prōdes	prōdes´tis	prōsīs	prōsī´tis
	prōdest	prōsunt	prōsit	prōsint
Impf.	prōderam	prōderāmus	prōdessem	prodessē´mus
Fut.	prōderō	prōderimus	——	——
Perf.	prōfuī	prōfuimus	prōfuerim	prōfuerimus
Plup.	prōfueram	prōfuerāmus	prōfuissem	prōfuissēmus
F. P.	prōfuerō	prōfuerimus	——	——
	Imperative
	Pres. 2d Pers. prōdes, prōdeste		Fut. 2d Pers. prōdestō, prōdestōte
	Infinitive
Pres. prōdesse		Perf. prōfuisse	Fut. prōfutūrus, -a, -um esse
	Future Participle prōfutūrus, -a, -um

[497.]

Principal Parts

volō, velle, voluī, ——, be willing, will, wish nōlō, nōlle, nōluī, ——, be unwilling, will not mālō, mālle, māluī, ——, be more willing, prefer

Nōlō and mālō are compounds of volō. Nōlō is for ne (not) + volō, and mālō for mā (from magis, more) + volō. The second person vīs is from a different root.

Indicative
SINGULAR
Pres.	volō	nōlō	mālō
	vīs	nōn vis	māvīs
	vult	nōn vult	māvult
PLURAL
	volumus	nōlumus	mālumus
	vultis	nōn vultis	māvul´tis
	volunt	nōlunt	mālunt
Impf.	volēbam	nōlēbam	mālēbam
Fut.	volam, volēs, etc.	nōlam, nōlēs, etc.	mālam, mālēs, etc.
Perf.	voluī	nōluī	māluī
Plup.	volueram	nōlueram	mālueram
F. P.	voluerō	nōluerō	māluerō
Subjunctive
SINGULAR
Pres.	velim	nōlim	mālim
	velīs	nōlīs	mālīs
	velit	nōlit	mālit
PLURAL
	velī´mus	nōlī´mus	mālī´mus
	velī´tis	nōlī´tis	mālī´tis
	velint	nōlint	mālint
Impf.	vellem	nōllem	māllem
Perf.	voluerim	nōluerim	māluerim
Plup.	voluissem	nōluissem	māluissem
Imperative
Pres.	——	nōlī nōlīte	——
Fut.	——	nōlītō, etc.	——
Infinitive
Pres.	velle	nōlle	mālle
Perf.	voluisse	nōluisse	māluisse
Participle
Pres.	volēns, -entis	nōlēns, -entis	——

[498.] ferō, bear, carry, endure

	Principal Partsferō, ferre, tulī, lātus
	Pres. Stem fer- Perf. Stem tul- Part. Stem lāt-
	Indicative
	ACTIVE		PASSIVE
Pres.	ferō	ferimus	feror	ferimur
	fers	fertīs	ferris, -re	ferimimī
	fert	ferunt	fertur	feruntur
Impf.	ferēbam		ferēbar
Fut.	feram, ferēs, etc.		ferar, ferēris, etc.
Perf.	tulī		lātus, -a, -um sum
Plup.	tuleram		lātus, -a, -um eram
F. P.	tulerō		lātus, -a, -um erō
	Subjunctive
Pres.	feram, ferās, etc.		ferar, ferāris, etc.
Impf.	ferrem		ferrer
Perf.	tulerim		lātus, -a, -um sim
Plup.	tulissem		lātus, -a, -um essem
	Imperative
Pres. 2d Pers. fer		ferte	ferre	feriminī
Fut. 2d Pers. fertō		fertōte	fertor
3d Pers. fertō		ferunto	fertor	feruntor
	Infinitive
Pres.	ferre		ferrī
Perf.	tulisse		lātus, -a, -um esse
Fut.	lātūrus, -a, -um esse		——
	Participles
Pres.	ferēns, -entis		Pres. ——
Fut.	lātūrus, -a, -um		Ger. ferendus, -a, -um
Perf.	——		Perf. lātus, -a, -um

Gerund		Supine (Active Voice)
Gen. ferendī	Acc. ferendum	Acc. [lātum]
Dat. ferendō	Abl. ferendō	Abl. [lātū]

[499.] eō, go

	Principal Partseō, īre, iī (īvī), ĭtum (n. perf. part.)
	Pres. Stem ī- Perf. Stem ī-or īv- Part. Stem it-
	Indicative		Subjunctive	Imperative
				SING.	PLUR.
Pres.	eō īs it	īmus ītis eunt	eam	2d Pers. ī	īte
Impf.	ībam		īrem
Fut.	ībō		——	2d Pers. ītō 3d Pers. ītō	ītōte euntō
Perf.	iī (īvī)		ierim (īverim)
Plup.	ieram (īveram)		īssem (īvissem)
F. P.	ierō (īverō)
	Infinitive		Participles
Pres.	īre		Pres. iēns, gen. euntis([§ 472])
Perf.	īsse (īvisse)		Fut. itūrus, -a, -um
Fut.	itūrus, -a, -um esse		Ger. eundum
			Gerund	Supine
			Gen. eundī	Acc. [itum]
			Dat. eundō	Abl. [itū]
			Acc. eundum
			Abl. eundō

a. The verb eō is used impersonally in the third person singular of the passive, as ītur, itum est, etc.

b. In the perfect system the forms with v are very rare.

[500.] fīō, passive of faciō; be made, become, happen

	Principal Partsfīō, fierī, factus sum
	Indicative		Subjunctive	Imperative
Pres.	fīō fīs fit	—— —— fīunt	fīam	2d Pers. fī	fīte
Impf.	fīēbam		fierem
Fut.	fīam		——
Perf.	factus, -a, -um sum		factus, -a, -um sim
Plup.	factus, -a, -um eram		factus, -a, -um essem
F. P.	factus, -a, -um erō
	Infinitive			Participles
Pres.	fierī			Perf. factus, -a, -um
Perf.	factus, -a, -um esse			Ger. faciendus, -a, -um
Fut.	[factum īrī]

CASTRA MURO FOSSAQUE MUNIUNTUR

APPENDIX II

[501.] RULES OF SYNTAX

Note. The rules of syntax are here classified and numbered consecutively. The number of the text section in which the rule appears is given at the end of each.

Nominative Case

[1.] The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative and answers the question Who? or What? [§ 36].

Agreement

[2.] A finite verb must always be in the same person and number as its subject. [§ 28].

[3.] A predicate noun agrees in case with the subject of the verb. [§ 76].

[4.] An appositive agrees in case with the noun which it explains. [§ 81].

[5.] Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. [§ 65].

[6.] A predicate adjective completing a complementary infinitive agrees in gender, number, and case with the subject of the main verb. [§ 215. a].

[7.] A relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender and number; but its case is determined by the way it is used in its own clause. [§ 224].

Prepositions

[8.] A noun governed by a preposition must be in the accusative or ablative case. [§ 52].

Genitive Case

[9.] The word denoting the owner or possessor of something is in the genitive and answers the question Whose? [§ 38].

[10.] The possessive genitive often stands in the predicate, especially after the forms of sum, and is then called the predicate genitive. [§ 409].

[11.] Words denoting a part are often used with the genitive of the whole, known as the partitive genitive. [§ 331].

[12.] Numerical descriptions of measure are expressed by the genitive with a modifying adjective. [§ 443].

Dative Case

[13.] The indirect object of a verb is in the dative. [§ 45].

[14.] The dative of the indirect object is used with the intransitive verbs crēdō, faveō, noceō, pāreō, persuādeō, resistō, studeō, and others of like meaning. [§ 154].

[15.] Some verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, dē, in, inter, ob, post, prae, prō, sub, super, admit the dative of the indirect object. Transitive compounds may take both an accusative and a dative. [§ 426].

[16.] The dative is used with adjectives to denote the object toward which the given quality is directed. Such are, especially, those meaning near, also fit, friendly, pleasing, like, and their opposites. [§ 143].

[17.] The dative is used to denote the purpose or end for which; often with another dative denoting the person or thing affected. [§ 437].

Accusative Case

[18.] The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative and answers the question Whom? or What? [§ 37].

[19.] The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. [§ 214].

[20.] The place to which is expressed by ad or in with the accusative. Before names of towns, small islands, domus, and rūs the preposition is omitted. [§§ 263], [266].

[21.] Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the accusative. [§ 336].

[22.] Verbs of making, choosing, calling, showing, and the like, may take a predicate accusative along with the direct object. With the passive voice the two accusatives become nominatives. [§ 392].

Ablative Case

[23.] Cause is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers the question Because of what? [§ 102].

[24.] Means is denoted by the ablative without a preposition. This answers the question By means of what? or With what? [§ 103].

[25.] Accompaniment is denoted by the ablative with cum. This answers the question With whom? [§ 104].

[26.] The ablative with cum is used to denote the manner of an action. Cum may be omitted, if an adjective is used with the ablative. This answers the question How? or In what manner? [§ 105].

[27.] With comparatives and words implying comparison the ablative is used to denote the measure of difference. [§ 317].

[28.] The ablative of a noun or pronoun with a present or perfect participle in agreement is used to express attendant circumstance. This is called the ablative absolute. [§ 381].

[29.] 1. Descriptions of physical characteristics are expressed by the ablative with a modifying adjective. [§ 444].

2. Descriptions involving neither numerical statements nor physical characteristics may be expressed by either the genitive or the ablative with a modifying adjective. [§ 445].

[30.] The ablative is used to denote in what respect something is true. [§ 398].

[31.] The place from which is expressed by ā or ab, dē, ē or ex with the separative ablative. This answers the question Whence? Before names of towns, small islands, domus, and rūs the preposition is omitted. [§§ 264], [266].

[32.] Words expressing separation or deprivation require an ablative to complete their meaning. This is called the ablative of separation. [§ 180].

[33.] The word expressing the person from whom an action starts, when not the subject, is put in the ablative with the preposition ā or ab. This is called the ablative of the personal agent. [§ 181].

[34.] The comparative degree, if quam is omitted, is followed by the separative ablative. [§ 309].

[35.] The time when or within which anything happens is expressed by the ablative without a preposition. [§ 275].

[36.] 1. The place at or in which is expressed by the ablative with in. This answers the question Where? Before names of towns, small islands, and rūs the preposition is omitted. [§§ 265], [266].

2. Names of towns and small islands, if singular and of the first or second declension, and the word domus express the place in which by the locative. [§ 268].

Gerund and Gerundive

[37.] 1. The gerund is a verbal noun and is used only in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative singular. The constructions of these cases are in general the same as those of other nouns. [§ 406. 1].

2. The gerundive is a verbal adjective and must be used instead of gerund + object, excepting in the genitive and in the ablative without a preposition. Even in these instances the gerundive construction is more usual. [§ 406. 2].

[38.] The accusative of the gerund or gerundive with ad, or the genitive with causā, is used to express purpose. [§ 407].

Moods and Tenses of Verbs

[39.] Primary tenses are followed by primary tenses, and secondary by secondary. [§ 358].

[40.] The subjunctive is used in a dependent clause to express the purpose of the action in the principal clause. [§ 349].

[41.] A substantive clause of purpose with the subjunctive is used as object with verbs of commanding, urging, asking, persuading, or advising, where in English we should usually have the infinitive. [§ 366].

[42.] Verbs of fearing are followed by a substantive clause of purpose introduced by ut (that not) or nē (that or lest). [§ 372].

[43.] Consecutive clauses of result are introduced by ut or ut nōn, and have the verb in the subjunctive. [§ 385].

[44.] Object clauses of result with ut or ut nōn are found after verbs of effecting or bringing about. [§ 386].

[45.] A relative clause with the subjunctive is often used to describe an antecedent. This is called the subjunctive of characteristic or description. [§ 390].

[46.] The conjunction cum means when, since, or although. It is followed by the subjunctive unless it means when and its clause fixes the time at which the main action took place. [§ 396].

[47.] When a direct statement becomes indirect, the principal verb is changed to the infinitive, and its subject nominative becomes subject accusative of the infinitive. [§ 416].

[48.] The accusative-with-infinitive construction in indirect statements is found after verbs of saying, telling, knowing, thinking, and perceiving. [§ 419].

[49.] A present indicative of a direct statement becomes present infinitive of the indirect, a past indicative becomes perfect infinitive, and a future indicative becomes future infinitive. [§ 418].

[50.] In an indirect question the verb is in the subjunctive and its tense is determined by the law for tense sequence. [§ 432].

DOMINA

APPENDIX III

REVIEWS1

1. It is suggested that each of these reviews be assigned for a written test.

[ I. REVIEW OF VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR THROUGH LESSON VIII]

[Lesson IX]

[502.] Give the English of the following words:1

Nouns
agricola ancilla aqua casa causa cēna corōna	dea domina fābula fera fīlia fortūna fuga	gallīna iniūria īnsula lūna nauta pecūnia puella	pugna sagitta silva terra tuba via victōria

Adjectives
alta bona	clāra grāta	lāta longa	magna mala	nova parva	pulchra sōla

Verbs
amat dat	est habitat	labōrat laudat	nārrat necat	nūntiat parat	portat pugnat	sunt vocat

Prepositions	Pronouns	Adverbs	Conjunctions	Interrogative Particle
ā or ab ad cum dē ē or ex in	mea tua quis cuius cui quem quid	cūr deinde nōn ubi	et quia quod	-ne

1. Proper nouns and proper adjectives are not repeated in the reviews. Words used in Cassar’s “Gallic War” are in heavy type.

[503.] Give the Latin of the following words:1

Underline the words you do not remember. Do not look up a single word till you have gone through the entire list. Then drill on the words you have underlined.

flight story new lives (verb) away from who why forest wreath deep, high dinner famous cottage battle (noun) trumpet lady, mistress whom island

wide tells money calls with your then, in the next place daughter to whom fortune out from labors (verb) gives small in and sailor farmer

goddess wild beast praises (verb) alone pleasing prepares are to because arrow my kills girl fights (verb) carries chicken victory land

what way bad loves pretty water great is announces injury, wrong where not good maid down from long cause whose

1. The translations of words used in Cæsar are in italics.

[504.] Review Questions. How many syllables has a Latin word? How are words divided into syllables? What is the ultima? the penult? the antepenult? When is a syllable short? When is a syllable long? What is the law of Latin accent? Define the subject of a sentence; the predicate; the object; the copula. What is inflection? declension? conjugation? What is the ending of the verb in the third person singular, and what in the plural? What does the form of a noun show? Name the Latin cases. What case is used for the subject? the direct object? the possessor? What relation is expressed by the dative case? Give the rule for the indirect object. How are questions answered in Latin? What is a predicate adjective? an attributive adjective? What is meant by agreement? Give the rule for the agreement of the adjective. What are the three relations expressed by the ablative? What can you say of the position of the possessive pronoun? the modifying genitive? the adjective? What is the base? What is grammatical gender? What is the rule for gender in the first declension? What are the general principles of Latin word order?

[505.] Fill out the following summary of the first declension:

The First or Ā-Declension	1. Ending in the nominative singular
	2. Rule for gender
	3. Case terminations	a. Singular b. Plural
	4. Irregular nouns

[Go on to Lesson IX]

[ II. REVIEW OF LESSONS IX-XVII]

[Lesson XVIII]

[506.] Give the English of the following words:

Nouns of the First Declension
agrī cultūra cōnstantia	cōpia dīligentia	fāma fēmina	galea inopia	lacrima lōrīca	patria praeda

Nouns of the Second Declension
ager amīcus arma (plural) auxilium bellum carrus castrum	cibus cōnsilium domicilium dominus equus fīlius fluvius	frūmentum gladius lēgātus līberī magister mūrus numerus	oppidānus oppidum pīlum populus praemium proelium puer	scūtum servus studium tēlum vīcus vir

Adjectives of the First and Second Declensons
aeger, aegra, aegrum alius, alia, aliud alter, altera, alterum armātus, -a, -um crēber, crēbra, crēbrum dūrus, -a, -um fīnitimus, -a, -um īnfīrmus, -a, -um legiōnārius, -a, -um līber, lībera, līberum mātūrus, -a, -um meus, -a, -um miser, misera, miserum multus, -a, -um	neuter, neutra, neutrum noster, nostra, nostrum alter, altera, alterum pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum sōlus, -a, -um suus, -a, -um fīnitimus, -a, -um tuus, -a, -um ūllus, -a, -um ūnus, -a, -um uter, utra, utrum validus, -a, -um vester, vestra, vestrum

Verbs	Demonstrative Pronoun	Adverbs
arat cūrat dēsīderat mātūrat properat	is, ea, id Conjunctions an -que sed	iam quō saepe Preposition apud

[507.] Give the Latin of the following words:

sword corselet man your (plural) hasten but among tear (noun) village strong long for and (enclitic) often want (noun) which (of two) care for or (in a question) whither wagon townsman wretched ripe

war number my free (adj.) children wall grain weapon one plow (verb) this or that already helmet river zeal any he son slave your (singular) she woman horse

shield (noun) whole it aid (noun) legionary weak arms master (of school) friend neighboring sick lieutenant field report, rumor abode boy his own alone prize (noun) master (owner) carefulness plenty troops

plan (noun) people beautiful no (adj.) our battle spear food steadiness fatherland town fort camp neither (of two) much agriculture other the other (of two) hard booty frequent armed

[508.] Review Questions. How many declensions are there? What three things must be known about a noun before it can be declined? What three cases of neuter nouns are always alike, and in what do they end in the plural? What two plural cases are always alike? When is the vocative singular not like the nominative? What is a predicate noun? With what does it agree? What is an appositive? Give the rule for the agreement of an appositive. How can we tell whether a noun in -er is declined like puer or like ager? Decline bonus, līber, pulcher. How can we tell whether an adjective in -er is declined like līber or like pulcher? Why must we say nauta bonus and not nauta bona? Name the Latin possessive pronouns. How are they declined? With what does the possessive pronoun agree? When do we use tuus and when vester? Why is suus called a reflexive possessive? What is the non-reflexive possessive of the third person? When are possessives omitted? What four uses of the ablative case are covered by the relations expressed in English by with? Give an illustration in Latin of the ablative of manner; of the ablative of cause; of the ablative of means; of the ablative of accompaniment. What ablative regularly has cum? What ablative sometimes has cum? What uses of the ablative never have cum? Name the nine pronominal adjectives, with their meanings. Decline alius, nūllus. Decline is. What does is mean as a demonstrative adjective or pronoun? What other important use has it?

[509.] Fill out the following summary of the second declension:

The Second or O-Declension	1. Endings in the nominative
	2. Rule for gender
	3. Case terminations of nouns in -us	a. Singular b. Plural
	a. The vocative singular of nouns in -us
	4. Case terminations of nouns in -um	a. Singular b. Plural
	5. Peculiarities of nouns in -er and -ir
	6. Peculiarities of nouns in -ius and -ium

[Go on to Lesson XVIII]

[ III. REVIEW OF LESSONS XVIII-XXVI]

[Lesson XXVII]

[510.] Give the English of the following words:

Nouns of the First Declension
	disciplīna fōrma	poena potentia	rēgīna superbia	trīstitia

Nouns of the Second Declension
lūdus	ōrnāmentum	sacrum	socius	verbum

Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions
amīcus antīquus fīnitimus	grātus idōneus inimīcus	interfectus īrātus laetus	molestus perpetuus proximus	septem superbus

Adverbs		Conjunctions	Personal Pronoun
hodiē ibi maximē	mox nunc nūper	etiam nōn sōlum ... sed etiam	ego

Verbs
CONJ. I	CONJ. II	CONJ. III	CONJ. IV
volō, -āre IRREGULAR VERB sum, esse	dēleō, -ēre doceō, -ēre faveō, -ēre habeō, -ēre iubeō, -ēre moneō, -ēre moveō, -ēre noceō, -ēre pāreō, -ēre persuādeō, -ēre sedeō, -ēre studeō, -ēre videō, -ēre	agō, -ere capiō, -ere crēdō, -ere dīcō, -ere dūcō, -ere faciō, -ere fugiō, -ere iaciō, -ere mittō, -ere rapiō, -ere regō, -ere resistō, -ere	audiō, -īre mūniō, -īre reperiō, -īre veniō, -īre

[511.] Give the Latin of the following words. In the case of verbs always give the first form and the present infinitive.

ancient come resist see be fly I proud word sadness find rule (verb) be eager for

not only ... but also seven ally, companion pride fortify send sit also school hear hurl persuade only

nearest sacred rite queen flee obey lately constant ornament power make, do injure now annoying lead

move soon glad punishment believe advise especially, most of all angry beauty say command (verb) there slain

training take have to-day unfriendly drive favor (verb) suitable pleasing teach neighboring destroy friendly seize

[512.] Review Questions. What is conjugation? Name two important differences between conjugation in Latin and in English. What is tense? What is mood? What are the Latin moods? When do we use the indicative mood? Name the six tenses of the indicative. What are personal endings? Name those you have had. Inflect sum in the three tenses you have learned. How many regular conjugations are there? How are they distinguished? How is the present stem found? What tenses are formed from the present stem? What is the tense sign of the imperfect? What is the meaning of the imperfect? What is the tense sign of the future in the first two conjugations? in the last two? Before what letters is a final long vowel of the stem shortened? What are the three possible translations of a present, as of pugnō? Inflect arō, sedeō, mittō, faciō, and veniō, in the present, imperfect, and future active. What forms of -iō verbs of the third conjugation are like audiō? what like regō? Give the rule for the dative with adjectives. Name the special intransitive verbs that govern the dative. What does the imperative mood express? How is the present active imperative formed in the singular? in the plural? What three verbs have a shortened present active imperative? Give the present active imperative of portō, dēleō, agō, faciō, mūniō.

[Go on to Lesson XXVII]

[ IV. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXVII-XXXVI]

[Lesson XXXVII]

[513.] Give the English of the following words:

Nouns of the First Declension
āla	cūra	mora	porta	prōvincia	vīta

Nouns of the Second Declension
animus aurum	bracchium deus	locus mōnstrum	nāvigium ōrāculum	perīculum ventus	vīnum

Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions
adversus attentus cārus	commōtus dēfessus dexter	dubius maximus perfidus	plēnus saevus sinister

Adverbs
anteā celeriter dēnique	diū frūstrā graviter	ita longē semper	subitō tamen tum

Conjunctions
autem	sī	ubi

Prepositions
dē	per	prō	sine

Verbs
CONJ. I			CONJ. II
adpropinquō nāvigō occupō postulō	recūsō reportō servō stō	superō temptō vāstō vulnerō	contineō egeō prohibeō respondeō teneō
CONJ. III			IRREGULAR VERB
discēdō	gerō	interficiō	absum

[514.] Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs.

be away wind through if savage wound (verb) wine delay faithless right seize quickly before, in behalf of battle down from or concerning

moreover greatest oracle danger lay waste gate doubtful opposite, adverse demand finally attentive then, at that time weary overcome, conquer

boat, ship sail (verb) life save full refuse heavily monster approach nevertheless place be without, lack moved gold restrain, keep from

without hold suddenly dear always god hold in, keep afar thus, so, as follows arm (noun) when in vain stand bring back, win

before, previously depart, go away province care, trouble kill reply (verb) wing mind, heart left (adj.) bear, carry on try for a long time

[515.] Give the principal parts and meaning of the following verbs:

sum dō teneō iubeō agō mittō mūniō

moveō crēdō rapiō reperiō dēleō resistō audiō

moneō capiō doceō regō faveō noceō dīcō

pāreō dūcō faciō persuādeō sedeō studeō fugiō

veniō iaciō videō absum egeō gerō stō

[516.] Review Questions. What are the personal endings in the passive voice? What is the letter -r sometimes called? What are the distinguishing vowels of the four conjugations? What forms constitute the principal parts? What are the three different conjugation stems? How may they be found? What are the tenses of the indicative? of the infinitive? What tense of the imperative have you learned? What forms are built on the present stem? on the perfect stem? on the participial stem? What are the endings of the perfect active indicative? What is the tense sign of the pluperfect active? of the future perfect active? How is the present active infinitive formed? the present passive infinitive? How is the present active imperative formed? the present passive imperative? How is the perfect active infinitive formed? the perfect passive infinitive? How is the future active infinitive formed? What is a participle? How are participles in -us declined? Give the rule for the agreement of the participle. How are the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect passive indicative formed? Conjugate the verb sum in all moods and tenses as far as you have learned it ([§ 494]). What is meant by the separative ablative? How is the place from which expressed in Latin? Give the rule for the ablative of separation; for the ablative of the personal agent. How can we distinguish between the ablative of means and the ablative of the personal agent? What is the perfect definite? the perfect indefinite? What is the difference in meaning between the perfect indefinite and the imperfect? What two cases in Latin may be governed by a preposition? Name the prepositions that govern the ablative. What does the preposition in mean when it governs the ablative? the accusative? What are the three interrogatives used to introduce yes-and-no questions? Explain the force of each. What words are sometimes used for yes and no? What are the different meanings and uses of ubi?

[Go on to Lesson XXXVII]

[ V. REVIEW OF LESSONS XXXVII-XLIV]

[Lesson XLV]

[517.] Give the English of the following words:

Nouns
FIRST DECLENSION	SECOND DECLENSION
rīpa	barbarī captīvus	castellum impedīmentum

THIRD DECLENSION
animal arbor avis caedēs calamitās calcar caput cīvis cliēns	collis cōnsul dēns dux eques fīnis flūmen fōns frāter	homō hostīs ignis imperātor īnsigne iter iūdex labor lapis	legiō mare māter mēnsis mīles mōns nāvis opus ōrātor	ōrdō pater pedes pēs pōns prīnceps rēx salūs sanguis	soror tempus terror turris urbs victor virtūs vīs

Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions
barbarus	dexter	sinister	summus

Prepositions	Adverbs	Conjunctions
in with the abl. in with the acc. trāns	cotīdiē numquam	nec, neque nec ... nec, or neque ... neque

Verbs
CONJ. I		CONJ. III
cessō confirmō	oppugnō vetō	accipiō incipiō	petō ponō	vincō vivō

[518.] Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs:

forbid rank, row brother force across savages horseman never mountain manliness, courage leader put, place time savage, barbarous sister seek captive hindrance, baggage

man-of-war judge defeat, disaster fire tree foot soldier receive general highest fountain orator neither ... nor and not left tooth soldier month city victor daily live (verb)

conquer consul mother retainer citizen head safety assail, storm begin march decoration bridge bird cease man river work (noun) and ship bank

redoubt, fort sea tower drill (verb) legion terror into, to right (adj.) in stone blood labor (noun) king spur chief slaughter strengthen foot enemy animal father

[519.] Review Questions. Give the conjugation of possum. What is an infinitive? What three uses has the Latin infinitive that are like the English? What is the case of the subject of the infinitive? What is meant by a complementary infinitive? In the sentence The bad boy cannot be happy, what is the case of happy? Give the rule. Decline quī. Give the rule for the agreement of the relative. What are the two uses of the interrogative? Decline quis. What is the base of a noun? How is the stem formed from the base? Are the stem and the base ever the same? How many declensions of nouns are there? Name them. What are the two chief divisions of the third declension? How are the consonant stems classified? Explain the formation of lapis from the stem lapid-, mīles from mīlit-, rēx from rēg-. What nouns have i-stems? What peculiarities of form do i-stems have,—masc., fem., and neut.? Name the five nouns that have -ī and -e in the abl. Decline turris. Give the rules for gender in the third declension. Decline mīles, lapis, rēx, virtūs, cōnsul, legiō, homō, pater, flūmen, opus, tempus, caput, caedēs, urbs, hostis, mare, animal, vīs, iter.

[520.] Fill out the following scheme:

The Third Declension	Gender Endings	Masculine Feminine Neuter
	Case Terminations	I. Consonant Stems	a. Masc. and fem. b. Neuters
		II. I-Stems	a. Masc. and fem. b. Neuters
		Irregular Nouns

[Go on to Lesson XLV]

[ VI. REVIEW OF LESSONS XLV-LII]

[Lesson LIII]

[521.] Give the English of the following words:

Nouns
FIRST DECLENSION		SECOND DECLENSION
amīcitia hōra littera	annus modus nūntius oculus	rēgnum signum supplicium, supplicium dare supplicium sūmere dē	tergum, tergum vertere vestīgium

THIRD DECLENSION		FOURTH DECLENSION
aestās corpus hiems lībertās lūx, prīma lūx nōmen	nox pars pāx rūs sōl vōx vulnus	adventus cornū domus equitātus exercitus fluctus	impetus lacus manus metus portus

FIFTH DECLENSION			INDECLINABLE NOUN
aciēs diēs fidēs, in fidem venīre	rēs, rēs gestae rēs adversae rēs pūblica rēs secundae	spēs	nihil

Adjectives
FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS		THIRD DECLENSION
dēnsus invīsus mīrus paucī prīmus	prīstinus pūblicus secundus tantus vērus	ācer, ācris, ācre brevis, breve difficilis, difficile facīlis, facile fortis, forte	gravis, grave incolumis, incolume omnis, omne pār, pār vēlōx, vēlōx

Pronouns
PERSONAL	DEMONSTRATIVE	INTENSIVE	INDEFINITE
ego nōs suī tū vōs	hic īdem ille iste	ipse	aliquis, aliquī quīdam quis, quī quisquam quisque

Adverbs			Conjunctions	Prepositions
nē ... quidem ōlim	paene quoque	satis vērō	itaque nisi	ante post propter

Verbs
CONJ. I	CONJ. II	CONJ. III	CONJ. IV
conlocō convocō cremō dēmōnstrō mandō	dēbeō exerceō maneō placeō sustineō	committō, committere proelium dēcidō ēripiō sūmō, sūmere supplicium dē trādūcō vertō	dēsiliō

[522.] Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs.

if not, unless on account of unharmed public commonwealth leap down, dismount lead across remain call together friendship footprint, trace each fear (noun) hope therefore behind, after so great equal in truth, indeed that (yonder) a certain fall down owe, ought measure, mode eye name wave, billow thing, matter exploits republic prosperity

adversity former, old-time all, every any one (at all) this (of mine) heavy, serious hateful, detested true burn snatch from letter punishment inflict punishment on suffer punishment liberty sun sustain take up, assume hour reign, realm messenger part, direction body harbor faith, protection of himself also, too sufficiently

burn that (of yours) before you (plur.) light daybreak winter attack line of battle army drill, train join battle house, home midday wonderful brave almost the same some, any if any one self, very not even easy dense point out, explain difficult first arrange, station please year

peace back turn the back, retreat night hand, force lake day commit, intrust a few only sharp, eager we turn you (sing.) I signal summer cavalry wound horn, wing country second, favorable short voice formerly, once arrival come under the protection of swift nothing

[523.] Review Questions. By what declensions are Latin adjectives declined? What can you say about the stem of adjectives of the third declension? Into what classes are these adjectives divided? How can you tell to which of the classes an adjective belongs? Decline ācer, omnis, pār. What are the nominative endings and genders of nouns of the fourth or u-declension? What nouns are feminine by exception? Decline adventus, lacus, cornū, domus. Give the rules for the ordinary expression of the place to which, the place from which, the place in which. What special rules apply to names of towns, small islands, and rūs? What is the locative case? What words have a locative case? What is the form of the locative case? Translate Galba lives at home, Galba lives at Rome, Galba lives at Pompeii. What is the rule for gender in the fifth or ē-declension? Decline diēs, rēs. When is the long ē shortened? What can you say about the plural of the fifth declension? Decline tuba, servus, pīlum, ager, puer, mīles, cōnsul, flūmen, caedēs, animal. How is the time when expressed? Name the classes of pronouns and define each class. Decline ego, tū, is. What are the reflexives of the first and second persons? What is the reflexive of the third person? Decline it. Translate I see myself, he sees himself, he sees him. Decline ipse. How is ipse used? Decline īdem. Decline hic, iste, ille. Explain the use of these words. Name and translate the commoner indefinite pronouns. Decline aliquis, quisquam, quīdam, quisque.

[Go on to Lesson LIII]

[ VII. REVIEW OF LESSONS LIII-LX]

[Lesson LXI]

[524.] Give the English of the following words:

Nouns
FIRST DECLENSION	SECOND DECLENSION
aquila fossa	aedificium captīvus concilium	imperium negōtium	spatium vāllum

THIRD DECLENSION
agmen celeritās cīvitās clāmor cohors difficultās explōrātor	gēns lātitūdō longitūdō magnitūdō mēns mercātor mīlle	mors mulier multitūdō mūnītiō nēmō obses opīniō	regiō rūmor scelus servitūs timor vallēs

FOURTH DECLENSION		FIFTH DECLENSION
aditus commeātus	passus	rēs frūmentāria

Adjectives
FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS
aequus bīnī ducentī duo exterus īnferus	maximus medius minimus opportūnus optimus pessimus	plūrimus posterus prīmus reliquus secundus	singulī superus tardus ternī ūnus

THIRD DECLENSION
alacer, alacris, alacre audāx, audāx celer, celeris, celere citerior, citerius difficilis, difficile dissimilis, dissimile facilis, facile gracilis, gracile	humilis, humile ingēns, ingēns interior, interius lēnis, lēne maior, maius melior, melius minor, minus nōbilis, nōbile	peior, peius ——, plūs prior, prius recēns, recēns similis, simile trēs, tria ulterior, ulterius

Adverbs
ācriter audācter bene facile ferē fortiter	magis magnopere maximē melius minimē multum	optimē parum paulō plūrimum prope propius	proximē quam statim tam undique

Conjunctions		Prepositions
atque, ac aut aut ... aut et ... et nam	quā dē causā quam ob rem simul atque or simul ac	circum contrā inter ob trāns

Verbs
CONJ. I		CONJ. II
cōnor hortor	moror vexō	obtineō perterreō	valeō vereor

CONJ. III
abdō cadō cognōscō cōnsequor contendō cupiō currō	dēdō dēfendō ēgredior incendō incolō īnsequor occīdō	patior premō proficīscor prōgredior quaerō recipiō relinquō	revertor sequor statuō subsequor suscipiō trādō trahō
CONJ. III
	orior	perveniō

[525.] Translate the following words. Give the genitive and the gender of the nouns and the principal parts of the verbs:

on account of nearly keenly, sharply thousand two opportune remaining above (adj.) next grain supply pace shout (noun) from all sides against around three further line of march manor region fortification eagle almost boldly bravely across between, among hither (adj.) so less more most worst difficulty hostage death command, power captive or and arrive attempt, try length

width scout cohort tribe, nation business by a little somewhat crime difficult equal move forward, advance multitude woman desire (verb) give over, surrender kill overtake hasten, strive hide one first second, favorable two hundred former inner middle low outward three by three provisions speed ditch wherefore or therefore for this reason fear (noun) return inquire set out move out, disembark

fear (verb) worse greater, larger two by two least (adv.) opinion, expectation approach, entrance trader magnitude, size council, assembly space, room either ... or rise, arise suffer, allow press hard fall surrender set fire to defend possess, hold delay (verb) nearest (adv.) nearer (adv.) better (adj.) well known, noble mild, gentle swift eager low (adj.) slender one by one no one least (adv.) little (adv.) learn, know drag undertake run fix, decide

leave abandon be strong receive, recover terrify, frighten dwell state, citizenship valley slavery greatly best of all (adv.) better (adv.) well (adv.) very much much unlike like (adj.) slow very greatly, exceedingly building mind (noun) easily easy recent huge, great bold immediately as soon as for than best (adj.) greatest follow close encourage annoy, ravage hide follow pursue both ... and rampart

[526.] Review Questions. What is meant by comparison? In what two ways may adjectives be compared? Compare clārus, brevis, vēlōx, and explain the formation of the comparative and the superlative. What are the adverbs used in comparison? Compare brevis by adverbs. Decline the comparative of vēlōx. How are adjectives in -er compared? Compare ācer, pulcher, liber. What are possible translations for the comparative and superlative? Name the six adjectives that form the superlative in -limus. Translate in two ways Nothing is brighter than the sun. Give the rule for the ablative with comparatives. Compare bonus, magnus, malus, multus, parvus, exterus, īnferus, posterus, superus. Decline plūs. Compare citerior, interior, propior, ulterior. Translate That route to Italy is much shorter. Give the rule for the expression of measure of difference. Name five words that are especially common in this construction. How are adverbs usually formed from adjectives of the first and second declensions? from adjectives of the third declension? Compare the adverbs cārē, līberē, fortiter, audācter. What cases of adjectives are sometimes used as adverbs? What are the adverbs from facilis? multus? prīmus? plūrimus? bonus? magnus? parvus? Compare prope, saepe, magnopere. How are numerals classified? Give the first twenty cardinals. Decline ūnus, duo, trēs, mīlle. How are the hundreds declined? What is meant by the partitive genitive? Give the rule for the partitive genitive. What sort of words are commonly used with this construction? What construction is used with quīdam and cardinal numbers excepting mīlle? Give the first twenty ordinals. How are they declined? How are the distributives declined? Give the rule for the expression of duration of time and extent of space. What is the difference between the ablative of time and the accusative of time? What is a deponent verb? Give the synopsis of one. What form always has a passive meaning? Conjugate amō, moneō, regō, capiō, audiō, in the active and passive.

[Go on to Lesson LXI]

[ VIII. REVIEW OF LESSONS LXI-LXIX]

[Lesson LXX]

[527.] Review the vocabularies of the first seventeen lessons. See [§§ 502], [503], [506], [507].

[528.] Review Questions. Name the tenses of the subjunctive. What time is denoted by these tenses? What are the mood signs of the present subjunctive? How may the imperfect subjunctive be formed? How do the perfect subjunctive and the future perfect indicative active differ in form? How is the pluperfect subjunctive active formed? Inflect the subjunctive active and passive of cūrō, dēleō, vincō, rapiō, mūniō. Inflect the subjunctive tenses of sum; of possum. What are the tenses of the participles in the active? What in the passive? Give the active and passive participles of amō, moneō, regō, capiō, audiō. Decline regēns. What participles do deponent verbs have? What is the difference in meaning between the perfect participle of a deponent verb and of one not deponent? Give the participles of vereor. How should participles usually be translated? Conjugate volō, nolō, mālō, fīō.

What is the difference between the indicative and subjunctive in their fundamental ideas? How is purpose usually expressed in English? How is it expressed in Latin? By what words is a Latin purpose clause introduced? When should quō be used? What is meant by sequence of tenses? Name the primary tenses of the indicative and of the subjunctive; the secondary tenses. What Latin verbs are regularly followed by substantive clauses of purpose? What construction follows iubeō? What construction follows verbs of fearing? How is consequence or result expressed in Latin? How is a result clause introduced? What words are often found in the principal clause foreshadowing the coming of a result clause? How may negative purpose be distinguished from negative result? What is meant by the subjunctive of characteristic or description? How are such clauses introduced? Explain the ablative absolute. Why is the ablative absolute of such frequent occurrence in Latin? Explain the predicate accusative. After what verbs are two accusatives commonly found? What do these accusatives become when the verb is passive?

[Go on to Lesson LXX]

IMPERATOR MILITES HORTATUR

SPECIAL VOCABULARIES

The words in heavy type are used in Cæsar’s “Gallic War.”

LESSON IV, [§ 39]

Nouns dea, goddess (deity) Diā´na, Diana fera, a wild beast (fierce) Lātō´na, Latona sagit´ta, arrow	Verbs est, he (she, it) is; sunt, they are necat, he (she, it) kills, is killing, does kill Conjunction1 et, and
Pronouns quis, interrog. pronoun, nom. sing., who? cuius (pronounced co͝oi´yo͝os, two syllables), interrog.pronoun, gen. sing., whose?

1. A conjunction is a word which connects words, parts of sentences, or sentences.

LESSON V, [§ 47]

Nouns corō´na, wreath, garland, crown fā´bula, story (fable) pecū´nia, money (pecuniary) pugna, battle (pugnacious) victō´ria, victory	Verbs dat, he (she, it) gives nārrat, he (she, it) tells (narrate) Conjunction1 quia or quod, because
Pronoun cui (pronounced co͝oi, one syllable), interrog. pronoun,dat. sing., to whom? for whom?

1. A conjunction is a word which connects words, parts of sentences, or sentences.

LESSON VI, [§ 56]

Adjectives bona, good grāta, pleasing magna, large, great mala, bad, wicked parva, small, little pulchra, beautiful, pretty sōla, alone	Nouns ancil´la, maidservant Iūlia, Julia Adverbs1 cūr, why nōn, not Pronouns mea, my; tua, thy, your (possesives) quid, interrog. pronoun, nom. and acc. sing., what?
-ne, the question sign, an enclitic ([§ 16]) added to the first word, which,in a question, is usually the verb, as amat, he loves, butamat´ne? does he love? est, he is;estne? is he? Of course -ne is not used when thesentence contains quis, cūr, or some other interrogativeword.

1. An adverb is a word used to modify a verb, an adjective, or another adverb; as, She sings sweetly; she is very talented; she began to sing very early.

LESSON VII, [§ 62]

Nouns casa, -ae, f., cottage cēna, -ae, f., dinner gallī´na, -ae, f., hen, chicken īn´sula, ae, f., island (pen-insula) Adverbs de-in´de, then, in the next place ubi, where Preposition ad, to, with acc. to express motion toward	Verbs ha´bitat, he (she, it) lives, is living, does live(inhabit) laudat, he (she, it) praises, is praising, does praise(laud) parat, he (she, it) prepares, is preparing, doesprepare vocat, he (she, it) calls, is calling, does call; invites, isinviting, does invite (vocation)
Pronoun quem, interrog. pronoun, acc. sing., whom?

LESSON VIII, [§ 69]

Nouns Italia, -ae, f., Italy Sicilia, -ae, f., Sicily tuba, -ae, f., trumpet (tube) via, -ae, f., way, road, street (viaduct)

Adjectives alta, high, deep (altitude) clāra, clear, bright; famous lāta, wide (latitude) longa, long (longitude) nova, new (novelty)

LESSON IX, [§ 77]

Nouns
bellum, -ī, n., war (re-bel) cōnstantia, -ae, f., firmness, constancy, steadiness dominus, -ī, m., master, lord (dominate) equus, -ī, m., horse (equine) frūmentum, -ī, n., grain lēgātus, -ī, m., lieutenant, ambassador (legate) Mārcus, -ī, m., Marcus, Mark	mūrus, -ī, m., wall (mural) oppidānus, -ī, m., townsman oppidum, -ī, n., town pīlum, -ī, n., spear (pile driver) servus, -ī, m., slave, servant Sextus, -ī, m., Sextus Verbs cūrat, he (she, it) cares for, with acc. properat, he (she, it) hastens

LESSON X, [§ 82]

Nouns
amīcus, -ī, m., friend (amicable) Germānia, -ae, f., Germany patria, -ae, f., fatherland	populus, -ī, m., people Rhēnus, -ī, m., the Rhine vīcus, -ī, m., village

LESSON XI, [§ 86]

Nouns
arma, armōrum, n., plur., arms, especially defensiveweapons fāma, -ae, f., rumor; reputation, fame	galea, -ae, f., helmet praeda, -ae, f., booty, spoils (predatory) tēlum, -ī, n., weapon of offense, spear
Adjectives
dūrus, -a, -um, hard, rough; unfeeling, cruel; severe,toilsome (durable)	Rōmānus, -a, -um, Roman. As a noun, Rōmānus, -ī,m., a Roman

LESSON XII, [§ 90]

Nouns fīlius, fīlī, m., son (filial) fluvius, fluvī, m., river (fluent) gladius, gladī, m., sword (gladiator) praesidium, praesi´dī, n., garrison, guard,protection proelium, proelī, n., battle	Adjectives fīnitimus, -a, -um, bordering upon, neighboring, near to.As a noun, fīnitimī, -ōrum, m., plur., neighbors Germānus, -a, -um, German. As a noun, Germānus, -ī,m., a German multus, -a, -um, much; plur., many
Adverb saepe, often

LESSON XIII, [§ 95]

Nouns
ager, agrī, m., field (acre) cōpia, -ae, f., plenty, abundance (copious); plur.,troops, forces Cornēlius, Cornē´lī, m., Cornelius lōrī´ca, -ae, f., coat of mail, corselet	praemium, praemī, n., reward, prize (premium) puer, puerī, m., boy (puerile) Rōma, -ae, f., Rome scūtum, -ī, n., shield (escutcheon) vir, virī, m., man, hero (virile)
Adjectives
legiōnārius, -a, -um,1 legionary,belonging to the legion. As a noun, legiōnāriī, -ōrum, m.,plur., legionary soldiers līber, lībera, līberum, free (liberty) As a noun.līberī, -ōrum, m., plur., children (lit. thefreeborn)	pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum, pretty, beautiful Preposition apud, among, with acc. Conjunction sed, but

1. The genitive singular masculine of adjectives in -ius ends in -iī and the vocative in -ie; not in -ī, as in nouns.

LESSON XIV, [§ 99]

Nouns
auxilium, auxi´lī, n., help, aid (auxiliary) castrum, -ī, n., fort (castle); plur., camp (lit.forts) cibus, -ī, m., food	cōnsilium, cōnsi´lī, n., plan (counsel) dīligentia, -ae, f., diligence, industry magister, magistrī, m., master, teacher1
Adjectives
aeger, aegra, aegrum, sick crēber, crēbra, crēbrum, frequent	miser, misera, miserum, wretched, unfortunate(miser)

1. Observe that dominus, as distinguished from magister, means master in the sense of owner.

LESSON XV, [§ 107]

Nouns carrus, -ī, m., cart, wagon inopia, -ae, f., want, lack; the opposite ofcōpia studium, studī, n., zeal, eagerness (study) Verb mātūrat, he (she, it) hastens. Cf. properat	Adjectives armātus, -a, -um, armed īnfīrmus, -a, -um, week, feeble (infirm) vali´dus, -a, -um, strong, sturdy Adverb iam, already, now
-que, conjunction, and; an enclitic (cf.[§ 16]) and always added tothesecond of two words to be connected, as arma tēla´que,arms and weapons.

LESSON XVII, [§ 117]

Nouns
agrī cultūra, -ae, f., agriculture domicilīum, domīci´lī, n., dwelling place (domicile)abode fēmina, -ae, f., woman (female)	Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul Gallus, -i, m., a Gaul lacrima, -ae, f., tear numerus, -ī, m., number (numeral)
Adjective mātūrus, -a, -um, ripe, mature Verbs arat, he (she, it) plows (arable) dēsīderat, he (she, it) misses, longs for (desire), withacc.	Adverb quō, whither Conjunction an, or, introducing the second half of a double question,as Is he a Roman or a Gaul, Estne Romanus an Gallus?

LESSON XVIII, [§ 124]

Nouns lūdus, -ī, m.,school socius, socī, m., companion, ally (social)	Adjectives īrātus, -a, -um, angry, furious (irate) laetus, -a, -um, happy, glad (social)
Adverbs
hodiē, to-day ibi, there, in that place mox, presently, soon, of the immediate future	nunc, now, the present moment nūper, lately, recently, of the immediate past

LESSON XX, [§ 136]

Nouns
fōrma, -ae, f., form, beauty poena, -ae, f., punishment, penalty potentia, -ae, f., power (potent)	regīna, -ae, f., queen (regal) superbia, -ae, f., pride, haughtiness trīstītīa, -ae, f., sadness, sorrow
Adjectives septem, indeclinable, seven superbus, -a, -um, proud, haughty (superb)	Conjunctions nōn sōlum ... sed etiam, not only ... but also

LESSON XXI, [§ 140]

Nouns sacrum, -ī, n., sacrifice, offering, rite verbum, -ī, n., word (verb) Verbs sedeō, -ēre, sit (sediment) volō, -āre, fly (volatile)	Adjectives interfectus, -a, -um, slain molestus, -a, -um, troublesome, annoying (molest) perpetuus, -a, -um, perpetual, continuous
ego, personal pronoun, I (egotism). Always emphatic in thenominative.

LESSON XXII, [§ 146]

Nouns
disciplīna, -ae, f., training, culture, discipline ōrnāmentum, -ī, n., ornament, jewel	Gāius, Gāī, m., Caius, a Roman first name Tiberius, Tibe´rī, m., Tiberius, a Roman first name
Verb doceō, -ēre, teach (doctrine)	Adverb maximē, most of all, especially
Adjective antīquus, -qua, -quum, old, ancient (antique)

LESSON XXVII, [§ 168]

Nouns āla, -ae, f., wing deus, -ī, m., god (deity)1 monstrum, -ī, n., omen, prodigy; monster ōrāculum, -ī, n., oracle Verb vāstō, -āre, lay waste, devastate

Adjectives commōtus, -a, -um, moved, excited maximus, -a, -um, greatest (maximum) saevus, -a, -um, fierce, savage Adverbs ita, thus, in this way, as follows tum, then, at that time

1. For the declension of deus, see [§ 468]

LESSON XXVIII, [§ 171]

Verbs respondeō, -ēre, respond, reply servō, -āre, save, preserve Adjective cārus, -a, -um, dear (cherish)

Conjunction autem, but, moreover, now. Usually stands second, never first Noun vīta, -ae, f., life (vital)

LESSON XXIX, [§ 176]

Verb superō, -āre, conquer, overcome (insuperable) Nouns cūra, -ae, f., care, trouble locus, -ī, m., place, spot (location). Locus is neuter in the plural and is declined loca, -ōrum, etc. perīculum, -ī, n., danger, peril

Adverbs semper, always tamen, yet, nevertheless Prepositions dē, with abl., down from; concerning per, with acc., through Conjunction si, if

LESSON XXX, [§ 182]

Verbs
absum, abesse, irreg., be away, be absent, be distant,with separative abl. adpropinquō, -āre, draw near, approach (propinquity), withdative1 contineō, -ēre, hold together, hem in, keep(contain)	discēdō, -ere, depart, go away, leave, with separativeabl. egeō, -ēre, lack, need, be without, with separativeabl. interficiō, -ere, kill prohibeō, -ēre, restrain, keep from (prohibit) vulnerō, -āre, wound (vulnerable)
Nouns prōvincia, -ae, f., province vīnum, -ī, n., wine	Adjective dēfessus, -a, -um, weary, worn out Adverb longē, far, by far, far away

1. This verb governs the dative because the idea of nearness to is stronger than that of motion to. If the latter idea were the stronger, the word would be used with ad and the accusative.

LESSON XXXI, [§ 188]

Nouns aurum, -ī, n., gold (oriole) mora, -ae, f., delay nāvigium, nāvi´gī, n., boat, ship ventus, -ī, m., wind (ventilate) Verb nāvigō, -āre, sail (navigate)	Adjectives attentus, -a, -um, attentive, careful dubius, -a, -um, doubtful (dubious) perfidus, -a, -um, faithless, treacherous (perfidy) Adverb anteā, before, previously
Preposition sine, with abl., without

LESSON XXXII, [§ 193]

Nouns animus, -ī, m., mind, heart; spirit, feeling (animate) bracchium, bracchī, n., forearm, arm porta, -ae, f., gate (portal)	Adjectives adversus, -a, -um, opposite; adverse, contrary plēnus, -a, -um, full (plenty)
Preposition prō, with abl., before; in behalf of; instead of	Adverb diū, for a long time, long

LESSON XXXIV, [§ 200]

Adverbs
celeriter, quickly (celerity) dēnique, finally	graviter, heavily, severely (gravity) subitō, suddenly
Verb reportō, -āre, -āvī, bring back, restore; win, gain(report)

LESSON XXXVI, [§ 211]

dexter, dextra, dextrum, right (dextrous)

sinister, sinistra, sinistrum, left frūstrā, adv., in vain (frustrate)

gerō, gerere, gessī, gestus, bear, carry on; wear;bellum gerere, to wage war occupō, occupāre, occupāvī, occupātus, seize, take possessionof (occupy) postulō, postulāre, postulāvī, postulātus, demand(ex-postulate) recūsō, recūsāre, recūsāvī, recūsātus, refuse stō, stāre, stetī, status, stand temptō, temptāre, temptāvī, temptātus, try, tempt, test;attempt teneō, tenēre, tenuī, ——, keep, hold(tenacious) The word ubi, which we have used so much in the sense ofwhere in asking a question, has two other uses equallyimportant: 1. ubi = when, as a relative conjunction denoting time;as, Ubi mōnstrum audīvērunt, fūgērunt, when they heard themonster, they fled 2. ubi = where, as a relative conjunction denoting place;as, Videō oppidum ubi Galba habitat, I see the town where Galbalives Ubi is called a relative conjunction because it isequivalent to a relative pronoun. When in the first sentence isequivalent to at the time at which; and in the second,where is equivalent to the place in which.

LESSON XXXVII, [§ 217]

neque or nec, conj., neither, nor, and ... not;neque ... neque, neither ... nor

castellum, -ī, n., redoubt, fort (castle) cotīdiē, adv., daily

cessō, cessāre, cessāvī, cessātus, cease, with the infin. incipiō, incipere, incēpī, inceptus, begin (incipient),with the infin. oppugnō, oppugnāre, oppugnāvī, oppugnātus, storm,assail petō, petere, petivi or petiī, petītus, aim at, assail,storm, attack; seek, ask (petition) pōnō, pōnere, posuī, positus, place, put (position);castra pōnere, to pitch camp possum, posse, potuī, ——, be able, can(potent), with the infin. vetō, vetāre, vetuī, vetitus, forbid (veto), vith theinfin.; opposite of iubeō, command vincō, vincere, vīcī, victus, conquer (in-vincible) vīvō, vīvere, vīxī, ——, live, be alive(re-vive)

LESSON XXXIX, [§ 234]

barbarus, -a, -um, strange, foreign, barbarous. As a noun, barbarī, -ōrum, m., plur., savages, barbarians dux, ducis, m., leader (duke). Cf. the verb dūcō eques, equitis, m., horseman, cavalryman (equestrian) iūdex, iūdicis, m., judge lapis, lapidis, m., stone (lapidary) mīles, mīlitis, m., soldier (militia)

pedes, peditis, m., foot soldier (pedestrian) pēs, pedis,1 m., foot (pedal) prīnceps, prīncipis, m., chief (principal) rēx, rēgis, m., king (regal) summus, -a, -um, highest, greatest (summit) virtūs, virtūtis, f., manliness, courage (virtue)

1. Observe that e is long in the nom. sing, and short in the other cases.

LESSON XL, [§ 237]

Caesar, -aris, m., Cæsar captīvus, -ī, m., captive, prisoner cōnsul, -is, m., consul frāter, frātris, m., brother (fraternity) homō, hominis, m., man, human being impedīmentum, -ī, n., hindrance (impediment); plur. impedīmenta, -ōrum, baggage

imperātor, imperātōris, m., commander in chief, general (emperor) legiō, legiōnis, f., legion māter, mātris, f., mother (maternal) ōrdō, ōrdinis, m., row, rank (order) pater, patris, m., father (paternal) salūs, salūtis, f., safety (salutary) soror, sorōris, f., sister (sorority)

LESSON XLI, [§ 239]

calamitās, calamitātis, f., loss, disaster, defeat(calamity) caput, capitis, n., head (capital) flūmen, flūminis, n., river (flume) labor, labōris, m., labor, toil opus, operis, n., work, task	ōrātor, ōrātōris, m., orator rīpa, -ae, f., bank (of a stream) tempus, temporis, n., time (temporal) terror, terrōris, m., terror, fear victor, victōris, m., victor
accipiō, accipere, accēpī, acceptus, receive, accept cōnfirmō, cōnfīrmāre, cōnfīrmāvī, cōnfīrmātus, strengthen,establish, encourage (confirm)

LESSON XLIII, [§ 245]

animal, animālis (-ium1), n., animal avis, avis (-ium), f., bird (aviation) caedēs, caedīs (-ium), f., slaughter calcar, calcāris (-ium), n., spur cīvis, cīvis (-ium), m. and f., citizen (civic) cliēns, clientis (-ium), m., retainer, dependent (client) fīnis, fīnis (-ium), m., end, limit (final); plur., country, territory hostis, hostis (-ium), m. and f., enemy in war (hostile). Distinguish from inimīcus, which means a personal enemy

ignis, ignis (-ium), m., fire (ignite) īnsigne, īnsignis (-ium), n. decoration, badge (ensign) mare, maris (-ium2), n., sea (marine) nāvis, nāvis (-ium), f., ship (naval); nāvis longa, man-of-war turris, turris (-ium), f., tower (turret) urbs, urbis (-ium), f., city (suburb). An urbs is larger than an oppidum.

1. The genitive plural ending -ium is written to mark the i-stems.

2. The genitive plural of mare is not in use.

LESSON XLIV, [§ 249]

arbor, arboris, f., tree (arbor) collis, collis (-ium), m., hill dēns, dentis (-ium), m., tooth (dentist) fōns, fontis (-ium), m.. fountain, spring; source iter, itineris, n., march, journey, route (itinerary) mēnsis, mēnsis (-ium), m., month moenia, -ium, n., plur., walls, fortifications. Cf. mūrus

mōns, montis (-ium), m., mountain; summus mōns, top of the mountain numquam, adv., never pōns, pontis, m., bridge (pontoon) sanguis, sanguinis, m., blood (sanguinary) summus, -a, -um, highest, greatest (summit) trāns, prep, with acc., across (transatlantic) vīs (vīs), gen. plur. virium, f. strength, force, violence (vim)

LESSON XLV, [§ 258]

ācer, ācris, ācre, sharp, keen, eager (acrid) brevis, breve, short, brief difficilis, difficile, difficult facilis, facile, facile, easy fortis, forte, brave (fortitude) gravis, grave, heavy, severe, serious (grave)	omnis, omne, every, all (omnibus) pār, gen. paris, equal (par) paucī, -ae, -a, few, only a few (paucity) secundus, -a, -um, second; favorable, opposite ofadversus signum, -ī, n., signal, sign, standard vēlōx, gen. vēlōcis, swift (velocity)
conlocō, conlocāre, conlocāvī, conlocātus, arrange, station,place (collocation) dēmōnstrō, dēmōnstrāre, dēmōnstrāvī, dēmōnstrātus, point out,explain (demonstrate) mandō, mandāre, mandāvī, mandātus, commit, intrust(mandate)

LESSON XLVI, [§ 261]

adventus, -ūs, m., approach, arrival (advent) ante, prep, with acc., before (ante-date) cornū, -ūs, n., horn, wing of an army (cornucopia); ā dextrō cornū, on the right wing; ā sinistrō cornū, on the left wing equitātus, -ūs, m., cavalry exercitus, -ūs, m., army	impetus, -ūs, m., attack (impetus); impetum facerein, with acc., to make an attack on lacus, -ūs, dat. and abl. plur. lacubus, m., lake manus, -ūs, f., hand; band, force (manual) portus, -ūs, m., harbor (port) post, prep, with acc., behind, after (post-mortem)
cremō, cremāre, cremāvī, cremātus, burn (cremate) exerceō, exercēre, exercuī, exercitus, practice, drill,train (exercise)

LESSON XLVII, [§ 270]

Athēnae, -ārum, f., plur., Athens Corinthus, -ī, f., Corinth domus, -ūs, locative domī, f., house, home (dome).Cf. domicilium Genāva, -ae, f., Geneva Pompēii, -ōrum, m., plur., Pompeii, a city in Campania. Seemap	propter, prep. with acc., on account of, because of rūs, rūris, in the plur. only nom. and acc. rūra, n.,country (rustic) tergum, tergī, n., back; ā tergō, behind, in therear vulnus, vulneris, n., wound (vulnerable)
committō, committere, commīsī, commissus, intrust, commit;proelium committere, join battle convocō, convocāre, convocāvī, convocātus, call together,summon (convoke) timeō, timēre, timuī, ——, fear; be afraid(timid) vertō, vertere, vertī, versus, turn, change (convert);terga vertere, to turn the backs, hence toretreat

LESSON XLVIII, [§ 276]

aciēs, -ēī, f., line of battle aestās, aestātis, f., summer annus, -ī, m., year (annual) diēs, diēī, m., day (diary) fidēs, fideī, no plur., f., faith, trust; promise, word; protection; in fidem venīre, to come under the protection fluctus, -ūs, m. wave, billow (fluctuate) hiems, hiemis, f., winter hōra, -ae, f., hour

lūx, lūcis, f., light (lucid); prīma lux, daybreak merīdiēs, acc. -em, abl. -ē, no plur., m., midday (meridian) nox, noctis (-ium), f., night (nocturnal) prīmus, -a, -um, first (prime) rēs, reī, f., thing, matter (real); rēs gestae, deeds, exploits (lit. things performed); rēs adversae, adversity; rēs secundae, prosperity spēs, speī, f., hope

LESSON XLIX, [§ 283]

amīcitia, -ae, f., friendship (amicable) itaque, conj., and so, therefore, accordingly littera, -ae, f., a letter of the alphabet; plur., a letter, an epistle metus, metūs, m., fear nihil, indeclinable, n., nothing (nihilist)	nūntius, nūntī, m., messenger. Cf. nūntiō pāx, pācis, f., peace (pacify) rēgnum, -ī, n., reign, sovereignty, kingdom supplicum, suppli´cī, n., punishment; supplicum sūmere dē, with abl., inflict punishmenton; supplicum dare, suffer punishment. Cf. poena
placeō, placēre, placuī, placitus, be pleasing to, please,with dative. Cf.[§ 154] sūmō, sūmere, sūmpsī, sūmptus, take up, assume sustineō, sustinēre, sustinuī, sustentus, sustain

LESSON L, [§ 288]

corpus, corporis, n., body (corporal) dēnsus, -a, -um, dense īdem, e´adem, idem, demonstrative pronoun, the same(identity) ipse, ipsa, ipsum, intensive pronoun, self; even,very mīrus, -a, -um, wonderful, marvelous (miracle)	ōlim, adv., formerly, once upon a time pars, partis (-ium), f., part, region, direction quoque, adv., also. Stands after the word which itemphasizes sōl, sōlis, m., sun (solar) vērus, -a, -um, true, real (verity)
dēbeō, dēbēre, dēbuī, dēbitus, owe, ought (debt) ēripiō, ēripere, ēripuī, ēreptus, snatch from

LESSON LI, [§ 294]

hic, haec, hoc, demonstrative pronoun, this (of mine); he, she, it ille, illa, illud, demonstrative pronoun that (yonder); he, she, it invīsus, -a, -um, hateful, detested, with dative Cf. [§ 143] iste, ista, istud, demonstrative pronoun, that (of yours); he, she, it lībertās, -ātis, f., liberty modus, -ī, m., measure; manner, way, mode

nōmen, nōminis, n., name (nominate) oculus, -ī, m., eye (oculist) prīstinus, -a, -um, former, old-time (pristine) pūblicus, -a, -um, public, belonging to the state; rēs pūblica, reī pūblicae, f., the commonwealth, the state, the republic vestīgium, vestī´gī, n., footprint, track; trace, vestige vōx, vōcis, f., voice

LESSON LII, [§ 298]

incolumis, -e, unharmed nē ... quidem, adv., not even. The emphatic word standsbetween nē and quidem nisi, conj., unless, if ... not paene, adv., almost (pen-insula)	satis, adv., enough, sufficiently (satisfaction) tantus, -a, -um, so great vērō, adv., truly, indeed, in fact. As a conj. but,however, usually stands second, never first.
dēcidō, dēcidere, dēcidī, ——, fall down(deciduous) dēsiliō, dēsilīre, dēsiluī, dēsultus, leap down,dismount maneō, manēre, mānsī, mānsūrus, remain trādūcō, trādūcere, trādūxī, trāductus, lead across

LESSON LIII, [§ 306]

aquila, -ae, f., eagle (aquiline) audāx, gen. audācis, adj., bold, audacious celer, celeris, celere, swift, quick (celerity). Cf.vēlōx explōratōr, -ōris, m., scout, spy (explorer) ingēns, gen. ingentis, adj., huge, vast medius, -a, -um, middle, middle part of (medium)	mēns, mentis (-ium), f., mind (mental). Cf.animus opportūnus, -a, -um, opportune quam, adv., than. With the superlative quam givesthe force of as possible, as quam audācissimī virī, menas bold as possible recens, gen. recentis, adj., recent tam, adv., so. Always with an adjective or adverb, whileita is generally used with a verb
quaerō, quaerere, quaesīvī, quaesītus, ask, inquire, seek(question). Cf. petō

LESSON LIV, [§ 310]

alacer, alacris, alacre, eager, spirited, excited(alacrity) celeritās, -ātis, f., speed (celerity) clāmor, clāmōris, m., shout, clamor lēnis, lēne, mild, gentle (lenient) mulier, muli´eris, f., woman multitūdō, multitūdinis, f., multitude nēmŏ, dat. nēminī, acc. nēminem (gen.nūllīus, abl. nūllō, from nūllus), no plur., m. andf., no one	nōbilis, nōbile, well known, noble noctū, adv. (an old abl.), by night (nocturnal) statim, adv., immediately, at once subitō, adv., suddenly tardus, -a, -um, slow (tardy)
cupiō, cupere, cupīvī, cupītus, desire, wish(cupidity)

LESSON LV, [§ 314]

aedificium, aedifi´cī, n., building, dwelling(edifice) imperium, impe´rī, n., command, chief power; empire mors, mortis (-ium), f., death (mortal)

reliquus, -a, -um, remaining, rest of. As a noun, m. andn. plur., the rest (relic) scelus, sceleris, n., crime servitūs, -ūtis, f., slavery (servitude) vallēs, vallis (-ium), f., valley

abdō, abdere, abdidī, abditus, hide contendō, contendere, contendī, contentus, strain, struggle;hasten (contend) occīdō, occīdere, occīdī, occīsus, cut down, kill. Cf.necō, interficiō perterreō, perterrēre, perterruī, perterritus, terrify,frighten recipiō, recipere, recēpī, receptus, receive, recover;sē recipere, betake one’s self, withdraw, retreat trādō, trādere, trādidī, trāditus, give over, surrender,deliver (traitor)

LESSON LVI, [§ 318]

aditus, -ūs, m., approach, access; entrance cīvitās, cīvitātis, f., citizenship; body of citizens,state (city) inter, prep, with acc., between, among (interstatecommerce)	nam, conj., for obses, obsidis, m. and f., hostage paulō, adv. (abl. n. of paulus), by a little,somewhat
incolō, incolere, incoluī, ——, transitive,inhabit; intransitive, dwell. Cf. habitō, vīvō relinquō, relinquere, relīquī, relictus, leave, abandon(relinquish) statuō, statuere, statuī, statūtus, fix, decide (statute),usually with infin.

LESSON LVII, [§ 326]

aequus, -a, -um, even, level; equal cohors, cohortis (-ium), f., cohort, a tenth part of alegion, about 360 men currō, currere, cucurrī, cursus, run (course) difficultās, -ātis, f., difficulty fossa, -ae, f., ditch (fosse)	gēns, gentis (-ium), f., race, tribe, nation(Gentile) negōtium, negōtī, n., business, affair, matter(negotiate) regiō, -ōnis, f., region, district rūmor, rūmōris, m., rumor, report. Cf. fāma simul atque, conj., as soon as
suscipiō, suscipere, suscēpī, susceptus, undertake trahō, trahere, trāxī, trāctus, drag, draw(ex-tract) valeō, valēre, valuī, valitūrus, be strong; plūrimumvalēre, to be most powerful, have great influence (value). Cf.validus

LESSON LVIII, [§ 332]

commeātus, -ūs, m.. provisions lātitūdō, -inis, f., width (latitude) longitūdō, -inis, f., length (longitude) magnitūdō, -inis, f., size, magnitude	mercātor, mercātōris, m., trader, merchant mūnītiō, -ōnis, f., fortification (munition) spatium, spatī, n., room, space, distance; time
cognōscō, cognōscere, cognōvī, cognitus, learn; in theperfect tenses, know (re-cognize) cōgō, cōgere, coēgī, coāctus, collect; compel(cogent) dēfendō, dēfendere, dēfendī, dēfēnsus, defend incendō, incendere, incendī, incēnsus, set fire to, burn(incendiary). Cf. cremō obtineō, obtinēre, obtinuī, obtentus, possess, occupy,hold (obtain) perveniō, pervenīre, pervēnī, perventus, come through,arrive

LESSON LIX, [§ 337]

agmen, agminis, n., line of march, column; prīmumagmen, the van; novissimum agmen, therear atque, ac, conj., and; atque is used before vowelsand consonants, ac before consonants only. Cf. et and-que concilium, conci´lī, n., council, assembly	Helvētiī, -ōrum, m., the Helvetii, a Gallic tribe passus, passūs, m., a pace, five Roman feet; mīllepassuum, a thousand (of) paces, a Roman mile quā dē causā, for this reason, for what reason vāllum, -ī, n., earth-works, rampart
cadō, cadere, cecidī, cāsūrus, fall (decadence) dēdō, dēdere, dēdidī, dēditus, surrender, give up; with areflexive pronoun, surrender one’s self, submit, with the dativeof the indirect object premō, premere, pressī, pressus, press hard, harass vexō, vexāre, vexāvī, vexātus, annoy, ravage (vex)

LESSON LX, [§ 341]

aut, conj., or; aut ... aut, either ...or causā, abl. of causa, for the sake of, because of.Always stands after the gen. which modifies it ferē, adv., nearly, almost

opīniō, -ōnis, f., opinion, supposition, expectation rēs frūmentāria, reī frūmentāriae, f. (lit. the grainaffair), grain supply timor, -ōris, m., fear. Cf. timeō undique, adv., from all sides

cōnor, cōnārī, cōnātus sum, attempt, try ēgredior, ēgredī, ēgressus sum, move out, disembark;prōgredior, move forward, advance (egress, progress) moror, morārī, morātus sum, delay orior, orirī, ortus sum, arise, spring; begin; be born(from) (origin) proficīscor, proficīscī, profectus sum, set out revertor, revertī, reversus sum, return (revert). Theforms of this verb are usually active, and not deponent, in the perfectsystem. Perf. act., revertī sequor, sequī, secūtus sum, follow (sequence). Note thefollowing compounds of sequor and the force of the differentprefixes: cōnsequor (follow with), overtake;īnsequor (follow against), pursue; subsequor(follow under), follow close after

[LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY]

Translations inclosed within parentheses are not to be used as such; they are inserted to show etymological meanings.

The “parentheses” are shown in square brackets [ ], as in the original.

[ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D ] [ E ] [ F ] [ G ] [ H ] [ I ] [ L ] [ M ] [ N ] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T ] [ U ] [ V ]

[A]
ā or ab, prep. with abl. from, by, off. Translatedon in ā dextrō cornū, on the right wing; āfronte, on the front or in front; ā dextrā,on the right; ā latere, on theside; etc. ab-dō, -ere, -didī, -ditus, hide, conceal ab-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus, lead off, lead away abs-cīdō, -ere, -cīdī,-cīsus [ab(s), off, +caedō, cut], cut off ab-sum, -esse, āfuī, āfutūrus, be away, be absent, be distant,be off; with ā or ab and abl., [§ 501.32] ac, conj., see atque ac-cipiō, -ere, -cēpī, -ceptus [ad, to, +capiō, take], receive, accept ācer, ācris, ācre, adj. sharp; figuratively, keen,active, eager ([§ 471]) acerbus, -a, -um, adj. bitter, sour aciēs, -ēī, f. [ācer, sharp], edge; line ofbattle ācriter, adv. [ācer, sharp], compared ācrius,ācerrimē, sharply, fiercely ad, prep. with acc. to, towards, near. With the gerund orgerundive, to, for ad-aequō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, make equal, make levelwith ad-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus, lead to; move, induce ad-eō, -īre, -iī, -itus, go to, approach, draw near,visit, with acc. ([§ 413]) ad-ferō, ad-ferre, at-tulī, ad-lātus, bring, convey; report,announce; render, give ([§ 426]) ad-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus [ad, to, +faciō, do], affect, visit adflīctātus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of adflīctō,shatter], shattered ad-flīgō, -ere, -flīxī, -flīctus, dash upon, strike upon;harass, distress ad-hibeō, -ēre, -uī, -itus [ad, to, + habeō,hold], apply, employ, use ad-hūc, adv. hitherto, as yet, thus far aditus, -ūs, m. [adeō, approach], approach,access; entrance. Cf. adventus ad-ligō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, bind to, fasten ad-loquor, -loquī, -locūtus sum, dep. verb [ad, to,+ loquor, speak], speak to, address,with acc. ad-ministrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, manage, direct admīrātiō, -ōnis, f. [admīror, wonder at],admiration, astonishment ad-moveō, -ēre, -mōvī, -mōtus, move to; apply,employ ad-propinquō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, come near, approach, withdat. ad-sum, -esse, -fuī, -futūres, be present; assist; withdat.,[§ 426] adulēscēns, -entis, m. and f. [part. of adolēscō,grow], a youth, young man, young person adventus, -ūs, m. [ad, to, + veniō,come], approach, arrival ([§ 466]) adversus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of advertō, turnto], turned towards, facing; contrary, adverse. rēs adversae, adversity aedificium, aedifi´cī, n. [aedificō, build],building, edifice aedificō, -āre, -āvi, -ātus [aedēs, house, +faciō, make], build aeger, aegra, aegrum, adj. sick, feeble aequālis, -e, adj. equal, like. As a noun, aequālis,-is, m. or f. one of the same age aequus, -a, -um, adj. even, level; equal Aesōpus, -ī, m. Æsop, a writer of fables aestās, -ātis, f. summer, initā aestāte, at thebeginning of summer aetās, -ātis, f. age Aethiopia, -ae, f. Ethiopia, a country in Africa Āfrica, -ae, f. Africa Āfricānus, -a, -um, adj. of Africa. A name given to Scipiofor his victories in Africa ager, agrī, m. field, farm, land ([§ 462. c]) agger, -eris, m. mound agmen, -inis, n. [agō, drive], an army onthe march, column. prīmum agmen, the van agō, -ere, ēgī, āctus, drive, lead; do, perform. vītam agere, pass life agricola, -ae, m. [ager, field, + colō,cultivate], farmer agrī cultūra, -ae, f. agriculture āla, -ae, f. wing alacer, -cris, -cre, adj. active, eager. Cf.ācer alacritās, -ātis, f. [alacer, active],eagerness, alacrity alacriter, adv. [alacer, active], comp alacrius,alacerrimē, actively, eagerly albus, -a, -um, adj., white alcēs, -is, f. elk Alcmēna, -ae, f. Alcme´na, the mother of Hercules aliquis (-quī), -qua, -quid (-quod), indef. pron. some one,some ([§ 487]) alius, -a, -ud (gen. -īus, dat. -ī), adj.another, other. alius ... alius, one ... another. aliī ... aliī, some ... others ([§ 110]) Alpēs, -ium, f. plur. the Alps alter, -era, -erum (gen. -īus, dat. -ī), adj.the one, the other (of two). alter ... alter, the one ... the other ([§ 110])	altitūdō, -inis, f. [altus, high],height altus, -a, -um, adj. high, tall, deep Amāzonēs, -um, f. plur. Amazons, a fabled tribe of warlikewomen ambō, -ae, -ō, adj. (decl. like duo), both amīcē, adv. [amīcus, friendly], superl.amīcissimē, in a friendly manner amiciō, -īre, ——, -ictus [am-, about, +iaciō, throw], throw around, wrap about,clothe amīcitia, -ae, f. [amīcus, friend],friendship amīcus, -a, -um, adj. [amō, love], friendly.As a noun, amīcus, -ī, m. friend ā-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus, send away;lose amō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, love, like, be fond of ([§ 488]) amphitheātrum, -ī, n. amphitheater amplus, -a, -um, adj. large, ample; honorable, noble an, conj. or, introducing the second part of a doublequestion ancilla, -ae, f. maidservant ancora, -ae, f. anchor Andromeda, -ae, f. Androm´eda, daughter of Cepheus andwife of Perseus angulus, -ī, m. angle, corner anim-advertō, -ere, -tī, -sus [animus, mind, +advertō, turn to], turn the mind to, notice animal, -ālis, n. [anima, breath], animal([§ 465. b]) animōsus, -a, -um, adj. spirited animus, -ī, m. [anima, breath], mind, heart;spirit, courage, feeling; in this sense often plural annus, -i, m. year ante, prep, with acc. before anteā, adv. [ante], before, formerly antīquus, -a, -um, adj. [ante, before], former,ancient, old aper, aprī, m. wild boar Apollō, -inis, m. Apollo, son of Jupiter and Latona,brother of Diana ap-pāreō, -ēre, -uī, —— [ad + pāreō,appear], appear ap-pellō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, call by name, name. Cf.nōminō, vocō Appius, -a, -um, adj. Appian ap-plicō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, apply, direct, turn apud, prep, with acc. among; at, at the house of aqua, -ae, f. water aquila, -ae, f. eagle āra, -ae, f. altar arbitror, -ārī, -ātus sum, think, suppose ([§ 420. c]). Cf.exīstimō, putō arbor, -oris, f. tree ([§ 247. 1. a]) Arcadia, -ae, f. Arcadia, a district in southernGreece ārdeō, -ēre, ārsī, ārsūrus, be on fire, blaze, burn arduus, -a, -um, adj. steep Arīcia, -ae, f. Aricia, a town on the Appian Way, nearRome ariēs, -etis, m. battering-ram ([p.221]) arma, -ōrum, n. plur. arms, weapons. Cf.tēlum armātus, -a, -um, adj. [armō, arm], armed,equipped arō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, plow, till ars, artis, f. art, skill articulus, -ī, m. joint ascrībō, -ere, -scrīpsī, -scrīptus [ad, inaddition, + scrībō, write], enroll,enlist Āsia, -ae, f. Asia, i.e. Asia Minor at, conj. but. Cf. autem, sed Athēnae, -ārum, f. plur. Athens Atlās, -antis, m. Atlas, a Titan who was said to hold upthe sky at-que, ac, conj. and, and also, and what is more.atque may be used before either vowels or consonants, acbefore consonants only attentus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of attendō, direct(the mind) toward], attentive, intent on, careful at-tonitus, -a, -um, adj. thunderstruck, astounded audācia, -ae, f. [audāx, bold], boldness,audacity audācter, adv. [audāx, bold], compared audācius,audācissimē, boldly audāx, -ācis, adj. bold, daring audeō, -ēre, ausus sum, dare audiō, -īre, -īvī or -īī, -ītus, hear, listen to ([§§ 420.d]; [491]) Augēās, -ae, m. Auge´as, a king whose stables Herculescleaned aura, -ae, f. air, breeze aurātus, -a, -um, adj. [aurum, gold], adornedwith gold aureus, -a, -um, adj. [aurum, gold],golden aurum, -ī, n. gold aut, conj. or. aut ... aut, either ... or autem, conj., usually second, never first, in the clause, but,moreover, however, now. Cf. at, sed auxilium, auxi´lī, n. help, aid, assistance; plur.auxiliaries ā-vertō, -ere, -tī, -sus, turn away, turn aside avis, -is, f. bird ([§ 243. 1])
[B]
ballista, -ae, f. ballista, an engine for hurling missiles([p. 220]) balteus, -ī, m. belt, sword belt barbarus, -ī, m. barbarian, savage bellum, -ī, n. war. bellum īnferre, with dat. make war upon bene, adv. [for bonē, from bonus], comparedmelius, optimē, well benignē, adv. [benignus, kind], comparedbenignius, benignissimē, kindly benignus, -a, -um, adj. good-natured, kind, often usedwith dat. bīnī, -ae, -a, distributive numeral adj. two each, two at atime ([§ 334])	bis, adv. twice bonus, -a, -um, adj. compared melior, optimus, good,kind ([§ 469. a]) bōs, bovis (gen. plur. boum or bovum, dat. and abl.plur. bōbus or būbus), m. and f. ox, cow bracchium, bracchī, n. arm brevis, -e, adj. short Brundisium, -ī, n. Brundisium, a seaport in southernItaly. See map bulla, -ae, f. bulla, a locket made of small concaveplates of gold fastened by a spring ([p.212])
[C]
C. abbreviation for Gāius, Eng. Caius cadō, -ere, ce´cidī, cāsūrus, fall caedēs, -is, f. [caedō, cut], (a cuttingdown), slaughter, carnage ([§ 465. a]) caelum, -ī, n. sky, heavens Caesar, -aris, m. Cæsar, the famous general, statesman,and writer calamitās, -ātis, f. loss, calamity, defeat,disaster calcar, -āris, n. spur ([§ 465. b]) Campānia, -ae, f. Campania., a district of central Italy.See map Campānus, -a, -um, adj. of Campania campus, -ī, m. plain, field, esp. the CampusMartius, along the Tiber just outside the walls of Rome canis, -is, m. and f. dog canō, -ere, ce´cinī, ——, sing cantō, -āre, -āvi, -ātus [canō, sing],sing Capēnus, -a, -um, adj. of Capena, esp. the PortaCape´na, the gate at Rome leading to the Appian Way capiō, -ere, cēpī, captus, take, seize, capture ([§ 492]) Capitōlīnus, -a, -um, adj. belonging to the Capitol,Capitoline Capitōlium, Capitō´lī, n. [caput, head], theCapitol, the hill at Rome on which stood the temple of JupiterCapitolinus and the citadel capsa, -ae, f. box for books captīvus, -ī, m. [capiō, take],captive Capua, -ae, f. Capua, a large city of Campania. Seemap caput, -itis, n. head ([§ 464.2. b]) carcer, -eris, m. prison, jail carrus, -ī, m. cart, wagon cārus, -a, -um, adj. dear; precious casa, -ae, f. hut, cottage castellum, -ī, n. [dim. of castrum, fort],redoubt, fort castrum, -ī, n. fort. Usually in the plural, castra,-ōrum, a military camp. castra pōnere, to pitch camp cāsus, -us, m. [cadō, fall], chance; misfortune,loss catapulta, -ae, f. catapult, an engine for hurlingstones catēna, -ae, f. chain caupōna, -ae, f. inn causa, -ae, f. cause, reason, quā dē causā, forthis reason cēdō, -ere, cessī, cessūrus, give way, retire celer, -eris, -ere, adj. swift, fleet celeritās, -ātis, f. [celer, swift], swiftness,speed celeriter, adv. [celer, swift], comparedcelerius, celerrimē, swiftly cēna, -ae, f. dinner centum, indecl. numeral adj. hundred centuriō, -ōnis, m. centurion, captain Cēpheus (dissyl.), -eī (acc. Cēphea), m.Cepheus, a king of Ethiopia and father of Andromeda Cerberus, -ī, m. Cerberus, the fabled three-headed dogthat guarded the entrance to Hades certāmen, -inis, n. [certō, struggle], struggle,contest, rivalry certē, adv. [certus, sure], compared certius,certissimē, surely, certainly certus, -a, -um, adj. fixed, certain, sure. aliquem certiōrem facere (to make some one more certain),to inform some one cervus, -ī, m. stag, deer cessō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, delay, cease cibāria, -ōrum, n. plur. food, provisions cibus, -ī, m. food, victuals Cimbrī, -ōrum, m. plur. the Cimbri Cimbricus, -a, -um, adj. Cimbrian cīnctus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of cingō, surround],girt, surrounded cingō, -ere, cīnxī, cīnctus, gird, surround circiter, adv. about circum, prep, with acc. around circum´-dō, -dare, -dedī, -datus, place around, surround,inclose circum´-eō, -īre, -iī, -itus, go around circum-sistō, -ere, circum´stetī, ——, standaround, surround circum-veniō, -īre, -vēnī, -ventus (come around),surround citerior, -ius, adj. in comp., superl. citimus, hither,nearer ([§ 475]) cīvīlis, -e, adj. [cīvis], civil cīvis, -is, m. and f. citizen ([§ 243. 1]) cīvitās, -ātis, f. [cīvis, citizen], (body ofcitizens), state; citizenship clāmor, -ōris, m. shout, cry clārus, -a, -um, adj. clear; famous, renowned; bright,shining classis, -is, f. fleet claudō, -ere, -sī, -sus, shut, close clavus, -ī, m. stripe cliēns, -entis, m. dependent, retainer, client ([§ 465. a]) Cocles, -itis, m. (blind in one eye), Cocles, thesurname of Horatius co-gnōscō, -ere, -gnōvī, -gnītus, learn, know, understand.Cf. sciō ([§ 420. b]) cōgō, -ere, coēgī, coāctus [co(m)-, together, +agō, drive], (drive together), collect; compel,drive cohors, cohortis, f. cohort, the tenth part of a legion,about 360 men collis, -is, m. hill, in summō colle, on top ofthe hill ([§ 247.2. a]) collum, -ī, n. neck colō, -ere, coluī, cultus, cultivate, till; honor, worship;devote one’s self to columna, -ae, f. column, pillar com- (col-, con-, cor-, co-), a prefix, together, with, orintensifying the meaning of the root word coma, -ae, f. hair comes, -itis, m. and f. [com-, together, +eō, go], companion, comrade comitātus, -ūs, m. [comitor, accompany], escort,company comitor, -ārī, -ātus sum, dep. verb [comes,companion], accompany com-meātus, -ūs, m. supplies com-minus, adv. [com-, together, + manus,hand], hand to hand com-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus, join together; commit,intrust. proelium committere, join battle. sē committere with dat, trust one’s self to commodē, adv. [commodus, fit], comparedcommodius, commodissimē, conveniently, fitly commodus, -a, -um, adj. suitable, fit com-mōtus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of commoveō, move],aroused, moved com-parō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [com-, intensive, +parō, prepare], prepare; provide, get com-pleō, -ēre, -plēvī, -plētus [com-, intensive, +pleō, fill], fill up complexus, -ūs, m. embrace	com-primō, -ere, -pressī, -pressus [com-, together,+ premō, press], press together, grasp, seize con-cidō, -ere, -cidī, —— [com-, intensive, +cadō, fall], fall down concilium, conci´lī, n. meeting, council con-clūdō, -ere, -clūsī, -clūsus [com-, intensive, +claudō, close], shut up, close; end, finish con-currō, -ere, -currī, -cursus [com-, together, +currō, run], run together; rally, gather condiciō, -ōnis, f. [com-, together, + dicō,talk], agreement, condition, terms con-dōnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, pardon con-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus, hire cōn-ferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātus, bring together. sē cōnferre, betake one’s self cōn-fertus, -a, -um, adj. crowded, thick cōnfestim, adv. immediately cōn-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus [com-, completely,+ faciō, do], make, complete, accomplish,finish cōn-fīrmō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, make firm, establish,strengthen, affirm, assert cōn-fluō, -ere, -flūxī, ——, flowtogether cōn-fugiō, -ere, -fūgī, -fugitūrus, flee for refuge,flee con-iciō, -ere, -iēcī, -iectus [com-, intensive, +iaciō, throw], hurl con-iungō, -ere, -iūnxī, -iūnctus [com-, together,+ iungō, join], join together, unite con-iūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [com-, together, +iūrō, swear], unite by oath, conspire con-locō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [com-, together, +locō, place], arrange, place, station conloquium, conlo´quī, n. [com-, together, +loquor, speak], conversation, conference cōnor, -ārī, -ātus sum, dep. verb, endeavor, attempt,try cōn-scendō, -ere, -scendī, -scēnsus [com-, intensive, +scandō, climb], climb up, ascend. nāvem cōnscendere, embark, go on board cōn-scrībō, -ere, -scrīpsī, -scrīptus [com-,together, + scrībō, write], (writetogether), enroll, enlist cōn-secrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [com-, intensive, +sacrō, consecrate], consecrate, devote cōn-sequor, -sequī, -secūtus sum, dep. verb [com-,intensive, + sequor, follow], pursue; overtake;win cōn-servō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [com-, intensive, +servō, save], preserve, save cōnsilium, cōnsi´lī, n. plan, purpose, design;wisdom cōn-sistō, -ere, -stitī, -stitus [com-, intensive, +sistō, cause to stand], stand firmly, halt, take one’sstand cōn-spiciō, -ere, -spēxī, -spectus [com-, intensive, +spiciō, spy], look at attentively, perceive,see cōnstantia, -ae, f. firmness, steadiness,perseverance cōn-stituō, -ere, -uī, -ūtus [com-, intensive, +statuō, set], establish, determine, resolve cōn-stō, -āre, -stitī, -stātūrus [com-, together, +stō, stand], agree; be certain ; consist of cōnsul, -ulis, m. consul ([§ 464.2. a]) cōn-sūmō, -ere, -sūmpsī, -sūmptus [com-, intensive, +sumō, take], consume, use up con-tendō, -ere, -dī, -tus, strain; hasten; fight, contend,struggle con-tineō, -ēre, -uī, -tentus [com-, together, +teneō, hold], hold together, hem in, contain;restrain contrā, prep, with acc. against, contrary to con-trahō, -ere, -trāxī, -trāctus [com-, together,+ trahō, draw], draw together; of sails,shorten, furl contrōversia, -ae, f. dispute, quarrel con-veniō, -īre, -vēnī, -ventus [com-, together, +veniō, come], come together, meet, assemble con-vertō, -ere, -vertī, -versus [com-, intensive, +vertō, turn], turn con-vocō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [com-, together, +vocō, call], call together co-orior, -īrī, -ortus sum, dep. verb [com-, intensive, +orior, rise], rise, break forth cōpia, -ae, f. [com-, intensive, + ops,wealth], abundance, wealth, plenty. Plur. cōpiae,-ārum, troops coquō, -ere, coxī, coctus, cook Corinthus, -ī, f. Corinth, the famous city on the Isthmusof Corinth Cornēlia, -ae, f. Cornelia, daughter of Scipio and motherof the Gracchi Cornēlius, Cornē´lī, m. Cornelius, a Roman name cornū, -ūs, n. horn; wing of an army, ā dextrōcornū, on the right wing ([§ 466]) corōna, -ae, f. garland, wreath; crown corōnātus, -a, -um, adj. crowned corpus, -oris, n. body cor-ripiō, -ere, -uī, -reptus [com-, intensive, +rapiō, seize], seize, grasp cotīdiānus, -a, -um, adj. daily cotīdiē, adv. daily crēber, -bra, -brum, adj. thick, crowded, numerous,frequent crēdō, -ere, -dīdī, -ditus, trust, believe, with dat. ([§ 501.14]) cremō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, burn creō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, make; elect, appoint Creōn, -ontis, m. Creon, a king of Corinth crēscō, -ere, crēvī, crētus, rise, grow, increase Crēta, -ae, f. Crete, a large island in theMediterranean Crētaeus, -a, -um, adj. Cretan crūs, crūris, n. leg crūstulum, -ī, n. pastry, cake cubīle, -is, n. bed cultūra, -ae, f. culture, cultivation cum, conj. with the indic. or subjv. when; since; although([§ 501.46]) cum, prep, with abl. with ([§ 209]) cupidē, adv. [cupidus, desirous], comparedcupidius, cupidissimē, eagerly cupiditās, -ātis, f. [cupidus, desirous],desire, longing cupiō, -ere, -īvī or -iī, -ītus, desire, wish. Cf.volō cūr, adv. why, wherefore cūra, -ae, f. care, pains; anxiety cūria, -ae, f. senate house cūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [cūra, care], care for,attend to, look after currō, -ere, cucurrī, cursus, run currus, -ūs, m. chariot cursus, -ūs, m. course custōdiō, -īre, -īvī, -ītus [custōs, guard],guard, watch
[D]
Daedalus, -ī, m. Dæd´alus, the supposed inventor of thefirst flying machine Dāvus, -ī, m. Davus, name of a slave dē, prep, with abl. down from, from; concerning, about,for ([§ 209]). quā dē causā, for this reason, wherefore dea, -ae, f. goddess ([§ 461. a]) dēbeō, -ēre, -uī, -itus [dē, from, + habeō,hold], owe, ought, should decem, indecl. numeral adj. ten dē-cernō, -ere, -crēvī, -crētus [dē, from, +cernō, separate], decide, decree dē-cidō, -ere, -cidī, —— [dē, down, +cadō, fall], fall down decimus, -a, -um, numeral adj. tenth dēclīvis, -e, adj. sloping downward dē-dō, -ere, -didī, -ditus, give up, surrender, sēdēdere, surrender one’s self dē-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus [dē, down, +dūcō, lead], lead down, escort dē-fendō, -ere, -dī, -fēnsus, ward off, repel,defend dē-ferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātus [dē, down, +ferō, bring], bring down; report, announce ([§ 426]) dē-fessus, -a, -um, adj. tired out, weary dē-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus [dē, from, +faciō, make], fail, be wanting; revolt from dē-fīgō, -ere, -fīxī, -fīxus [dē, down, +fīgō, fasten], fasten, fix dē-iciō, -ere, -iēcī, -iectus [dē, down, +iaciō, hurl], hurl down; bring down, kill de-inde, adv. (from thence), then, in the next place dēlectō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, delight dēleō, -ēre, -ēvī, -ētus, blot out, destroy dēlīberō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, weigh, deliberate,ponder dē-ligō, -ere, -lēgī, -lēctus [dē, from, +legō, gather], choose, select Delphicus, -a, -um, adj. Delphic dēmissus, -a, -um [part. of dēmittō, send down],downcast, humble dē-mōnstrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [dē, out, +mōnstrō, point], point out, show dēmum, adv. at last, not till then. tum dēmum, then at last dēnique, adv. at last, finally. Cf. postrēmō dēns, dentis, m. tooth ([§ 247. 2. a]) dēnsus, -a, -um, adj. dense, thick dē-pendeō, -ēre, ——, —— [dē,down, + pendeō, hang], hang from, hangdown dē-plōrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [dē, intensive, +plōrō, wail], bewail, deplore dē-pōnō, -ere, -posuī, -positus [dē, down, +pōnō, put], put down dē-scendō, -ere, -dī, -scēnsus [dē, down, +scandō, climb], climb down, descend dē-scrībō, -ere, -scrīpsī, -scrīptus [dē, down, +scrībō, write], write down dēsīderō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, long for dē-siliō, -īre, -uī, -sultus [dē, down, +saliō, leap], leap down dē-spērō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [dē, away from,+ spērō, hope], despair dē-spiciō, -ere, -spēxi, -spectus [dē, down],look down upon, despise dē-sum, -esse, -fuī, -futūrus [dē, away from, +sum, be], be wanting, lack, with dat. ([§ 426]) deus, -ī, m. god ([§ 468]) dē-volvō, -ere, -volvī, -volūtus [dē, down, +volvō, roll], roll down dē-vorō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [dē, down, +vorō, swallow], devour dexter, -tra, -trum (-tera, -terum), adj. to the right,right. ā dextrō cornū, on the right wing Diāna, -ae, f. Diana, goddess of the moon and twin sisterof Apollo	dīcō, -ere, dīxī, dictus (imv. dīc), say, speak,tell. Usually introduces indirect discourse ([§ 420. a]) dictātor, -ōris, m. [dictō, dictate],dictator, a chief magistrate with unlimited power diēs, -ēi or diē, m., sometimes f. in sing., day([§ 467]) dif-ferō, -ferre, distulī, dīlātus [dis-, apart, +ferō, carry], carry apart; differ. differre inter sē, differ from each other dif-ficilis, -e, adj. [dis-, not, + facilis,easy], hard, difficult ([§ 307]) difficultās, -ātis, f. [difficilis, hard],difficulty dīligenter, adv. [dīligēns, careful], compareddīligentius, dīligentissimē, industriously,diligently dīligentia, -ae, f. [dīligēns, careful],industry, diligence dī-micō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, fight, struggle dī-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus [dī-, off, +mittō, send], send away, dismiss, disband. dīmittere animum in, direct one’s mind to, apply one’s selfto Diomēdēs, -is, m. Dī-o-mē´dēs, a name dis-, dī-, a prefix expressing separation, off, apart, indifferent directions. Often negatives the meaning dis-cēdō, -ere, -cessī, -cessus [dis-, apart, +cēdō, go], depart from, leave, withdraw, goaway dis-cernō, -ere, -crēvī, -crētus [dis-, apart, +cernō, sift], separate; distinguish disciplīna, -ae, f. instruction, training,discipline discipulus, -ī, m. [discō, learn], pupil,disciple discō, -ere, didicī, ——, learn dis-cutiō, -ere, -cussī, -cussus [dis-, apart, +quatiō, shake], shatter, dash to pieces dis-pōnō, -ere, -posuī, -positus [dis-, apart, +pōnō, put], put here and there, arrange,station dis-similis, -e, adj. [dis-, apart, +similis, like], unlike, dissimilar ([§ 307]) dis-tribuō, -ere, -uī, -ūtus, divide, distribute diū, adv., compared diūtius, diūtissimē, for a longtime, long ([§ 477]) dō, dare, dedī, datus, give. in fugam dare, put to flight. alicui negōtium dare, employ some one doceō, -ēre, -uī, -tus, teach, show doctrīna, -ae, f. [doctor, teacher], teaching,learning, wisdom dolor, -ōris, m. pain, sorrow domesticus, -a, -um, adj. [domus, house], of thehouse, domestic domicilium, domici´lī, n. dwelling; house, abode. Cf.domus domina, -ae, f. mistress (of the house), lady ([§ 461]) dominus, -ī, m. master (of the house), owner, ruler([§ 462]) domus, -ūs, f. house, home. domī, locative, at home ([§ 468]) dormiō, -īre, -īvī, -ītus, sleep dracō, -ōnis, m. serpent, dragon dubitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, hesitate dubius, -a, -um, adj. [duo, two], (moving twoways), doubtful, dubious du-centī, -ae, -a, numeral adj. two hundred dūcō, -ere, dūxī, ductus (imv. dūc), lead,conduct dum, conj. while, as long as duo, duae, duo, numeral adj. two ([§ 479]) duo-decim, indecl. numeral adj. twelve dūrus, -a, -um, adj. hard, tough; harsh, pitiless,bitter dux, ducis, m. and f. [cf. dūcō, lead], leader,commander
[E]
ē or ex, prep, with abl. out of, from, off, of ([§ 209]) eburneus, -a, -um, adj. of ivory ecce, adv. see! behold! there! here! ē-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus [ē, out, +dūcō, lead], lead out, draw out ef-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus [ex, thoroughly, +faciō, do], work out; make, cause ef-fugiō, -ere, -fūgī, -fugitūrus [ex, from, +fugiō, flee], escape egeō, -ēre, -uī, ——, be in need of, lack, withabl. ([§ 501.32]) ego, pers. pron. I; plur. nōs, we ([§ 480]) ē-gredior, -ī, ēgressus sum, dep. verb [ē, out of,+ gradior, go], go out, go forth. ē nāvī ēgredī, disembark ē-iciō, -ere, -iēcī, -iectus [ē, forth, +iaciō, hurl], hurl forth, expel elementum, -ī, n., in plur. first principles,rudiments elephantus, -ī, m. elephant Ēlis, Ēlidis, f. E´lis, a district of southernGreece emō, -ere, ēmī, ēmptus, buy, purchase enim, conj., never standing first, for, in fact, indeed.Cf. nam Ennius, Ennī, m. Ennius, the father of Roman poetry, born239 B.C. eō, īre, iī (īvī), itūrus, go ([§ 499]) eō, adv. to that place, thither Ēpīrus, -ī, f. Epi´rus, a district in the north ofGreece eques, -itis, m. [equus, horse], horseman,cavalryman equitātus, -ūs, m. [equitō, ride],cavalry equus, -ī, m. horse ē-rigō, -ere, -rēxī, -rēctus [ē, out, +regō, make straight], raise up ē-ripiō, -ere, -uī, -reptus [ē, out of, +rapiō, seize], seize, rescue ē-rumpō, -ere, -rūpī, -ruptus [ē, forth, +rumpō, break], burst forth ēruptiō, -ōnis, f. sally Erymanthius, -a, -um, adj. Erymanthian, of Erymanthus, adistrict in southern Greece et, conj. and, also. et ... et, both ... and. Cf. atque, ac, -que etiam, adv. (rarely conj.) [et, also, + iam,now], yet, still; also, besides. Cf. quoque. nōn sōlum ... sed etiam, not only ... but also	Etrūscī, -ōrum, m. the Etruscans, the people of Etruria.See map of Italy Eurōpa, -ae, f. Europe Eurystheus, -ī, m. Eurys´theus, a king of Tiryns, a cityin southern Greece ē-vādō, -ere, -vāsī, -vāsus [ē, out, + vādō,go], go forth, escape ex, see ē exanimātus, -a, -um [part. of exanimō, put out ofbreath (anima)], adj. out of breath, tired;lifeless ex-cipiō, -ere, -cēpī, -ceptus [ex, out, +capiō, take], welcome, receive exemplum, -ī, n. example, model ex-eō,-īre,-iī,-itūrus [ex, out, + eō,go], go out, go forth ([§ 413]) ex-erceō, -ēre, -uī, -itus [ex, out, +arceō, shut], (shut out), employ, train, exercise,use exercitus, -us, m. [exerceō, train],army ex-īstimō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [ex, out, +aestimō, reckon], estimate; think, judge ([§ 420. c]). Cf.arbitror, putō ex-orior, -īrī, -ortus sum, dep. verb [ex, forth, +orior, rise], come forth, rise expedītus, -a, -um, adj. without baggage ex-pellō, -ere, -pulī, -pulsus [ex, out, +pellō, drive], drive out ex-piō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [ex, intensive, + pīo,atone for], make amends for, atone for explōrātor, -ōris, m. [explōrō, investigate],spy, scout explōrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, examine, explore ex-pugnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [ex, out, +pugnō, fight], take by storm, capture exsilium, exsi´lī, n. [exsul, exile],banishment, exile ex-spectō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [ex, out, +spectō, look], expect, wait ex-struō, -ere, -strūxī, -strūctus [ex, out, +struō, build], build up, erect exterus, -a, -um, adj., compared exterior, extrēmus orextimus, outside, outer ([§ 312]) extrā, prep, with acc. beyond, outside of ex-trahō, -ere, -trāxī, -trāctus [ex, out, +trahō, drag], drag out, pull forth extrēmus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of exterus, utmost,farthest ([§ 312])
[F]
fābula, -ae, f. story, tale, fable facile, adv. [facilis, easy], compared facilius,facillimē, easily ([§ 322]) facilis, -e, adj. [cf. faciō, make], easy,without difficulty ([§ 307]) faciō, -ere, fēcī, factus (imv. fac), make, do; cause,bring about. impetum facere in, make an attack upon. proelium facere, fight a battle. iter facere, make a march or journey. aliquem certiōrem facere, inform some one. facere verba prō, speak in behalf of. Passive fīō, fierī, factus sum, be done, happen. certior fierī, be informed fallō, -ere, fefellī, falsus, trip, betray, deceive fāma, -ae, f. report, rumor; renown, fame,reputation famēs, -is (abl. famē), f. hunger familia, -ae, f. servants, slaves; household, family fascēs, -ium (plur. of fascis), f. fasces ([p. 225]) fastīgium, fastī´gī, n. top; slope, descent fātum, -ī, n. fate, destiny faucēs, -ium, f. plur. jaws, throat faveō, -ēre, fāvī, fautūrus, be favorable to, favor, withdat. ([§ 501.14]) fēlīx, -īcis, adj. happy, lucky fēmina, -ae, f. woman. Cf. mulier fera, -ae, f. [ferus, wild], wildbeast ferāx, -ācis, adj. fertile ferē, adv. about, nearly, almost ferō, ferre, tulī, lātus, bear. graviter or molestē ferre, be annoyed ([§ 498]) ferreus, -a, -um, adj. [ferrum, iron], made ofiron fidēlis, -e, adj. [fidēs, trust], faithful,true fidēs, fideī or fidē, trust, faith; promise,word; protection. in fidem venīre, come under the protection. in fidē manēre, remain loyal fīlia, -ae (dat. and abl. plur. fīliābus), f.daughter ([§ 461. a]) fīlius, fīlī (voc. sing, fīlī), m. son fīnis, -is, m. boundary, limit, end; in plur.territory, country ([§ 243. 1]) fīnitimus, -a, -um, adj. [fīnis, boundary],adjoining, neighboring. Plur. fīnitimī, -ōrum, m.neighbors	fīō, fierī, factus sum, used as passive of faciō. Seefaciō ([§ 500]) flamma, -ae, f. fire, flame flōs, flōris, m. flower fluctus, -ūs, m. [of. fluō, flow], flood, wave,billow flūmen, -inis, n. [cf. fluō, flow], river([§ 464. 2. b]) fluō, -ere, flūxī, fluxus, flow fluvius, fluvī, m. [cf. fluō, flow],river fodiō, -ere, fōdī, fossus, dig fōns, fontis, m. fountain ([§ 247. 2. a]) fōrma, -ae, f. form, shape, appearance; beauty Formiae, -ārum, f. Formiae, a town of Latium on the AppianWay. See map forte, adv. [abl. of fors, chance], bychance fortis, -e, adj. strong; fearless, brave fortiter, adv. [fortis, strong], comparedfortius, fortissimē, strongly; bravely fortūna, -ae, f. [fors, chance], chance, fate,fortune forum, -ī, n. market place, esp. the Forum Rōmānum,where the life of Rome centered Forum Appī, Forum of Appius, a town in Latium on theAppian Way fossa, -ae, f. [cf. fodiō, dig], ditch fragor, -ōris, m. [cf. frangō, break], crash,noise frangō, -ere, frēgī, frāctus, break frāter, -tris, m. brother fremitus, -ūs, m. loud noise frequentō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, attend frētus, -a, -um, adj. supported, trusting. Usually withabl. of means frōns, frontis, f. front, ā fronte, infront frūctus, -ūs, m. fruit frūmentārius, -a, -um, adj. pertaining to grain. rēs frūmentāria, grain supplies frūmentum, -ī, n. grain frūstrā, adv. in vain, vainly fuga, -ae, f. [cf. fugiō, flee],flight. in fugam dare, put to flight fugiō, -ere, fūgī, fugitūrus, flee, run; avoid, shun fūmō, -are, ——, ——, smoke fūnis, -is, m. rope furor, -ōris, m. [furō, rage],madness. in furōrem incīdere, go mad
[G]
Gāius, Gāī, m. Gaius, a Roman name, abbreviated C.,English form Caius Galba, -ae, m. Galba, a Roman name galea, -ae, f. helmet Gallia, -ae, f. Gaul, the country comprising what is nowHolland, Belgium, Switzerland, and France Gallicus, -a, -um, adj. Gallic gallīna, -ae, f. hen, chicken Gallus, -ī, m. a Gaul gaudium, gaudī, n. joy Genāva, -ae, f. Geneva, a city in Switzerland gēns, gentis, f. [cf. gignō, beget], race,family; people, nation, tribe genus, -eris, n. kind, variety Germānia, -ae, f. Germany Germānus, -ī, m. a German gerō, -ere, gessī, gestus, carry, wear; wage. bellum gerere, wage war. rēs gestae, exploits. bene gerere, carry on successfully	gladiātōrius, -a, -um, adj. gladiatorial gladius, gladī, m. sword glōria, -ae, f. glory, fame Gracchus, -ī, m. Gracchus, name of a famous Romanfamily gracilis, -e, adj. slender ([§ 307]) Graeca, -ōrum, n. plur. Greek writings, Greekliterature Graecē, adv. in Greek Graecia, -ae, f. Greece grammaticus, -ī, m. grammarian grātia, -ae, f. thanks, gratitude grātus, -a, -um, adj. acceptable, pleasing. Often withdat. ([§ 501.16]) gravis, -ē, adj. heavy; disagreeable; serious, dangerous;earnest, weighty graviter, adv. [gravis, heavy], comparedgravius, gravissimē, heavily; greatly, seriously. graviter ferre, bear ill, take to heart gubernātor, -ōris, m. [gubernō, pilot],pilot
[H]
habēna, -ae, f. halter, rein. habeō, -ēre, -uī, -itus, have, hold; regard, consider,deem habitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [cf. habeō, have],dwell, abide, inhabit. Cf. incolō, vīvō hāc-tenus, adv. thus far Helvētiī, -ōrum, m. the Helvetii, a Gallic tribe Herculēs, -is, m. Hercules, son of Jupiter and Alcmena,and god of strength Hesperidēs, -um, f. the Hesperides, daughters of Hesperus,who kept the garden of the golden apples hic, haec, hoc, demonstrative adj. and pron. this (ofmine); as pers. pron. he, she, it ([§ 481]) hīc, adv. here hiems, -emis, f. winter hīnc, adv. [hīc, here], from here,hence Hippolytē, -ēs, f. Hippolyte, queen of the Amazons	ho-diē, adv. [modified form of hōc diē, on thisday], to-day homō, -inis, m. and f. (human being), man, person honestus, -a, -um, adv. [honor, honor],respected, honorable honor, -ōris, m. honor hōra, -ae, f. hour Horātius, Horā´tī, m. Horatius, a Roman name horribilis, -e, adj. terrible, horrible hortor, -āri, -ātus sum, dep. verb, urge, incite, exhort,encourage ([§ 493]) hortus, -ī, m. garden hospitium, hospi´tī, n. [hospes, host],hospitality hostis, -is, m. and f. enemy, foe ([§ 465. a]) humilis, -e, adj. low, humble ([§ 307]) Hydra, -ae, f. the Hydra, a mythical water snake slain byHercules
[I]
iaciō, -ere, iēcī, iactus, throw, hurl iam, adv. now, already. nec iam, and no longer Iāniculum, -ī, n. the Janiculum, one of the hills ofRome iānua, -ae, f. door ibi, adv. there, in that place Īcarus, -ī, m. Ic´arus, the son of Dædalus ictus, -ūs, m. [cf. īcō, strike], blow īdem, e´adem, idem, demonstrative pron. [is + dem],same ([§ 481]) idōneus, -a, -um, adj. suitable, fit igitur, conj., seldom the first word, therefore, then. Cf.itaque ignis, -is, m. fire ([§§ 243.1];[247.2.a]; [465.1]) ignōtus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not, +(g)notus, known], unknown, strange ille, illa, illud, demonstrative adj. and pron. that(yonder); as pers. pron. he, she, it ([§ 481]) illīc, adv. [cf. ille], yonder, there im-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus [in, against, +mittō, send], send against; let in immolō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [in, upon, + mola,meal], sprinkle with sacrificial meal; offer,sacrifice im-mortālis, -e, adj. [in-, not, + mortalis,mortal], immortal im-mortālitās, -ātis, f. [immortālis, immortal],immortality im-parātus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not, +parātus, prepared], unprepared impedīmentum, -ī, n. [impediō, hinder],hindrance; in plur. baggage impedītus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of impediō,hinder], hindered, burdened im-pellō, -ere, -pulī, -pulsus [in, against, +pellō, strike], strike against; impel, drive,propel imperātor, -ōris, m. [imperō, command],general imperium, impe´rī, n. [imperō, command],command, order; realm, empire; power, authority imperō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, command, order. Usually withdat. and an object clause of purpose ([§ 501.41]). With acc. object, levy,impose impetus, -ūs, m. attack, impetum facere in, makean attack upon im-pōnō, -ere, -posui, -positus [in, upon, +pōnō, place], place upon; impose, assign in, prep, with acc. into, to, against, at, upon, towards;with abl. in, on. in reliquum tempus, for the future in-, inseparable prefix. With nouns and adjectives often with anegative force, like English un-, in- in-cautus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not, +cautus, careful], off one’s guard incendium, incendī, n. flame, fire. Cf. ignis,flamma in-cendō, -ere, -dī, -cēnsus, set fire to, burn in-cidō, -ere, -cidī, ——, [in, in, on,+ cadō, fall], fall in, fall on; happen. in furōrem incidere, go mad in-cipiō, -ere, -cēpi, -ceptus [in, on, +capiō, take], begin in-cognitus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not, +cognitus, known], unknown in-colō, -ere, -uī, ——, [in, in, +colō, dwell], inhabit; live incolumis, -e, adj. sound, safe, uninjured, imharmed in-crēdibilis, -e, adj. [in-, not, +crēdibilis, to be believed], incredible inde, from that place, thence induō, -ere, -uī, -ūtus, put on indūtus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of induō, put on],clothed in-eō, -īre, -iī, -itus [in, into, + eō,go], go into; enter upon, begin, with acc. ([§ 413]) īn-fāns, -fantis, adj. [in-, not, + *fāns,speaking], not speaking. As a noun, m. and f.infant īn-fēlīx, -īcis, adj. [in-, not, + fēlīx,happy], unhappy, unlucky īnfēnsus, -a, -um, adj. hostile īn´-ferō, īnfer´re, in´tulī, inlā´tus [in, against,+ ferō, bear], bring against or upon, inflict, withacc. and dat. ([§ 501.15]). bellum īnferre, with dat., make war upon īnferus, -a, -um, adj. low, below ([§ 312]). īn-fīnītus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not, +fīnītus, bounded], boundless, endless īn-fīrmus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not, +fīrmus, strong], weak, infirm ingenium, inge´ni, n. talent, ability ingēns, -entis, adj. vast, huge, enormous, large. Cf.magnus	in-gredior, -gredī, -gressus sum [in, in, +gradior, walk], advance, enter inimīcus, -a, -um, adj. [in-, not, + amīcus,friendly], hostile. As a noun, inimīcus, -ī, m.enemy, foe. Cf. hostis initium, ini´tī, entrance, beginning initus, -a, -um, part. of ineō. initā aestāte, at the beginning of summer iniūria, -ae, f. [in, against, + iūs,law], injustice, wrong, injury. alicui iniūriās īnferre, inflict wrongs upon someone inopia, -ae, f. [inops, needy], want, need,lack in-opīnāns, -antis, adj. [in-, not, +opīnāns, thinking], not expecting, taken bysurprise inquit, said he, said she. Regularly inserted in a directquotation in-rigō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, irrigate, water in-rumpō, -ere, -rūpī, -ruptus [in, into, +rumpō, break], burst in, break in in-ruō, -ere, -ruī,—— [in, in, +ruō, rush], rush in īn-sequor, -sequī, -secūtus sum, dep. verb [in, on,+ sequor, follow], follow on, pursue īn-signe, -is, n. badge, decoration ([§ 465. b]) īnsignis, -e, adj. remarkable, noted īnstāns, -antis, adj. [part. of īnsto, be at hand],present, immediate īn-stō, -āre, -stitī, -statūrus [in, upon, +stō, stand], stand upon; be at hand; pursue, presson īnstrūmentum, -ī, n. instrument īn-struō, -ere, -strūxī, -strūctus [in, on, +struō, build], draw up īnsula, -ae, f. island integer, -gra, -grum, untouched, whole; fresh, new intellegō, -ere, -lēxī, -lēctus [inter, between,+legō, choose], perceive, understand ([§ 420. d]) intentō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, aim; threaten inter, prep. with acc. between, among; during, while ([§ 340]) interfectus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of inter-ficiō,kill], slain, dead inter-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus [inter, between,+ faciō, make], put out of the way, kill. Cf.necō, occīdō, trucīdō interim, adv. meanwhile interior, -ius, adj. interior, inner ([§ 315]) inter-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus, leave off,suspend interpres, -etis, m. and f. interpreter inter-rogō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, question inter-sum, -esse, -fuī, -futūrus [inter, between,+sum, be], be present, take part in, with dat. ([§ 501.15]) inter-vāllum, -ī, n. interval, distance intrā, adv. and prep. with acc. within, in intrō, -āre, -āvi, -ātus, go into, enter in-veniō, -īre, -vēnī, -ventus [in, upon,+veniō, come], find invīsus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of invideō, envy],hated, detested Iolāus, -ī, m. I-o-lā´us, a friend of Hercules ipse, -a, -um, intensive pron. that very, this very; self,himself, herself, itself, ([§ 481]) īra, -ae, f. wrath, anger īrātus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of īrāscor, be angry],angered, enraged is, ea, id, demonstrative adj. and pron. this, that; he, she,it ([§ 481]) iste, -a, -ud, demonstrative adj. and pron. that (ofyours), he, she, it ([§ 481]) ita, adv. so, thus. Cf. sīc and tam Italia, -ae, f. Italy ita-que, conj. and so, therefore item, adv. also iter, itineris, n. journey, march, route; way, passage ([§§ 247.1.a]; [468]). iter dare, give a right of way, allow to pass. iter facere, march (see [p. 159]) iubeō, -ēre, iussī, iussus, order, command. Usually withthe infin. and subj. acc. ([§ 213]) iūdex, -icis, m. and f. judge ([§ 464. 1]) iūdicō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [iūdex, judge], judge,decide ([§ 420. c]) Iūlia, -ae, Julia, a Roman name Iūlius, Iūlī, m. Julius, a Roman name iungō, -ēre, iūnxī, iūnctus, join; yoke, harness Iūnō, -ōnis, f. Juno, the queen of the gods and wife ofJupiter Iuppiter, Iovis, m. Jupiter, the supreme god iūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, swear, take an oath iussus, -a, -um, part. of iubeō, ordered
[L]
L., abbreviation for Lūcius labefactus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of labefaciō, cause toshake], shaken, weakened, ready to fall Labiēnus, -ī, m. La-bi-e´nus, one of Cæsar’slieutenants labor, -ōris, m. labor, toil labōrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [labor, labor], labor;suffer, be hard pressed lacrima, -ae, f. tear lacus, -ūs (dat. and abl. plur. lacubus), m.lake laetē, adv. [laetus, glad], compared laetius,laetissimē, gladly laetitia, -ae, f. [laetus, glad], joy laetus, -a, -um, adj. glad, joyful lapis, -idis, m. stone ([§§ 247.2.a]; [464.1]) Lār, Laris, m.; plur. Larēs, -um (rarely -ium),the Lares or household, gods lātē, adv. [lātus, wide], compared lātius,lātissimē, widely Latinē, adv. in Latin. Latīnē loquī, to speak Latin lātitūdō, -inis, f. [lātus, wide],width Lātōna, -ae, f. Latona, mother of Apollo and Diana latus, -a, -um, adj. wide lātus, -eris, n. side, flank. ab utrōque latere, on each side laudō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [laus, praise],praise laurea, -ae, f. laurel laureātus, -a, -um, adj. crowned with laurel laus, laudis, f. praise lectulus, -ī, m. couch, bed lēgātus, -ī, m. ambassador; lieutenant legiō, -ōnis, f. [cf. legō, gather], (body ofsoldiers), legion, about 3600 men ([§ 464. 2. a]) legiōnārius, -a, -um, adj. legionary. Plur. legiōnariī,-ōrum, m. the soldiers of the legion legō, -ere, lēgī, lēctus, read lēnis, -e, adj. gentle, smooth, mild lēniter, adv. [lēnis, gentle], compared lēnius,lēnissimē, gently	Lentulus, -i, m. Lentulus, a Roman family name leō, -ōnis, m. lion Lernaeus, -a, -um, adj. Lernæean, of Lerna, in southernGreece Lesbia, -ae, f. Lesbia, a girl’s name levis, -e, adj. light lēx, lēgis, f. measure, law libenter, adv. [libēns, willing], comparedlibentius, libentissimē, willingly, gladly līber, -era, -erum, adj. free ([§ 469. b]) līberī, -ōrum, m. [līber, free],children līberō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [līber, free], setfree, release, liberate lībertās, -ātis, f. [līber, free], freedom,liberty līctor, -ōris, m. lictor ([p.225]) līmus, -ī, m. mud littera, -ae, f. a letter of the alphabet; in plur. aletter, epistle lītus, -oris, n. seashore, beach locus, -ī, m. (plur. locī and loca, m. and n.),place, spot longē, adv. [longus, long], comp. longius,longissimē, a long way off; by far longinquus, -a, -um, adj. [longus, long],distant, remote longitūdō, -inis, f. [longus, long],length longus, -a, -um, adj. long loquor, loqui, locūtus sum, dep. verb, talk, speak lōrīca, -ae, f. [lōrum, thong], coat of mail,corselet lūdō, -ere, lūsī, lūsus, play lūdus, -ī, m. play; school, the elementary grades. Cf.schola lūna, -ae, f. moon lūx, lūcis, f. (no gen. plur.), light. prīma lūx, daybreak Lȳdia, -ae, f. Lydia, a girl’s name
[M]
M., abbreviation for Mārcus magicus, -a, -um, adj. magic magis, adv. in comp. degree [magnus, great],more, in a higher degree ([§ 323]) magister, -trī, m. master, commander; teacher magistrātus, -ūs, m. [magister, master],magistracy; magistrate magnitūdō, -inis, f. [magnus, great], greatness,size magnopere, adv. [abl. of magnum opus], compared magis,maximē, greatly, exceedingly ([§ 323]) magnus, -a, -um, adj., compared maior, maximus, great,large; strong, loud ([§ 311]) maior, maius, -ōris, adj., comp. of magnus, greater,larger ([§ 311]) maiōrēs, -um, m. plur. of maior, ancestors mālō, mālle, māluī, —— [magis, more, +volō, wish], wish more, prefer ([§ 497]) malus, -a, -um, adj., compared peior, pessimus, bad,evil ([§ 311]) mandō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [manus, hand, + dō,put], (put in hand), intrust; order, command maneō, -ēre, mānsī, mānsūrus, stay, remain, abide Mānlius, Mānlī, m. Manlius, a Roman name mānsuētus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of mānsuēscō,tame], tamed manus, -ūs, f. hand; force, band Mārcus, -ī, m. Marcus, Mark, a Roman first name mare, -is, n. (no gen. plur.), sea. mare tenēre, be out to sea margō, -inis, m. edge, border marītus, -ī, m. husband Marius, Marī, m. Marius, a Roman name, esp. C.Marius, the general Mārtius, -a, -um, adj. of Mars, esp. the CampusMartius māter, -tris, f. mother mātrimōnium, mātrimō´nī, n. marriage. in mātrimōnium dūcere, marry mātūrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, hasten. Cf. contendō,properō mātūrus, -a, -um, adj. ripe, mature maximē, adv. in superl. degree [maximus, greatest],compared magnopere, magis, maximē, especially, very much([§ 323]) maximus, -a, -um, adj., superl. of magnus, greatest,extreme ([§ 311]) medius, -a, -um, adj. middle part; middle,intervening melior, -ius, -ōris, adj., comp. of bonus, better([§ 311]) melius, adv. in comp. degree, compared bene, melius,optimē, better ([§ 323]) memoria, -ae, f. [memor, mindful],memory. memoriā tenēre, remember mēns, mentis, f. mind. Cf. animus mēnsis, -is, m. month ([§ 247. 2]. a) mercātor, -ōris, m. [mercor, trade], trader,merchant merīdiānus, -a, -um, adj. [merīdiēs, noon], ofmidday merīdiēs, —— (acc. -em, abl. -ē), m.[medius, mid, + diēs, day],noon metus, -ūs, m. fear, dread meus, -a, -um, possessive adj. and pron. my, mine ([§ 98])	mīles, -itis, m. soldier ([§ 464. 1]) mīlitāris, -e, adj. [mīles, soldier],military. rēs mīlitāris, science of war mīlitō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [mīles, soldier],serve as a soldier mīlle, plur. mīlia, -ium, numeral adj. and subst.thousand ([§ 479]) minimē, adv. in superl. degree, compared parum, minus,minimē, least, very little; by no means ([§ 323]) minimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. degree, compared parvus,minor, minimus, least, smallest ([§ 311]) minor, minus, -ōris, adj. in comp. degree, compared parvus,minor, minimus, smaller, less ([§ 311]) Mīnōs, -ōis, m. Minos, a king of Crete minus, adv. in comp. degree, compared parum, minus,minimē, less ([§ 323]) Minyae, -ārum, m. the Minyae, a people of Greece mīrābilis, -e, adj. [mīror, wonder at],wonderful, marvelous mīror, -ārī, -ātus sum, dep. verb [mīrus,wonderful], wonder, marvel, admire mīrus, -a, -um, adj. wonderful Mīsēnum, -ī, Mise´num, a promontory and harbor on thecoast of Campania. See map miser, -era, -erum, adj. wretched, unhappy,miserable missus, -a, -um, part. of mittō, sent mittō, -ere, mīsī, missus, send modicus, -a, -um [modus, measure], modest,ordinary modo, adv. [abl. of modus, measure, with shortenedo], only, merely, just now. modo ... modo, now ... now, sometimes ... sometimes modus, -ī, m. measure; manner, way; kind moenia, -ium, n. plur. [cf. mūniō, fortify],walls, ramparts molestē, adv. [molestus, troublesome], comparedmolestius, molestissimē, annoyingly. molestē ferre, to be annoyed molestus, -a, -um, troublesome, annoying, unpleasant ([§ 501.16]) moneō, -ēre, -uī, -itus, remind, advise, warn ([§ 489]) mōns, montis, m. mountain ([§ 247. 2]. a) mōnstrum, -ī, n. monster mora, -ae, f. delay moror, -ārī, -ātus sum, dep. verb [mora, delay],delay, linger; impede mors, mortis, f. [cf. morior, die],death mōs, mōris, m. custom, habit mōtus, -ūs, m. [cf. moveō, move], motion,movement. terrae mōtus, earthquake moveō, -ēre, mōvī, mōtus, move mox, adv. soon, presently mulier, -eris, f. woman multitūdō, -inis, f. [multus, much],multitude multum (multō), adv. [multus, much],compared plūs, plūrimum, much ([§ 477]) multus, -a, -um, adj., compared plūs, plūrimus,much; plur. many ([§ 311]) mūniō, -īre, -īvī or -iī, -ītus, fortify, defend mūnītiō, -ōnis, f. [mūniō, fortify], defense,fortification mūrus, -ī, m. wall. Cf. moenia mūsica, -ae, f. music
[N]
nam, conj. for. Cf. enim nam-que, conj., a strengthened nam, introducing a reasonor explanation, for, and in fact; seeing that nārrō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, tell, relate nāscor, nāscī, nātus sum, dep. verb, be born, springfrom nātūra, -ae, f. nature nātus, part. of nāscor nauta, -ae, m. [for nāvita, from nāvis,ship], sailor nāvālis, -e, adj. [nāvis, ship], naval nāvigium, nāvi´gī, n. ship, boat nāvigō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [nāvis, ship, +agō, drive], sail, cruise nāvis, -is (abl. -ī or -e), f. ship ([§ 243. 1]). nāvem cōnscendere, embark, go on board. nāvem solvere, set sail. nāvis longa, man-of-war nē, conj. and adv. in order that not, that (with verbs offearing), lest; not. nē ... quidem, not even -ne, interrog. adv., enclitic (see[§§ 16],[210]). Cf. nōnne andnum nec or neque, conj. [nē, not, + que,and], and not, nor. nec ... nec or neque ... neque, neither ...nor necessārius, -a, -um, adj. needful, necessary necō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [cf. nex, death], kill. Cf.interficiō, occīdō, trucīdō negō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, deny, say not ([§ 420. a]) negōtium, negō´tī, n. [nec, not, + ōtium,ease], business, affair, matter. alicui negōtium dare, to employ some one Nemaeus, -a, -um, adj. Neme´an, of Neme´a, in southernGreece nēmŏ, dat. nēminī (gen. nūllīus, abl. nūllō,supplied from nūllus), m. and f. [nē, not, +homō, man], (not a man), no one, nobody Neptūnus, -ī, m. Neptune, god of the sea, brother ofJupiter neque, see nec neuter, -tra, -trum (gen. -trīus, dat. -trī), adj.neither (of two) ([§ 108]) nē-ve, conj. adv. and not, and that not, and lest nihil, n. indecl. [nē, not, + hīlum, awhit], nothing. nihil posse, to have no power nihilum, -ī, n., see nihil	Niobē, -ēs, f. Ni´obe, the queen of Thebes whose childrenwere destroyed by Apollo and Diana nisi, conj. [nē, not, + sī, if],if not, unless, except nōbilis, -e, adj. well known; noble noceō, -ēre, -uī, -itūrus [cf. necō, kill],hurt, injure, with dat. ([§ 501.14]) noctū, abl. used as adv. [cf. nox, night], atnight, by night Nōla, -ae, f. Nola, a town in central Campania. Seemap nōlō, nōlle, nōluī, —— [ne, not, +volō, wish], not to wish, be unwilling ([§ 497]) nōmen, -inis, n. [cf. nōscō, know], (means ofknowing), name nōminō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [nōmen, name], name,call. Cf. appellō, vocō nōn, adv. [nē, not, + ūnum, one],not. nōn sōlum ... sed etiam, not only ... but also nōn-dum, adv. not yet nōn-ne, interrog. adv. suggesting an affirmative answer,not? ([§ 210]). Cf.-ne and num nōs, pers. pron. we (see ego) ([§ 480]) noster, -tra, -trum, possessive adj. and pron. our, ours.Plur. nostrī, -ōrum, m. our men ([§ 98]) novem, indecl. numeral adj. nine novus, -a, -um, adj. new. novae rēs, a revolution nox, noctis, f. night, multā nocte, late atnight nūllus, -a, -um (gen. -īus, dat. -ī) adj.[nē, not, + ūllus, any], not any, none,no ([§ 108]) num, interrog. adv. suggesting a negative answer ([§ 210]). Cf. -ne andnōnne. In indir. questions, whether numerus, -ī, m. number numquam, adv. [nē, not, + umquam,ever], never nunc, adv. now. Cf. iam nūntiō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [nūntius, messenger],report, announce ([§ 420. a]) nūntius, nūntī, m. messenger nūper, adv. recently, lately, just now nympha, -ae, f. nymph
[O]
ob, prep. with acc. on account of. In compounds it oftenmeans in front of, against, or it is intensive. quam ob rem, for this reason ([§ 340]) obses, -idis, m. and f. hostage ob-sideō,-ēre,-sēdī, -sessus [ob, against, +sedeō, sit], besiege obtineō, -ēre, -uī, -tentus [ob, against, +teneō, hold], possess, occupy, hold occāsiō, -ōnis, f. favorable opportunity, favorablemoment occāsus, -ūs, m. going down, setting occīdō, -ere, -cīdī, -cīsus [ob, down, +caedō, strike], strike down; cut down, kill. Cf.interficiō, necō occupō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [ob, completely, +capiō, take], seize, take possession of, occupy.Cf. rapio oc-currō, -ere, -currī, -cursus [ob, against +currō, run], run towards; meet, with dat. ([§ 426]) ōceanus, -ī, m. the ocean octō, indecl. numeral adj. eight oculus, -ī, m. eye officium, offi´cī, n. duty ōlim, adv. formerly, once upon a time ōmen, -inis, n. sign, token, omen ō-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus [ob, over, past, +mittō, send], let go, omit. consilium omittere, give up a plan omnīnō, adv. [omnis, all], altogether, wholly,entirely omnis, -e, adj. all, every. Cf. tōtus onerāria, -ae, f. [onus, load], with nāvisexpressed or understood, merchant vessel, transport onus, -eris, n. load, burden	opīniō, -ōnis, f. [opīnor, suppose], opinion,supposition, expectation oppidānus, -ī, m. [oppidum, town],townsman oppidum, -ī, n. town, stronghold opportūnus, -a, -um, adj. suitable, opportune,favorable op-primō, -ere, -pressī, -pressus [ob, against, +premō, press], (press against), crush;surprise oppugnātiō, -ōnis, f. storming, assault oppugnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [ob, against, +pugnō fight], fight against, assault, storm,assail optimē, adv. in superl. degree, compared bene, melius,optimē, very well, best of all ([§ 323]) optimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. degree, compared bonus,melior, optimus, best, most excellent ([§ 311]) opus, -eris, n. work, labor, task ([§ 464. 2. b]) ōrāculum, -ī, n. [ōrō, speak], oracle ōrātor, -ōris, m. [ōrō, speak], orator orbis, -is, m. ring, circle. orbis terrārum, the earth, world orbita, -ae, f. [orbis, wheel], rut Orcus, -ī, m. Orcus, the lower world ōrdō, -inis, m. row, order, rank ([§ 247. 2. a]) orīgo, -inis, f. [orior, rise], source,origin orior, -īrī, ortus sum, dep. verb, arise, rise, begin; spring,be born ōrnāmentum, -ī, n. [ōrnō, fit out], ornament,jewel ōrnātus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of ōrnō, fit out]fitted out; adorned ōrnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, fit out, adorn
[P]
P., abbreviation for Pūblius paene, adv. nearly, almost palūdāmentum, -ī, n. military cloak palūs, -ūdis, f. swamp, marsh pānis, -is, m. bread pār, paris, adj. equal ([§ 471. III]) parātus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of parō, prepare],prepared, ready parcō, -ere, peper´cī (parsī), parsūrus,spare, with dat. ([§ 501.14]) pāreō, -ēre, -uī, ——, obey, with dat. ([§ 501] .14) parō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, prepare for, prepare; provide,procure pars, partis, f. part, share; side, direction parum, adv., compared minus, minimē, too little, notenough ([§ 323]) parvus, -a, -um, adj., compared minor, minimus, small,little ([§ 311]) passus, -ūs, m. step, pace. mīlle passuum, thousand paces, mile ([§ 331. b]) pateō, -ēre, patuī, ——, lie open, be open;stretch, extend pater, -tris, m. father ([§ 464.2. a]) patior, -ī, passus sum, dep. verb, bear, suffer, allow,permit patria, -ae, f. [cf. pater, father],fatherland, (one’s) country paucus, -a, -um, adj. (generally plur.), few, only afew paulisper, adv. for a little while paulō, adv. by a little, little paulum adv. a little, somewhat pāx, pācis, f. (no gen. plur.), peace pecūnia, -ae, f. [pecus, cattle],money pedes, -itis, m. [pēs, foot], footsoldier pedester, -tris, -tre, adj. [pēs, foot], onfoot; by land peior, peius, -ōris, adj. in comp. degree, compared malus,peior, pessimus, worse ([§ 311]) pellis, -is, f. skin, hide penna, -ae, f. feather per, prep. with acc. through, by means of, on account of.In composition it often has the force of thoroughly, completely,very ([§ 340]) percussus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of percutiō, strikethrough], pierced per-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus [per, through, +dūcō, lead], lead through. fossam perdūcere, to construct a ditch per-exiguus, -a, -um, adj. [per, very, +exiguus, small], very small, very short perfidus, -a, -um, adj. faithless, treacherous,false per-fringō, -ere, -frēgī, -frāctus [per, through,frangō, break], shatter pergō, -ere, perrēxī, perrēctus [per, through, +regō, conduct], go on, proceed, hasten perīculum, -ī, n. trial, test; danger peristȳlum, -ī, n. peristyle, an open court with columnsaround it perītus, -a, -um, adj. skillful perpetuus, -a, -um, adj. perpetual Perseus, -eī, Perseus, a Greek hero, son of Jupiter andDanaë persōna, -ae, f. part, character, person per-suādeō, -ēre, -suāsī, -suāsus [per, thoroughly,+ suādeō, persuade], persuade, advise, with dat.([§ 501.14]), often with an object clauseof purpose ([§ 501.41]) per-terreō, -ēre, -uī, -itus [per, thoroughly, +terreō, frighten], thoroughly terrify, alarm per-veniō, -īre, -vēnī, -ventus [per, through, +veniō, come], arrive, reach, come to pēs, pedis, m. foot. pedem referre, retreat ([§ 247. 2. a]) pessimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. degree, compared malus,peior, pessimus, worst ([§ 311]) petō, -ere, -īvī or -iī, -ītus, strive for, seek, beg, ask;make for, travel to. Cf. postulō, quaerō, rogō Pharsālus, -ī, f. Pharsa´lus or Pharsa´lia, a townin Thessaly, near which Cassar defeated Pompey, 48 B.C. philosophia, -ae, f. philosophy philosophus, -ī, m. philosopher pictus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of pingō, paint],colored, variegated pīlum, -ī, n. spear, javelin ([§ 462. b]) piscīna, -ae, f. [piscis, fish], fishpond piscis, -is, m. fish pīstor, -ōris, m. baker placeō. -ēre, -uī, -itus, please, be pleasing, with dat. ([§ 501.14]) plānitiēs, -ēī, f. [plānus, level],plain plānus, -a, -um, adj. level, flat plēnus, -a, -um, full plūrimum, adv. in superl. degree, compared multum, plūs,plūrimum, very much. plūrimum valēre, be most influential ([§ 322]) plūrimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. degree, compared multus,plūs, plūrimus, most, very many ([§ 311]) plūs, plūris, adj. in comp. degree, compared multus, plūs,plūrimus; sing. n. as substantive, more; plur. more,several ([§ 311]) pluteus, -ī, m. shield, parapet poena, -ae, f. punishment, penalty poēta, -ae, m. poet pompa, -ae, f. procession Pompēiī, -ōrum, m. Pompeii, a city of Campania. Seemap Pompēius, Pompē´ī, m. Pompey, a Roman name pōmum, -ī, n. apple pōnō, -ere, posuī, positus, put, place. castra pōnere, pitch camp pōns, pontis, m. bridge ([§ 247. 2. a]) popīna, -ae, f. restaurant populus, -ī, m. people Porsena, -ae, m. Porsena, king of Etruria, a district ofItaly. See map porta, -ae, f. gate, door portō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, bear, carry portus, -ūs, m. [cf. porta, gate],harbor possideō, -ēre, -sēdī, -sessus, have, own, possess possum, posse, potuī, ——, irreg. verb [potis,able, + sum, I am], be able, can ([§ 495]). nihil posse, have no power post, prep, with acc. after, behind ([§ 340]) posteā, adv. [post, after, + eā,this], afterwards	(posterus), -a, -um, adj., compared posterior,postrēmus or postumus, following, next ([§ 312]) postquam, conj. after, as soon as postrēmō, adv. [abl. of postrēmus, last], atlast, finally. Cf. dēmum, dēnique ([§ 322]) postrīdiē, adv. [posterō, next, + diē,day], on the next day postulō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, ask, demand, require. Cf.petō, quaerō, rogō potentia, -ae, f. [potēns, able], might, power,force prae-beō, -ēre, -uī, -itus [prae, forth, +habeō, hold], offer, give praeda, -ae, f. booty, spoil, plunder prae-dīcō, -ere, -dīxī, -dictus [prae, before, +dīcō, tell], foretell, predict prae-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus [prae, before, +faciō, make], place in command, with acc. and dat.([§ 501.15]) prae-mittō, -ere, -mīsī, -missus [prae, forward, +mittō, send], send forward praemium, praemī, n. reward, prize praeruptus, -a, -um [part. of prae-rumpō, breakoff], broken off, steep praesēns, -entis, adj. present, immediate praesertim, adv. especially, chiefly praesidium, praesi´di, n. guard, garrison,protection prae-stō, -āre, -stitī, -stitus [prae, before, +sto, stand], (stand before), excel, surpass,with dat. ([§ 501.15]); show,exhibit prae-sum, -esse, -fuī, -futūrus [prae, before, +sum, be], be over, be in command of, with dat. ([§ 501.15]) praeter, prep, with acc. beyond, contrary to ([§ 340]) praetereā, adv. [praeter, besides, + eā,this], in addition, besides, moreover praetextus, -a, -um, adj. bordered, edged praetōrium, praetō´rī, n. prætorium prandium, prandī, n. luncheon premō, -ere, pressī, pressus, press hard, compress; crowd,drive, harass (prex, precis), f. prayer prīmō, adv. [prīmus, first], at first, in thebeginning ([§ 322]) prīmum, adv. [prīmus, first], first. quam primum, as soon as possible prīmus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. degree, compared prior,prīmus, first ([§ 315]) prīnceps, -cipis, m. [prīmus, first, +capiō, take], (taking the first place), chief,leader ([§ 464. 1]) prior, prius, -ōris, adj. in comp. degree, superl.,prīmus, former ([§ 315]) prīstinus, -a, -um, adj. former, previous prō, prep, with abl. before; for, for the sake of, in behalfof; instead of, as ([§ 209]). In composition, forth,forward prō-cēdō, -ere, -cussī, -cessūrus [prō, forward, +cēdō, go], go forward, proceed procul, adv. far, afar off prō-currō, -ere, -currī (-cucurrī), -cur-sus[prō, forward, + currō, run], runforward proelium, proeli, n. battle, combat. proelium committere, join battle. proelium facere, fight a battle profectiō, -ōnis, f. departure proficīscor, -ī, -fectus sum, dep. verb, set out, march.Cf. ēgredior, exeō prō-gredior, -ī, -gressus sum, dep. verb [prō,forth, + gradior, go], go forth, proceed,advance. Cf. pergō, prōcēdō prōgressus, see prōgredior prohibeō, -ēre, -uī, -itus [prō, forth, away from,+ habeō, hold], keep away from, hinder,prevent prō-moveō, -ēre, -mōvī, -mōtus [prō, forward, +moveō, move], move forward, advance prō-nūntiō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [prō, forth, +nūntiō, announce], proclaim, declare prope, adv., compared propius, proxi-mē, nearly.Prep, with acc. near prō-pellō, -ere, -pulī, -pulsus [prō, forth, +pellō, drive], drive forth; move, impel properō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [properus, quick], goquickly, hasten. Cf. contendō, maturō propinquus, -a, -um, adj. [prope, near], near,neighboring propior, -ius, -ōris, adj. in comp. degree, superl.,proximus, nearer ([§ 315]) propius, adv. in comp. degree, compared prope, propius,proximē, nearer ([§ 323]) propter, prep. with acc. on account of, because of ([§ 340]) prō-scrībō, -ere, -scrīpsī, -scriptus [prō, forth,+ scribō, write], proclaim, publish. Cf.prōnūntiō prō-sequor, -sequī, -secūtus sum, dep. verb [prō,forth, + sequor, follow], escort, attend prō-sum, prōdesse, prōfuī, prōfutūrus [prō, for, +sum, be], be useful, benefit, with dat. ([§§ 496]; [501].15) prō-tegō, -ere, -tēx=i], -tēctus [prō, in front, +tegō, cover], cover in front, protect prōvincia, -ae, f. territory, province proximē, adv. in superl. degree, compared prope, propius,proximē, nearest, next; last, most recently ([§ 323]) proximus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. degree, compared propior,proximus, nearest, next ([§ 315]) pūblicus, -a, -um, adj. [populus,people], of thepeople, public, res pūblica, the commonwealth puella, -ae, f. [diminutive of puer, boy], girl,maiden puer, -eri, m. boy; slave ([§ 462. c]) pugna, -ae, f -fight, battle. Cf. proelium pugnō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [pugna, battle], fight.Cf. contendō, dīmicō pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj. beautiful, pretty ([§§ 469.b]; [304]) Pullō, -ōnis, m. Pullo, a centurion pulsō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, strike, beat puppis, -is (acc. -im, abl. -ī), f. stern ofa ship, deck pūrē, adv. [pūrus, pure], comp. pūrius,purely pūrgō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, cleanse, clean purpureus, -a, -um, adj. purple, dark red putō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, reckon, think ([§ 420],c). Cf. arbitror,exīstimō Pȳthia, -ae, f. Pythia, the inspired priestess of Apolloat Delphi
[Q]
quā dē causā, for this reason, wherefore quā rē, therefore, for this reason quaerō, -ere, -sīvī, -sītus, seek, ask, inquire. Cf.petō, postulō, rogō quālis, -e, interrog. pronom. adj. of what sort, what kindof. talis ... qualis, such ... as quam, adv. how; after a comparative, than ; with asuperlative, translated as ... as possible, quam prīmum,as soon as possible quantus, -a, -um, adj. [quam, how], how great, howmuch, tantus ... quantus, as great as quārtus, -a, -um, numeral adj. [quattuor, four],fourth quattuor, indecl. numeral adj. four quattuor-decim, indecl. numeral adj. fourteen -que, conj., enclitic, and ([§ 16]). Cf. ac, atque, et quī, quae, quod, rel. pron. and adj. who, which, what,that ([§ 482]) quia, conj. because. Cf. quod quīdam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam), indef. pron. and adj. acertain one, a certain, a ([§ 485]). quidem, adv. to be sure, certainly, indeed, nē ...quidem, not even quiēs, -ētis, f. rest, repose quiētus, -a, -um, adj. quiet, restful	quīndecim, indecl. numeral adj. fifteen quīngentī, -ae, -a, numeral adj. five hundred quīnque, indecl. numeral adj. five quīntus, -a, -um, numeral adj. fifth quis (quī), quae, quid (quod), interrog. pron. and adj. who?what? which? ([§ 483]). quis (quī), qua (quae), quid (quod), indef. pron. and adj., usedafter sī, nisi, nē, num, any one, anything, some one,something, any, some ([§ 484]). quisquam, quicquam or quidquam (no fem. or plur.), indef.pron. any one (at all), anything (at all) ([§ 486]). quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque), indef. pron. and adj.each, each one, every ([§ 484]). quō, interrog. and rel. adv. whither, where quō, conj. in order to, that, with comp. degree ([§ 350]). quod, conj. because, in that. Cf. quia quoque, conj., following an emphatic word, also, too. Cf.etiam quot-annīs, adv. [quot, how many + annus,year], every year, yearly quotiēns, interrog. and rel. adv. how often? as oftenas
[R]
rādīx, -īcis, f. root; foot rapiō, -ere, -uī, -tus, seize, snatch rārō, adv. [rārus, rare], rarely rārus, -a, -um, adj. rare re- or red-, an inseparable prefix, again, back, anew,in return rebelliō, -ōnis, f. renewal of war, rebellion recēns, -entis, adj. recent re-cipiō, -ere, -cēpī, -ceptus [re-, back, +capiō, take], take back, receive. sē recipere, withdraw, retreat re-clīnātus, -a, -um, part. of reclīnō, leaningback re-creātus, -a, -um, part. of recreō,refreshed rēctus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of regō, keepstraight], straight, direct re-cūsō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, refuse red-āctus, -a, -um, part. of redigō, reduced,subdued red-eō, -īre, -iī, -itus [red-, back, + eō,go], go back, return ([§ 413]). Cf. revertō reditus, -ūs, m. [cf. redeō, return], return,going back re-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus [re-, back, +dūcō, lead], lead back re-ferō, -ferre, rettulī, -lātus [re-, back, +ferō, bear], bear back; report. pedem referre, withdraw, retreat re-ficiō, -ere, -fēcī, -fectus [re-, again, +faciō, make], make again, repair. sē reficere, refresh one’s self rēgīna, -ae, f. [rēx, king], queen regiō, -ōnis, f. region, district rēgnum, -ī, n. sovereignty; kingdom regō, -ere, rēxī, rēctus [cf. rēx, king],govern, rule ([§ 490]) re-iciō, -ere, -iēcī, -iectus [re-, back, +iaciō, hurl], hurl back; throw away re-linquō, -ere, -līquī, -lictus [re-, behind, +linquō, leave], leave behind, leave, abandon reliquus, -a, -um, adj. [cf. relinquō, leave],left over, remaining. As a noun, plur. the rest remōtus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of re-moveō, remove],remote, distant re-moveō, -ēre, -mōvī, -motus [re-, back, +moveō, move], remove rēmus, -ī, m. oar	re-periō, -īre, repperī, repertus, find re-portō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [re-, back, +portō, carry], carry back, bring back, win,gain rēs, reī, f. thing, business, matter, deed, event,circumstance ([§ 467]). quam ob rem, for this reason. rēs adversae, adversity. rēs frūmentāria, grain supplies. rēs gestae, exploits. rēs militāris, science of war. rēs pūblica, the commonwealth. rēs secundae, prosperity re-scindō, -ere, -scidī, -scissus [re-, back, +scindō, cut], cut off, cut down re-sistō, -ere, -stitī, —— [re-, back,+ sistō, cause to stand], oppose, resist, with dat.([§ 501.14]) re-spondeō, -ēre, -spondī, -spōnsus [re-, inreturn, + spondeō, promise], answer, reply ([§ 420. a]) re-vertō, -ere, -ī, ——, or dep. verb re-vertor,-ī, -sus sum [re-, back, + vertō, turn],turn back, return. Usually active in the perf. system re-vinciō, -īre, -vīnxī, -vīnctus [re-, back, +vinciō, bind], fasten rēx, rēgis, m. [cf. regō, rule], king Rhēnus, -ī, m. the Rhine, a river of Germany rīpa, -ae, f. bank rogō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, ask. Cf. petō, postulō,quaerō Rōma, -ae, f. Rome. See map Rōmānus, -a, -um, adj. [Rōma, Rome], Roman,follows its noun. As a noun, m. and f. a Roman rosa, -ae, f. rose rōstrum, -ī, n. beak of a ship. In plur., therostra, the speaker’s stand in the Roman Forum rota, -ae, f. wheel Rubicō, -ōnis, m. the Rubicon, a river in northern Italy.See map rūmor, -ōris, m. report, rumor rūrsus, adv. [for reversus, turned back], again,in turn rūs, rūris (locative abl. rūrī, no gen., dat., or abl.plur.), n. the country ([§ 501.36. 1]). Cf. ager, patria, terra
[S]
Sabīnus, -a, -um, adj. Sabine. As a noun, m. and f. aSabine. The Sabines were an ancient people of central Italy. Seemap sacrum, -ī, n. [sacer, consecrated], somethingconsecrated, sacrifice; usually in plur., religiousrites saepe, adv., compared saepius, saepissimē, often,frequently saevus, -a, -um, adj. cruel, savage sagitta, -ae, f. arrow saliō, -īre, -uī, saltus, jump salūs, -ūtis, f. safety; health. salūtem dīcere, send greetings salūtō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [salūs, health],greet, salute salvē, imv. of salveō, hail, greetings sanguis, -inis, m. blood ([§ 247. 2. a]] sānitās, -ātis, f. [sānus, sound], health,sanity sapiēns, -entis, adj. [part. of sapiō, be wise],wise, sensible satis, adv. and indecl. noun, enough, sufficient,sufficiently saxum, -ī, n. rock, stone scelus, -eris, n. crime, sin scēptrum, -ī, n. scepter schola, -ae, f. school, the higher grades. Cf.lūdus scientia, -ae, f. [sciēns, knowing], skill,knowledge, science scindō, -ere, scidī, scissus, cut, tear sciō, -īre, -īvī, -ītus, know ([§ 420. b]). Cf.cognōscō scrībō, -ere, scrīpsī, scrīptus, write scūtum, -ī, n. shield, buckler sē, see suī sēcum = sē + cum secundus, -a, -um, adj. [sequor, follow],following, next, second; favorable, successful. rēs secundae, prosperity sed, conj. but, on the contrary. nōn sōlum ... sed etiam, not only ... but also sēdecim, indecl. numeral adj. sixteen sedeō, -ēre, sēdī, sessus, sit semper, adv. always, forever senātus, -ūs, m. [cf. senex, old], council ofelders, senate sentiō, -īre, sēnsī, sēnsus, feel, know, perceive ([§ 420. d]). Cf.intellegō, videō septem, indecl. numeral adj. seven septimus, -a, -um, numeral adj. seventh sequor, -ī, secūtus sum, dep. verb, follow ([§ 493]) serpēns, -entis, f. [serpō, crawl], serpent,snake sertae, -ārum, f. plur. wreaths, garlands servitūs, -ūtis, f. [servus, slave], slavery,servitude servō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, save, rescue, keep servus, -ī, m. slave sēsē, emphatic for sē sex, indecl. numeral adj. six Sextus, -ī, m. Sextus, a Roman first name sī, conj. if sīc, adv. thus, in this way. Cf. ita,tam Sicilia, -ae, f. Sicily. See map sīc-ut, just as, as if signifer, -erī, m. [signum, standard, +ferō, bear], standard bearer ([p. 224]) signum, -ī, n. ensign, standard; signal silva, -ae, f. wood, forest similis, -e, adj., compared similior, simillimus, like,similar ([§ 307]) simul, adv. at the same time simul ac or simul atque, conj. as soon as sine, prep. with abl. without ([§ 209]) singulī, -ae, -a, distributive numeral adj. one at a time,single ([§ 334]) sinister, -tra, -trum, adj. left Sinuessa, -ae, f. Sinues´sa, a town in Campania. Seemap sitis, -is (acc. -im, abl. -ī, no plur.), f.thirst situs, -a, -um, adj. [part. of sinō, set],situated, placed, lying socius, socī, m. comrade, ally sōl, sōlis (no gen. plur.), m. sun soleō, -ēre, solitus sum, semi-dep. verb, be wont, beaccustomed sollicitus, -a, -um, adj. disturbed, anxious sōlum, adv. [sōlus, alone], alone,only. nōn sōlum ... sed etiam, not only ... but also sōlus, -a, -um (gen. -īus, dat. -ī), adj. alone,only ([§ 108]) solvō, -ere, solvī, solūtus, loosen, unbind. nāvem solvere, set sail	somnus, -ī, m. sleep soror, -ōris, f. sister spatium, spatī, n. space, distance; time;opportunity spectāculum, -ī, n. [spectō, look at], show,spectacle spectō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, look at, witness spērō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [spēs, hope], hope, expect([§ 420. c]) spēs, speī, f. hope ([§ 273. 2]) splendidē, adv. [splendidus], compared splendidius,splendidissimē, splendidly, handsomely splendidus, -a, -um, adj. brilliant, gorgeous,splendid Stabiānus, -a, -um, Stabian stabulum, -ī, n. [cf. stō, stand], standingplace, stable, stall statim, adv. [cf. stō, stand], on the spot, atonce, instantly statua, -ae, f. [sistō, place, set],statue statuō, -ere, -uī, -ūtus [status, station],decide, determine stilus, -ī, m. iron pencil, style ([p.210]) stō, -āre, stetī, status, stand strātus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of sternō, spread],paved (of streets) strepitus, -ūs, m. [strepō, make a noise],noise, din stringō, -ere, strīnxī, strictus, bind tight; draw,unsheathe studeō, -ēre, -uī, ——, give attention to, beeager, with dat. ([§ 501.14]) studium, studī, n. [cf. studeō, be eager for],eagerness, desire, zeal, devotion stultus, -a, -um, adj. foolish, stupid Stymphālis, -idis, adj. f. Stymphalian, of Stympha´lus, alake in southern Greece Stymphālus, -ī, m. Stympha´lus, a district of southernGreece with a town, mountain, and lake, all of the same name suādeō, -ēre, -sī, -sus, advise, recommend, with subjv. ofpurpose ([§ 501.41]) sub, prep, with acc. and abl. under, below, up to; at orto the foot of sub-igō, -ere, -ēgī, -āctus [sub, under, +agō, drive], subdue, reduce subitō, adv. [subitus, sudden],suddenly sub-sequor, -ī, -secūtus sum, dep. verb [sub,below, + sequor, follow], follow close after,follow up suc-cēdō, -ere, -cessī, -cessus [sub, below, +cēdō, go], follow, succeed suī, reflexive pron. of himself (herself, itself,themselves) ([§ 480]). sēcum = sē + cum. sēsē, emphatic form of sē sum, esse, fuī, futūrus, irreg. verb, be; exist ([§ 494]) summus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. degree, compared superus,superior, suprēmus or summus ([§ 312]), supreme, highest; best,greatest. in summō colle, on the top of the hill sūmō, -ere, sūmpsī, sūmptus, take up; assume, puton. sūmere supplicium dē, inflict punishment on super, prep. with acc. and abl. over, above superbia, -ae, f. [superbus, proud], pride,arrogance superbus, -a, -um, adj. proud, haughty superior, comp. of superus superō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [superus, above], goover; subdue, overcome; surpass, excel super-sum, -esse, -fuī, ——, be over, survive,with dat. ([§ 501.15]) superus, -a, -um, adj., compared superior, suprēmus orsummus, above, upper ([§ 312]) supplicium, suppli´cī, n. [supplex, kneeling inentreaty], punishment, torture. supplicium sūmere dē, inflict punishment on. supplicium dare, suffer punishment surgō, -ere, surrēxī, —— [sub, frombelow, + regō, straighten], rise sus-cipiō, -ere, -cēpī, -ceptus [sub, under, +capiō, take], undertake, assume, begin suspicor, -ārī, -ātus sum, dep. verb, suspect, surmise,suppose sus-tineō, -ēre, -tinuī, -tentus [sub, under, +teneō, hold], hold up, bear, sustain,withstand suus, -a, -um, reflexive possessive adj. and pron., his, her,hers, its, their, theirs ([§ 98])
[T]
T., abbreviation of Titus taberna, -ae, f. shop, stall tabula, -ae, f. tablet for writing tālis, -e, adj. such. tālis ... quālis, such ... as tam, adv. so, such. Cf. ita, sīc tamen, adv. yet, however, nevertheless tandem, adv. at length, finally tangō, -ere, tetigī, tāctus, touch tantum, adv. [tantus], only tantus, -a, -um, adj. so great, such. tantus ... quantus, as large as tardus, -a, -um, adj. slow, late; lazy Tarpēia, -ae, f. Tarpeia (pronounced Tar-pē´ya),the maiden who opened the citadel to the Sabines Tarquinius, Tarqui´nī, Tarquin, a Roman king. With thesurname Superbus, Tarquin the Proud Tarracīna, -ae, f. Tarraci´na, a town in Latium. Seemap taurus, -ī, m. bull tēctus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of tegō, cover],covered, protected tēlum, -ī, n. weapon temerē, adv. rashly, heedlessly tempestās, -ātis, f. [tempus, time] storm,tempest templum, -ī, n. temple, shrine tempto, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, try, test; make trial of,attempt tempus, -oris, n. time ([§ 464.2. b]). in reliquum tempus, for thefuture teneō, -ēre, tenuī, ——, hold, keep tergum, -ī, n. back, ā tergō, on therear, tergum vertere, retreat, flee ternī, -ae, -a, distributive numeral adj. three each, bythrees ([§ 334]) terra, -ae, f. earth, ground, land. orbis terrārum, the whole world terror, -ōris, m. [cf. terreō, frighten], dread,alarm, terror tertius, -a, -um, numeral adj. third Teutonēs, -um, m. the Teutons theātrum, -ī, n. theater Thēbae, -ārum, f. Thebes, a city of Greece Thēbānī, -ōrum, m. Thebans, the people of Thebes thermae, -ārum, f. plur. baths Thessalia, -ae, f. Thessaly, a district of northernGreece Thrācia, -ae, f. Thrace, a district north of Greece Tiberius, Tibe´rī, m. Tiberius, a Roman first name tībīcen, -īnis, m. [cf. tībia, pipe], piper,flute player	timeō, -ēre, -uī, ——, fear, be afraid of. Cf.vereor timor, -ōris, m. [cf. timeō, fear], fear, dread,alarm. Cf. metus Tīryns, Tīrynthis, f. Ti´ryns, an ancient town in southernGreece, where Hercules served Eurystheus toga, -ae, f. [cf. tegō, cover], toga tormentum, -ī, n. engine of war totiēns, adv. so often, so many times tōtus, -a, -um, (gen. -īus, dat. -ī), adj. all,the whole, entire ([§ 108]) trā-dō, -ere, -didī, -ditus [trāns, across, +dō, deliver], give up, hand over, surrender,betray trā-dūcō, -ere, -dūxī, -ductus [trāns, across, +dūcō, lead], lead across trahō, -ere, trāxī, trāctus, draw, pull, drag. multum trahere, protract, prolong much trā-iciō, -ere, -iēcī, -iectus [trāns, across, +iaciō, hurl], throw across; transfix trā-nō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [trāns, across, +nō, swim], swim across trāns, prep. with acc. across, over ([§ 340]) trāns-eō, -īre, -iī, -itus [trāns, across, +eō, go], go across, cross ([§ 413]) trāns-fīgō, -ere, -fīxī, -fīxus [trāns, through, +fīgō, drive], transfix trānsitus, —— (acc. -um, abl. -ū), m.[cf. trānseō, cross over], passageacross trēs, tria, numeral adj. three ([§ 479]) trīduum, trīduī, n. [trēs, three, + diēs,days], three days’ time, three days trīgintā, indecl. numeral adj. thirty triplex, -icis, adj. threefold, triple trīstis, -e, adj. sad; severe, terrible trīstitia, -ae, f. [trīstis, sad], sadness,sorrow triumphō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [triumphus, triumph],celebrate a triumph triumphus, -ī, m. triumphal procession, triumph. triumphum agere, celebrate a triumph trucīdō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, cut to pieces, slaughter. Cf.interficiō, necō, occīdō tū, tuī (plur. vōs), pers. pron. thou, you ([§ 480]) tuba, -ae, f. trumpet Tullia, -ae, f. Tullia, a Roman name tum, adv. then, at that time turris, -is, f. tower ([§ 465. 2]) tūtus, -a, -um, adj. safe tuus, -a, -um, possessive adj. and pron. your, yours ([§ 98])
[U]
ubi, rel. and interrog. adv. where, when ūllus, -a, -um (gen. -īus, dat. -ī), adj.any ([§ 108]) ulterior, -ius, -ōris, adj. in comp. degree, superl.ultimus, farther, more remote ([§ 315]) ultimus, -a, -um, adj. in superl. degree (see ulterior),farthest ([§ 315]) umbra, -ae, f. shade umerus, -ī, m. shoulder umquam, adv. ever, at any time ūnā, adv. [ūnus, one], in the same place, at thesame time ūndecimus, -a, -um, numeral adj. [ūnus, one, +decimus, tenth], eleventh undique, adv. from every quarter, on all sides,everywhere ūnus, -a, -um (gen. -īus, dat. -ī), numeral adj.one; alone ([§ 108])	urbs, -is, f. city ([§ 465. a]) urgeō, -ēre, ursī, ——, press upon, crowd, hemin ūrus, -ī, m. wild ox, urus ūsque, adv. all the way, even ūsus, -ūs, m. use, advantage ut, conj. with the subjv. that, in order that, that not(with verbs of fearing), so that, to ([§ 350. 1]) uter, -tra, -trum (gen. -īus, dat. -ī), interrog.pron. which of two? which? ([§ 108]) uterque, utraque, utrumque, indef. pron. each of two, each,both. ab utrāque parte, on both sides ūtilis, -e, adj. [ūtor, use], useful utrimque, adv. [uterque, each of two], on eachside, on either hand ūva, -ae, f. grape, bunch of grapes uxor, -ōris, f. wife
[V]
vāgīna, -ae, sheath, scabbard vagor, -ārī, -ātus sum, dep. verb, wander valeō, -ēre, -uī, -itūrus, be powerful, be well; in theimperative as a greeting, farewell. plūrimum valēre, have the most power valētūdō, -inis, f. [valeō, be well],health validus, -a, -um, adj. [cf. valeō, be strong],strong, able, well vallēs, -is, f. valley vāllum, -ī, n. rampart, earthworks varius, -a, -um, adj. bright-colored vāstō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [vāstus, empty], (makeempty), devastate, lay waste vectīgal, -ālis, n. tax, tribute vehementer, adv. [vehemēns, eager], comparedvehementius, vehementissimē, eagerly, vehemently vehō, -ere, vexī, vectus, convey, carry. In the passiveoften in the sense of ride, sail vel, conj. or. vel ... vel, either ... or. Cf. aut vēlōcitās, -ātis, f. [vēlōx, swift],swiftness vēlōx, -ōcis, adj. swift, fleet vēlum, -ī, n. sail vēndō, -ere, vēndidī, vēnditus, sell veniō, -īre, vēnī, ventus, come, go ventus, -ī, m. wind verbum, -ī, n. word. verba facere prō, speak in behalf of vereor, -ērī, -itus sum, dep. verb, fear; reverence,respect ([§ 493]). Cf. timeō Vergilius, Vergi´lī, m. Vergil, the poet vergō, -ere, ——, ——, turn,lie vērō, adv. [vērus, true], in truth, surely;conj. but, however. tum vērō, then you may be sure, introducing the climax ofa story vertō, -ere, -tī, -sus, turn, change. tergum vertere, retreat, flee vērus, -a, -um, true, actual vesper, -erī, m. evening vester, -tra, -trum, possessive adj. and pron. your, yours([§ 98]) vestīgium, vestī´gī, n. [cf. vestīgō, track],footstep, track, trace vestīmentum, -ī, n. [vestis, clothing],garment vestiō, -īre, -īvī, -ītus [vestis, clothing],clothe, dress vestis, -is, f. clothing, attire, garment, robe vestītus, -a, -um, adj. [part. of vestiō, clothe],clothed Vesuvius, Vesu´vi, m. Vesuvius, the volcano near Pompeii.See map	veterānus, -a, -um, adj. old, veteran vetō, -āre, -uī, -itus, forbid, prohibit vexō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, trouble, annoy via, -ae, f. way, road, street; way, manner. Cf.iter viātor, -ōris, m. [via], traveler victor, -ōris, m. [vincō, conquer], conqueror,victor. In apposition, with adj. force victorious victōria, -ae, f. [victor, victor],victory vīcus, -ī, m. village videō, -ēre, vīdī, vīsus, see, perceive. Pass. be seen;seem ([§ 420. d]) vigilia, -ae, f. [vigil awake], watch. dē tertia vigilia, about the third watch vīgintī, indecl. numeral adj. twenty vīlicus, -ī, m. [vīlla, farm], steward, overseerof a farm vīlla, -ae, f. farm, villa vinciō, -īre, vīnxī, vīnctus, bind, tie, fetter vincō, -ere, vīcī, victus, conquer, defeat, overcome. Cf.subigō, superō vīnea, -ae, f. shed ([p.219]) vīnum, -ī, n. wine violenter, adv. [violentus, violent], comparedviolentius, violentissimē, violently, furiously vir, virī, m. man, husband; hero ([§ 462. c]) virīlis, -e, adj. [vir, man], manly virtūs, -ūtis, f. [vir, man], manliness;courage, valor; virtue ([§ 464. 1]) vīs, (vīs), f. strength, power, might, violence ([§ 468]) vīta, -ae, f. [cf. vīvō, live], life,vītam agere, spend or pass life vīto, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, shun, avoid vīvō, -ere, vīxī, ——, live. Cf. habitō,incolō vīvus, -a, -um, adj. [cf. vīvō, live], alive,living vix, adv. scarcely, hardly vocō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus, call, summon, invite. Cf.appellō, nōminō volō, -āre, -āvī, -ātūrus, fly volō, velle, voluī, ——, irreg. verb, will, bewilling; wish ([§ 497]). Cf.cupio volūmen, -inis, n. roll, book Vorēnus, -ī, m. Vore´nus, a centurion vōs, pers. pron.; you (see tū) ([§ 480]) vōtum, -ī, n. [neut. part. of voveō, vow], vow,pledge, prayer vōx, vōcis, f. [cf. vocō, call], voice, cry;word vulnerō, -āre, -āvī, -ātus [vulnus, wound],wound, hurt vulnus, -eris, n. wound, injury vulpēs, -īs, f. fox

EQUES ROMANUS

ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY

This vocabulary contains only the words used in the English-Latin exercises. For details not given here, reference may be made to the Latin-English vocabulary. The figures 1, 2, 3, 4, after verbs indicate the conjugation.

[ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D ] [ E ] [ F ] [ G ] [ H ] [ I ] [ J ] [ K ] [ L ] [ M ] [ N ] [ O ] [ P ] [ Q ] [ R ] [ S ] [ T ] [ U ] [ V ] [ W ] [ Y ] [ Z ]

[A]
a, an, commonly not translated able (be), possum, posse, potuī, ——([§ 495]) abode, domicilium, domici´lī, n. about (adv.), circiter about (prep.), dē, with abl. about to, expressed by fut. act. part. abundance, cōpia, -ae, f. across, trāns, with acc. active, ācer, ācris, ācre advance, prōgredior, 3 advantage, ūsus, -ūs, m. advise, moneō, 2 after (conj.), postquam; often expressed by the perf.part. after (prep.), post, with acc. against, in, contrā, with acc. aid, auxilium, auxi´lī, n. all, omnis, -e; tōtus, -a, -um ([§ 108]) allow, patior, 3 ally, socius, socī, m. almost, paene; ferē alone, ūnus, -a, -um; sōlus, -a, -um ([§ 108]) already, iam also, quoque always, semper ambassador, lēgātus, -ī, m. among, apud, with acc. ancient, antīquus, -a, -um and, et; atque (ac); -que and so, itaque Andromeda, Andromeda, -ae, f. angry, īrātus, -a, um animal, animal, -ālis, n.	announce, nūntiō, 1 annoying, molestus, -a, -um another, alius, -a, -ud ([§ 109]) any, ūllus, -a, -um ([§ 108]) any one, anything, quisquam, quicquam or quidquam ([§ 486]) appearance, fōrma, -ae, f. appoint, creō, 1 approach, adpropinquō, 1, with dat. are, used as auxiliary, not translated; as a copula, sum([§ 494]) arise, orior, 4 arm, bracchium, bracchī, n. armed, armātus, -a, -um arms, arma, -ōrum, n. plur. army, exercitus, -ūs, m. around, circum, with acc. arrival, adventus, -us, m. arrow, sagitta, -ae, f. art of war, rēs mīlitāris as possible, expressed by quam and superl.. ask, petō, 3; quaerō, 3; rogō, 1 assail, oppugnō, 1 at, in, with acc. or abl.; with names of towns, locative caseor abl. without a preposition ([§ 268]); timewhen, abl. at once, statim at the beginning of summer, initāaestāte Athens, Athēnae, -ārum, f. attack, impetus, -us, m. attempt, cōnor, 1; temptō, 1 away from, ā or ab, with abl.
[B]
bad, malus, -a, -um baggage, impedīmenta, -ōrum, n. plur. bank, rīpa, -ae, f. barbarians, barbarī, -ōrum, m. plur. battle, proelium, proelī, n.; pugna, -ae. f. be, sum ([§ 494]) be absent, be far, absum ([§ 494]) be afraid, timeō, 2; vereor, 2 be away, absum ([§ 494]) be in command of, praesum, with dat. ([§§ 494], [426]) be informed, certior fīō be off, be distant, absum ([§ 494]) be without, egeō, with abl. ([§ 180]) beast (wild), fera, -ae, f. beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -chrum because, quia; quod because of, propter, with acc.; or abl. of cause before, heretofore (adv.), anteā before (prep.), ante, with acc.; prō, with abl. begin, incipiō, 3 believe, crēdō, 3, with dat. ([§ 153]) belong to, predicate genitive ([§ 409]) best, optimus, superl. of bonus betray, trādō, 3 better, melior, comp. of bonus between, inter, with acc.	billow, fluctus, -us, m. bird, avis, -is, f. ([§ 243. 1]) blood, sanguis, -inis, m. body, corpus, -oris. n. bold, audāx, -ācis; fortis, -e boldly, audācter; fortiter boldness, audācia, -ae, f. booty, praeda, -ae, f. both, each (of two), uterque, utraque, utrumque both ... and, et ... et boy, puer, -erī, m. brave, fortis, -e bravely, fortiter bridge, pōns, pontis, m. bright, clārus, -a, -um bring back, reportō, 1 bring upon, īnferō, -ferre, -tulī, -lātus, with acc. and dat. ([§ 426]) brother, frāter, -tris, m. building, aedificium, aedifi´cī. n. burn, cremō, 1; incendō, 3 business, negōtium, negō´tī, n. but, however, autem, sed by, ā, ab, with abl.; denoting means, abl. alone; sometimesimplied in a participle by night, noctū
[C]
Cæsar, Caesar, -aris, m. calamity, calamitās, -ātis, f. call, vocō, 1; appellō, 1; nōminō, 1 call together, convocō, 1 camp, castra, -ōrum, n. plur. can, could, possum, posse, potuī, —— ([§ 495]) capture, capiō, 3; occupō, 1 care, cūra, -ae, f. care for, cūrō, 1 careful, attentus, -a, -um carefulness, dīligentia, -ae, f. carry, ferō, ferre, tulī, lātus ([§ 498]); portō, 1 carry on, gerō, 3 cart, carrus, -ī, m. cause, causa, -ae, f. cavalry, equitātus, -ūs, m. cease, cessō, 1 Cepheus, Cēpheus, -ī, m. certain (a), quīdam, quaedam, quoddam (quiddam) ([§ 485]) chicken, gallīna, -ae, f. chief, prīnceps, -cipis, m. children, līberī, -ōrum, m. plur. choose, dēligō, 3 choose, elect, creō, 1	citizen, cīvis, -is, m. and f. ([§ 243. 1]) city, urbs, urbis, f. clear, clārus, -a, -um cohort, cohors, -rtis, f. come, veniō, 4 command, imperō, 1, with dat. ([§ 45]); iubeō, 2; praesum, withdat. ([§ 426]) commit, committō, 3 commonwealth, rēs pūblica, reī pūblicae concerning, dē, with abl. conquer, superō, 1; vincō, 3 construct (a ditch), perdūcō, 3 consul, cōnsul, -ulis, m. contrary to, contrā, with acc. Corinth, Corinthus, -ī, f. Cornelia, Cornēlia, -ae, f. Cornelius, Cornēlius, Cornē´li, m. corselet, lōrīca, -ae, f. cottage, casa, -ae, f. country, as distinguished from the city, rūs, rūris,n.; as territory, fīnēs, -ium, m., plur. of fīnis courage, virtūs, -ūtis, f. crime, scelus, -eris, n. cross, trānseō, 4 ([§ 499]) crown, corōna, -ae, f.
[D]
daily, cotīdiē danger, perīculum, -ī, n. daughter, fīlia, -ae, f. ([§ 67]) day, diēs, -ēī, m. daybreak, prīma lūx dear, cārus, -a, -um death, mors, mortis, f. deed, rēs, reī, f. deep, altus, -a, -um defeat, calamitās, -ātis, f. defend, dēfendō, 3 delay (Noun), mora, -ae, f. delay (verb), moror, 1 demand, postulō, 1 dense, dēnsus, -a, -um depart, discēdō, 3; exeō, 4; proficīscor, 3 dependent, cliēns, -entis, m. design, cōnsilium, consi´lī n. desire, cupiō, 3 destroy, dēleō, 2	Diana, Diāna, -ae, f. differ, differō, differre, distulī, dīlātus ([§ 498]) different, dissimilis, -e difficult, difficilis, -e difficulty, difficultās, -ātis, f. diligence, dīligentia, -ae, f. dinner, cēna, -ae, f. disaster, calamitās, -ātis, f. distant (be), absum, -esse, āfuī, āfutūrus ([§ 494]) ditch, fossa, -ae, f. do, agō, 3; faciō, 3; when used as auxiliary, nottranslated down from, dē, with abl. drag, trahō, 3 drive, agō, 3 dwell, habitō, 1; incolō, 3; vīvō, 3 dwelling, aedificium, aedifi´cī, n.
[E]
each, quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque) ([§ 484]) each of two, uterque, utraque, utrumque each other, inter with acc. of a reflexive eager, ācer, ācris, ācre; alacer, alacris, alacre eager (be), studeō, 2 eagerness, studium, studī, n. eagle, aquila, -ae, f. easily, facile easy, facilis, -e	either ... or, aut ... aut empire, imperium, impe´rī, n. employ, negōtium dō encourage, hortor, 1 enemy, hostis, -is, m. and f.; inimīcus, -ī,m. enough, satis entire, tōtus, -a, -um ([§ 108]) expectation, opīniō, -ōnis, f. eye, oculus, -ī, m.
[F]
faithless, perfidus, -a, -um famous, clārus, -a, -um far, longē farmer, agricola, -ae, m. farther, ulterior, -ius father, pater, patris, m. fatherland, patria, -ae, f. favor, faveō, 2 favorable, idōneus, -a,-um; secundus, -a, -um fear, metus, -ūs, m.; timor, -ōris, m. fear, be afraid, timeō, 2 few, paucī, -ae, -a field, ager, agrī, m. fifteen, quīndecim fight, contendō, 3; pugnō, 1 find, reperiō, 4 finish, cōnficiō, 3 fire, ignis, -is, m. ([§ 243. 1]) firmness, cōnstantia, -ae, f. first, prīmus, -a, -um flee, fugiō, 3 flight, fuga, -ae, f. fly, volō, 1 foe, see enemy follow close after, subsequor, 3 food, cibus, -ī, m. foot, pēs, pedis, m.	foot-soldier, pedes, -itis, m. for (conj.), enim, nam for (prep.), sign of dat.; dē, prō, with abl.;to express purpose, ad, with gerundive; implied in acc. of timeand of extent of space for a long time, diū forbid, vetō, 1 forces, cōpiae, -ārum, f., plur. of cōpia forest, silva, -ae, f. fort, castellum, -ī, n.; castrum, -ī, n. fortification, mūnitiō, -ōnis, f. fortify, mūniō, 4 fortune, fortūna, -ae, f. fourth, quārtus, -a, -um free, līber, -era, -erum free, liberate, līberō, 1 frequent, crēber, -bra, -brum friend, amīcus, -ī, m. friendly (adj.), amīcus, -a, -um friendly (adv.), amīcē friendship, amīcitia, -ae, f. frighten, perterreō, 2 from, ā or ab, dē, ē, ex, with abl. Often expressed bythe separative ablative without a prep. from each other, inter, with acc. of a reflexivepron. full, plēnus, -a, -um
[G]
Galba, Galba, -ae, m. garland, corōna, -ae, f. garrison, praesidium, praesi´dī, n. gate, porta, -ae, f. Gaul, Gallia, -ae, f. Gaul (a), Gallus, -ī, m. general, imperātor, -ōris, m. Geneva, Genāva, -ae, f. gentle, lēnis, -e German, Germānus, -a, -um Germans (the), Germānī, -ōrum, m. plur. Germany, Germānia, -ae, f. get (dinner), parō, 1 girl, puella, -ae, f.	give, dō, dare, dedī, datus give over, surrender, dēdō, 3; trādō, 3 give up, omittō, 3 go, eō, 4 ([§ 499]) go forth, prōgredior, 3 god, deus, -ī, m. ([§ 468]) goddess, dea, -ae, f. ([§ 67]) gold, aurum, -ī, n. good, bonus, -a, -um grain, frūmentum, -ī, n. grain supply, rēs frūmentāria great, ingēns, -entis; magnus, -a, -um greatest, maximus, -a, -um; summus, -a, -um guard, praesidium, praesi´dī, n.
[H]
hand, manus, -ūs, f. happy, laetus, -a, -um harbor, portus, -ūs, m. hasten, contendō, 3; mātūrō, 1; properō, 1 hateful, invīsus, -a, -um haughty, superbus, -a, -um have, habeō, 2 have no power, nihil possum he, is; hic; iste; ille; or not expressed head, caput, -itis, n. hear, audiō heart, animus, -ī, m. heavy, gravis, -e Helvetii (the), Helvētiī, -ōrum, m. plur. hem in, contineō, 2 hen, gallīna, -ae, f. her, eius; huius; istīus; illīus; reflexive, suus, -a, -um([§ 116]) hide, abdō, 3	high, altus, -a, -um highest, summus, -a, -um hill, collis, -is, m. himself, suī. See self hindrance, impedīmentum, -ī, n. his, eius; huius; istīus; illīus; reflexive, suus, -a, -um([§ 116]) hither, citerior, -ius ([§ 315]) hold, teneō, 2 home, domus, -ūs, f. ([§ 468]). at home, domī ([§ 267]) hope (Noun), spēs, speī, f. hope (verb), spērō, 1 horse, equus, -ī, m. horseman, eques, -itis, m. hostage, obses, -idis, m. and f. hostile, inimīcus, -a, -um hour, hōra, -ae, f. house, domicilium, domici´lī, n.; domus, -ūs, f.([§ 468]) hurl, iaciō, 3
[I]
I, ego ([§ 280]);or not expressed if, sī. if not, nisi ill, aeger, -gra, -grum immediately, statim in (of place), in, with abl.; (of time or ofspecification) abl. without prep. in order that, ut, with subjv.; in order that not, lest, nē, with subjv. in vain, frūstrā industry, dīligentia, -ae, f. inflict injuries upon, iniūriās īnferō with dat. ([§ 426]) inflict punishment on, supplicium sūmō de inform some one, aliquem certiōrem faciō	injure, noceō, 2, with dat. ([§ 153]) injury, iniūria, -ae, f. into, in, with acc. intrust, committō, 3; mandō, 1 invite, vocō, 1 is, used as auxiliary, not translated; as a copula, sum([§ 494]) island, īnsula, -ae, f. it, is; hie; iste; ille; or not expressed Italy, Italia, -ae, f. its, eius; huius; istīus; illīus; reflexive, suus, -a, -um([§ 116]) itself, suī. See self
[J]
join battle, proelium committō journey, iter, itineris, n. ([§ 468]) judge (Noun), iūdex, -icis, m.	judge (verb), iūdicō, 1 Julia, Iūlia, -ae, f. just now, nūper
[K]
keep, contineō, 2; prohibeo, 2; teneō, 2 keep on doing something, expressed by the impf.indic. kill, interficiō, 3; necō, 1 ; occīdō, 3	king, rēx, rēgis, m. kingdom, rēgnum, -ī, n. know, cognōscō, 3, in perf.; sciō, 4
[L]
labor (Noun), labor, -ōris, m. labor (verb), labōrō, 1 lack (Noun), inopia, -ae, f. lack (verb), egeō, 2, with abl. ([§ 180]) lady, domina, -ae, f. lake, lacus, -ūs, m. ([§ 260. 2]) land, terra, -ae, f. language, lingua, -ae, f. large, ingēns, -entis ; magnus, -a, -um larger, maior, maius lately, nūper Latona, Lātōna, -ae, f. law, lēx, lēgis, f. lay waste, vāstō, 1 lead, dūco, 3 leader, dux, ducis, m. and f. learn, know, cognōscō, 3 leave, depart from, discēdō, 3 leave behind, abandon, relinquō, 3	left, sinister, -tra, -trum legion, legiō, -ōnis, f. legionaries, legiōnāriī, -ōrum, m. plur. length, longitūdō, -inis, f. lest, nē, with subjv. letter (of the alphabet), littera, -ae, f; (anepistle) litterae, -ārum, f. plur. lieutenant, lēgātus, -ī, m. light, lūx, lūcis, f. like (adj.), similis, -e like, love, amō, 1 line of battle, aciēs, aciēī, f. little, parvus, -a, -um live, habitō, 1; incolō, 3; vīvō, 3 long, longus, -a, -um long, for a long time, diū long for, dēsīderō, 1 look after, cūrō, 1 love, amō, 1
[M]
maid, maid servant, ancilla, -ae,f. make, faciō, 3 make war upon, bellum īnferō with dat. ([§ 426]) man, homō, -inis, m. and f.; vir, virī, m. man-of-war, nāvis longa many, multī, -ae, -a, plur. of multus march, iter, itineris, n. ([§ 468]) Mark, Mārcus, -ī, m. marriage, mātrimōnium, mātrimō´nī, n. master, dominus, -ī, m.; magīster, -trī, m. matter, negōtium, negō´tī, n.; rēs, reī, f. means, by means of, the abl. messenger, nūntius, nūntī, m. midnight, media nox mile, mīlle passuum ([§ 331. b]) miles, mīlia passuum mind, animus, -ī, m.; mēns, mentis, f.	mine, meus, -a, -um mistress, domina, -ae, f. money, pecūnia, -ae, f. monster, mōnstrum, -ī, n. month, mēnsis, -is, m. moon, lūna, -ae, f. more (adj.), plūs, plūris ([§ 313]); or a comparative.Adverb, magis most (adj.), plūrimus, -a, -um; superl. degree.Adverb, maximē; plūrimum mother, māter, mātris, f. mountain, mōns, montis, m. move, moveō, 2 moved, commōtus, -a, -um much (by), multō multitude, multitūdō, -inis. f. my, meus, -a, -um myself, mē, reflexive. See self
[N]
name, nōmen, -inis, n. nation, gēns, gentis, f. near, propinquus, -a, -um nearest, proximus, -a, -um nearly, ferē neighbor, fīnitimus, -ī, in. neighboring, fīinitimus, -a, -um neither, neque or nec; neither ... nor, neque (nec) ... neque (nec) never, numquam nevertheless, tamen new, novus, -a, -um next day, postrīdiē eius diēī next to, proximus, -a, -um	night, nox, noctis, f. nine, novem no, minimē; or repeat verb with a negative ([§ 210]) no, none, nūllus, -a, -um ([§ 109]) no one, nēmō, nūllīus nor, neque or nec not, nōn not even, nē ... quidem not only ... but also, nōn sōlum ... sed etiam nothing, nihil or nihilum, -ī, n. now, nunc number, numerus, -ī, m.
[O]
obey, pāreō, 2, with dat. ([§ 153]) of, sign of gen.; dē, with abl.; out of, ē or ex, with abl. often, saepe on (of place), in, with abl.; (of time) abl. without prep. on account of, propter, with acc.; or abl. of cause. on all sides, undique once (upon a time), ōlim one, ūnus, -a, -um ([§ 108]) one ... another, alius ... alius ([§ 110]) only (adv.), sōlum; tantum	opportune, opportunus, -a, -um opposite, adversus, -a, -um oracle, ōrāculum, -ī, n. orator, ōrātor, -ōris, m. order, imperō, 1; iubeō, 2 ornament, ōrnāmentum, -ī, n. other, alius, -a, -ud ([§ 109]) others (the), reliquī, -ōrum, m. plur. ought, dēbeō, 2 our, noster, -tra, -trum ourselves, nōs, as reflexive object. See self overcome, superō, 1 ; vincō, 3 own (his, her, its, their), suus, -a, -um
[P]
part, pars, partis, f. peace, pāx, pācis, f. people, populus, -ī, m. Perseus, Perseus, -ī, m. persuade, persuādeō, 2, with dat. ([§ 153]) pitch camp, castra pōnō place (Noun), locus, -ī, m. place, arrange, conlocō, 1 place, put, pōnō, 3 place in command, praeficiō, 3, with acc. and dat. ([§ 426]) plan (a), cōnsilium, cōnsi´lī, n. please, placeō, 2, with dat. ([§ 154]) pleasing, grātus, -a, -um plow, arō, 1 Pompeii, Pompēiī, -ōrum, m. plur.	possible (as), expressed by quam and superl. powerful (be), valeō, 2 praise, laudō, 1 prefer, mālō, mālle, māluī, —— ([§ 497]) prepare for, parō, 1, with acc. press hard, premō, 3 protection, fidēs, fideī, f. province, prōvincia, -ae, f. public, pūblicus, -a, -um Publius, Pūblius, Pūblī, m. punishment, poena, -ae, f.; supplicium, suppli´cī,n. purpose, for the purpose of, ut, quī, or quō, withsubjv.; ad, with gerund or gerundive; causā, following the genitive ofa gerund or gerundive pursue, īnsequor, 3
[Q]
queen, rēgīna, -ae, f. quickly, celeriter	quite, expressed by the comp. degree
[R]
rampart, vāllum, -ī, n. rear, novissimum agmen reason, causa, -ae, f. receive, accipiō, 3; excipiō, 3 recent, recēns, -entis recently, nūper redoubt, castellum, -ī, n. refuse, recūsō, 1 remain, maneō, 2 remaining, reliquus, -a, -um reply, respondeō, 2 report (Noun), fama, -ae, f.; rūmor, -ōris,m. report (verb), adferō; dēferō; referō ([§ 498]) republic, rēs pūblica require, postulō, 1 resist, resistō, 3, with dat. ([§ 154])	rest (the), reliquī, -ōrum, m. plur. restrain, contineō, 2 retainer, cliēns, -entis, m. retreat, pedem referō; terga vertō return, redeō, 4; revertor, 3 revolution, rēs novae Rhine, Rhēnus, -ī, m. right, dexter, -tra, -trum river, flūmen, -inis, n.; fluvius, fluvī, m. road, via, -ae, f. Roman, Rōmānus, -a, -um Rome, Rōma, -ae, f. row, ōrdō, -inis, m. rule, regō, 3 rumor, fāma, -ae, f.; rūmor, -ōris, m. run, currō, 3
[S]
sacrifice, sacrum, -ī, n. safety, salūs, -ūtis, f. sail, nāvigō, 1 sailor, nauta, -ae, m. sake, for the sake of, causā, following a gen. same, īdem, eadem, idem ([§ 287]) savages, barbarī, -ōrum, m. plur. save, servō, 1 say, dīcō, 3 school, lūdus, -ī, m.; schola, -ae, f. scout, explōrātor, -ōris, m. sea, mare, -is, n. second, secundus, -a, -um see, videō, 2 seek, petō, 3 seem, videor, 2, passive of videō seize, occupō, 1; rapiō, 3 self, ipse, -a, -um ([§ 286]); suī ([§ 281]) send, mittō, 3 set fire to, incendō, 3 set out, proficīscor, 3 seven, septem Sextus, Sextus, -ī, m. she, ea; haec; ista; illa ([§ 115]); or not expressed ship, nāvis, -is, f. ([§ 243. 1]) short, brevis, -e shout, clāmor, -ōris, m. show, dēmōnstrō, 1 Sicily, Sicilia, -ae, f. sick, aeger, -gra, -grum side, latus, -eris, n. siege, obsidiō, -ōnis, f. since, cum, with subjv. ([§ 396]); the abl. abs. ([§ 381]) sing, canō, 3; cantō, 1 sister, soror, -ōris, f. sit, sedeō, 2 size, magnitūdō, -inis, f. skillful, perītus, -a, -um slave, servus, -ī, m. slavery, servitiūs, -ūtis, f. slow, tardus, -a, -um	small, parvus, -a, -um snatch, rapiō, 3 so, ita; sīc; tam so great, tantus, -a, -um so that, ut; so that not, ut nōn soldier, mīles, -itis, m. some, often not expressed; quis (quī), qua (quae), quid(quod); aliquī, aliqua, aliquod some one, quis; aliquis ([§ 487]) some ... others, aliī ... aliī ([§ 110]) something, quid; aliquid ([§ 487]) son, fīlius, fīlī, m. soon, mox space, spatium, spatī, n. spear, pīlum, -ī, n. spirited, ācer, ācris, ācre; alacer, alacris, alacre spring, fōns, fontis, m. spur, calcar, -āris, n. stand, stō, 1 state, cīvitās, -ātis, f. station, conlocō, 1 steadiness, cōnstantia, -ae, f. stone, lapis, -idis, m. storm, oppugnō, 1 story, fābula, -ae, f. street, via, -ae, f. strength, vīs, (vīs), f. strong, fortis, -e; validus, -a, -um sturdy, validus, -a, -um such, tālis, -e suddenly, subitō suffer punishment, supplicium dō sufficiently, satis suitable, idōneus, -a, -um summer, aestās, -ātis, f. sun, sōl, sōlis, m. supplies, commeātus, -ūs, m. surrender, trādō, 3 suspect, suspicor, 1 swift, celer, -eris, -ere; vēlōx, -ōcis sword, gladius, gladī, m.
[T]
take, capture, capiō, 3 take part in, intersum, -esse, -fuī, -futūrus, with dat.([§ 426]) take possession of, occupō, 1 tall, altus, -a, -um task, opus, operis, n. teach, doceō, 2 teacher, magister, -trī, m. tear (Noun), lacrima, -ae, f. tell, dīcō, 3; nārrō, 1 ten, decem terrified, perterritus, -a, -um terrify, perterreō, 2 than, quam that (conj. after verbs of saying and the like), notexpressed that (pron.), is; iste; ille that, in order that, in purpose clauses, ut; afterverbs of fearing, nē ([§§ 349],[366],[372]) that not, lest, in purpose clauses, nē; after verbs offearing, ut ([§§ 349], [366], [372]) the, not expressed their, gen. plur. of is; reflexive, suus, -a, -um([§ 116]) their own, suus, -a, -um ([§ 116]) then, at that time, tum then, in the next place, deinde, tum there, as expletive, not expressed there, in that place, ibi therefore, itaque they, iī; hī; istī; illī; or not expressed	think, arbitror, 1; exīstimō, 1; putō, 1 third, tertius, -a, -um this, hic, haec, hoc; is, ea, id though, cum. with subjv. ([§ 396]) thousand, mīlle ([§ 479]) three, trēs, tria ([§ 479]) through, per, with acc. thy, tuus, -a, -um time, tempus, -oris, n. to, sign of dat.; ad, in, with acc.; expressingpurpose, ut, quī, with subjv.; ad, with gerund orgerundive to each other, inter, with acc. of a reflexive pron. to-day, hodiē tooth, dēns, dentis, m. top of, summus, -a, -um tower, turris, -is, f. ([§ 243. 2]) town, oppidum, -ī, n. townsman, oppidānus, -ī, m. trace, vestīgium, vestī´gī, n. trader, mercātor, -ōris, m. train, exerceō, 2 tree, arbor, -oris, f. tribe, gēns, gentis, f. troops, cōpiae, -ārum, f. plur. true, vērus, -a, -um trumpet, tuba, -ae, f. try, cōnor, 1; temptō, 1 twelve, duodecim two, duo, duae, duo ([§ 479])
[U]
under, sub, with acc. or abl. undertake, suscipiō, 3 unharmed, incolumis, -e unless, nisi	unlike, dissimilis, -e unwilling (be), nōlō, nōlle, nōluī, —— ([§ 497]) up to, sub, with acc. us, nōs, acc. plur. of ego
[V]
very, superl. degree; maximē; ipse, -a, -um ([§ 285]) victor, victor, -ōris, m. victory, victōria, -ae, f. village, vīcus, -ī, m.	violence, vīs, (vīs), f. violently, vehementer voice, vōx, vōcis, f.
[W]
wage, gerō, 3 wagon, carrus. -ī, m. wall, mūrus, -ī, m. want, inopia, -ae, f. war, bellum, -ī, n. watch, vigilia, -ae, f. water, aqua, -ae, f. wave, fluctus, -ūs, m. way, iter, itineris, n. ([§ 468]); via, -ae, f. way, manner, modus, -ī, m. we, nōs, plur. of ego; or not expressed weak, īnfīrmus, -a, -um weapons, arma, -ōrum, n. plur.; tēla, -ōrum, n.plur. wear, gerō, 3 weary, dēfessus, -a, -um what, quis (quī), quae, quid (quod) ([§ 483]) when, ubi; cum ([§ 396]); often expressed by aparticiple where, ubi which, quī, quae, quod ([§ 482]);which of two, uter, utra, utrum ([§ 108]) while, expressed by a participle whither, quō who (rel.), quī, quae ([§ 482]); (interrog.) quis ([§ 483]) whole, tōtus, -a, -um ([§ 108]) whose, cuius; quōrum, quārum, quōrum, gen. of quī, quae,quod, rel.; or of quis, quid, interrog. why, cūr	wicked, malus, -a, -um wide, lātus, -a, -um width, lātitūdō, -inis, f. wild beast, fera, -ae, f. willing (be), volō, velle, voluī, —— ([§ 497]) win (a victory), reportō, 1 wind, ventus, -ī, m. wine, vīnum, -ī, n. wing, cornū, -ūs, n. winter, hiems, -emis, f. wisdom, cōnsilium, consi´lī, n. wish, cupiō, 3; volō, velle, voluī, —— ([§ 497]); wish not, nōlō, nōlle, nōluī, —— ([§ 497]) with, cum, with abl.; sometimes abl. alone withdraw, sē recipere without, sine, with abl. woman, fēmina, -ae, f.; mulier, -eris, f. wonderful, mīrus, -a, -um word, verbum, -ī, n. work, labor, -ōris, m.; opus, -eris, n. worse, peior, peius, comp. of malus worst, pessimus, -a, -um, superl. of malus wound (Noun), vulnus, -eris, n. wound (verb), vulnerō, 1 wreath, corōna, -ae, f. wretched, miser, -era, -erum wrong, iniūria, -ae, f.
[Y]
year, annus, -ī, m. yes, certē; ita; vērō; or, more usually, repeat the verb([§ 210]) yonder (that), ille, -a, -ud	you, sing. tū; plur. vōs ([§ 480]); or not expressed your, sing. tuus, -a, -um; plur. vester, -tra,-trum ([§ 98. b])
[Z]
zeal, studium, studī, n.

[INDEX]

The numbers in all cases refer to sections.

ā-declension of nouns, [57],[461] ā-verbs, conjugation of, [488] ablative case, [48], [50] absolute, [381] after a comparative, [309] of accompaniment, [104] of agent, [181] of cause, [102] of description,[444], [445] of manner, [105] of means or instrument, [103] of measure of difference, [317] of place from which, [179] of place where, [265] of separation, [180] of specification, [398] of time, [275] accent,[14]-[16] accompaniment abl. of, [104] accusative case, [33] as subject of the infinitive, [214] object, [37] of duration and extent, [336] of place to which, [263], [266] predicate, [392] with prepositions, [340]	adjectives,[54], [55] agreement, [65] comparison regular, [301] by adverbs, [302] irregular, [307],[311],[312], [315] declension of comparatives, [303] of first and second declensions,[83],[93], [469] of third declension, [250]-[257], [471] with the dative, [143] adverbs, [319] comparison,[320], [323] formation regular,[320], [321] irregular,[322], [323] agent expressed by the abl. with ā or ab, [181] agreement of adjectives,[65], [215. a] of appositives, [81] of predicate nouns, [76] of relative pronouns, [224] of verbs, [28] aliquis, [487] alius, [108],[110],[470] alphabet,[1]-[3] alter,[108], [110] antepenult, [9. 3] accent of, [15] apposition,[80], [81] article not used in Latin,[22. a]
base, [58]
cardinal numerals, [327]-[329], [478] case, [32. 2] causal clauses with cum,[395],[396] cause, expressed by the abl., [102] characteristic subjv. of,[389], [390] comparative declension of, [303] comparison abl. of, [309] degrees of, [300] of adjectives,[300]-[315] irregular,[311]-[315], [473], [475] of adverbs regular,[320]-[476] irregular,[323], [477] positive wanting, [315] six adjectives in -lis, [307]	complementary infinitive, [215] compound verbs with the dative,[425], [426] concessive clauses with cum,[395],[396] conjugation stems, [184] conjugations the four regular,[126], [488]-[491] irregular,[494]-[500] consonants, [2] copula, [21] cum conjunction, [395] cum preposition, [209]
dative case, [43] of indirect object,[44], [45] of purpose, or end for which, [437] with adjectives, [143] with compound verbs, [426] with special verbs, [153] dea declension of, [67] declension,[23], [32] degree of difference expressed by the abl., [317] demonstrative adjectives and pronouns,[112]-[115], [290]-[292], [481] deponent verbs, [338], [339], [493] descriptive ablative and genitive,[441]-[445]	descriptive relative clause with the subjv.,[389], [390] deus declension of, [468] difference, measure of,[316],[317] diphthongs, [6] direct statements, [414] distributive numerals,[327. 3],[334] domī locative, [267] domus declension of, [468] duo declension of, [479] duration of time, expressed by the acc., [336]
ē-declension of nouns,[272],[273], [467] ē-verbs, conjugation of, [489] ĕ-verbs, conjugation of, [490] ego declension of,[280], [480]	enclitics, [16] eō conjugation of, [499] extent of space expressed by the acc., [336]
fearing subjv. after verbs of, [370]-[372] ferō conjugation of, [498] fifth or ē-declension,[272],[273], [467] fīlia declension of, [67] fīlius declension of,[87]-[89] finite verb defined, [173] fīō conjugation of, [500]	first conjugation, [488] first or ā-declension, [57],[461] fourth conjugation, [491] fourth or u-declension,[259],[260], [466] from how expressed,[178]-[181] future participle formation of,[374. c] future perfect formation of active, [187. 3] passive, [202] future tense formation of,[137], [156]
gender in English and in Latin, [60] in the first declension, [61] in the second declension, [72] in the third declension, [247] in the fourth declension, [260] in the fifth declension, [272] general observations on declension, [74]	genitive case English equivalents of, [33] of description,[443], [445] of nouns in -ius and -ium, [87] partitive, [331] possessive,[38], [409] gerund a verbal noun,[402], [403] gerundive a verbal adjective, [404] with ad to express purpose, [407]
hic declension and use of, [290], [291]	how to read Latin, [17]
i consonant, [3] i-stems of nouns, [231], [241]-[244] ī-verbs conjugation of, [491] īdem declension of,[287], [481] iēns declension of, [472] ille declension and use of, [290]-[293], [481] imperative formation of,[161], [175] irregular, [161. 2] in commands, [161] imperfect indicative, formation and use of,[133],[134],[165. 1] imperfect subjunctive, [354] indefinite pronouns and adjectives,[296],[297],[484]-[487] independent clauses, [219] indirect object, [44], [45] indirect questions,[430]-[432] indirect statements,[414]-[419] infinitive as object, [213] as subject, [216] complementary, [215] definition of, [173] does not express purpose, [352] formation of, [126],[174],[205], [206] in indirect statements, [415]-[410] used as in English, [213]-[216]	inflection defined, [23] instrument abl. of,[100. b], [103] intensive pronoun ipse, declension and use of,[285],[286], [481] interrogative pronouns and adjectives,[225]-[227], [483] intransitive verbs, defined,[20. a] with the dative, [153] iō-verbs of the third conj., [492] ipse declension and use of, [285], [481] irregular adjectives, [108] irregular comparison of adjectives, [307][311],[312] of adverbs, [323] irregular nouns, [67], [246], [468] irregular verbs,[494]-[500] is declension and use of, [113]-[116] iste declension and use of, [290], [292], [481] iter declension of, [468]
Latin word order, [68]	locative case, [267]
magis and maximē comparison by, [302] mālō conjugation of,[4].[97] manner abl. of, [105] means abl. of, [103]	measure of difference abl. of,[316], [317] mīlle, declension of, [479] construction with,[331. a],b moods, defined, [121]
-ne, enclitic in questions, [210] nē, conj., that not, lest with negative clauses of purpose, [350.II] with verbs of fearing, [370] nine irregular adjectives,[108]-[110] nōlō conjugation of, [497] nominative case, [35], [36] nōnne in questions, [210]	nōs declension of,[280], [480] Nouns, [19. 2] first declension,[57], [461] second declension,[71]-[74],[87]-[92],[462] third declension,[230]-[247], [463]-[465] fourth declension, [259], [260], [466] fifth declension, [272],[273],[467] num, in questions, [210] number, [24] numerals,[327]-[334], [478], [479]
o-declension of nouns,[71]-[74], [87]-[92], [462] object, [20] direct, [37] indirect,[44], [45]	order of words, [68] ordinal numerals,[327. 2],[478]
participial stem, [201. 2] participles, defined, [203] agreement of, [204] formation, of present,[374. b] of perfect, [201] of future,[374. c,d] of deponent verbs, [375] tenses of, [376] translated by a clause, [377] partitive genitive, [330],[331] passive voice defined, [163] formation of,[164], [202] penult, [9. 3] accent of, [15] perfect indicative formation, in the active,[185], [186] in the passive, [202] meaning of, [190] definite, [190] indefinite, [190] distinguished from the imperfect, [190] perfect infinitive active, [195] passive, [205] perfect passive participle, [201] perfect stem, [185] perfect subjunctive active, [361] passive, [362] person, [122] personal endings active, [122] passive, [164] personal pronouns, [280],[480] place where, whither, whence, [263]-[265] names of towns and domus and rūs,[266]-[268] pluperfect indicative active, [187. 2] passive, [202]	pluperfect subjunctive active, [361] passive, [363] plūs declension of, [313] possessive pronouns, [97],[98] possum conjugation of, [495] predicate defined, [19] predicate adjective defined, [55] predicate noun, [75], [76] prepositions with the abl., [209] with the acc., [340] present indicative, [128],[130], [147] present stem,[126. a] present subjunctive, [344] primary tenses, [356] principal parts, [183] pronouns classification of, [278] defined,[19. 2. a] demonstrative, [481] indefinite,[297], [484]-[487] intensive, [285],[286],[481] interrogative, [483] personal, [480] possessive,[97], [98] reflexive, [281] relative,[220], [221] pronunciation,[4]-[7] prōsum conjugation of, [496] purpose dative of,[436], [437] expressed by the gerund or gerundive with ad, [407] not expressed by the infinitive, [352] subjunctive of,[348]-[350], [365]-[367]
quality gen. or abl. of,[441]-[445] quam with a comparative, [308] quantity,[11]-[13] questions direct, [210] indirect,[430]-[432] quī declension and use of, [220],[221], [482]	quīdam declension of, [485] quis declension and use of, [225]-[227], [483] quisquam declension of, [486] quisque declension of, [484]
reflexive pronouns, [281] relative clauses of characteristic or description,[389],[390] relative clauses of purpose,[348],[349] relative pronouns, [220],[221]	result clauses, [384]-[387] reviews,[502]-[528] rūs constructions of, [266]
sē distinguished from ipse,[285. a] second conjugation, [489] second or o-declension,[71]-[93], [462] sentences simple, complex, compound, [219] separation abl. of, [180] separative ablative,[178]-[181] sequence of tenses,[356]-[358] space extent of, expressed by the acc., [336] specification abl. of, [398] stems of nouns, [230] of verbs, [184] subject defined, [19. 2] of the infinitive, [213], [214] subjunctive formation of the present, [344] of the imperfect, [354] of the perfect,[361], [362] of the pluperfect,[361. c],[363]	subjunctive constructions characteristic or description,[389],[390] indirect questions, [430]-[432] purpose, [349],[366],[372] result,[385], [386] time, cause, or concession, with cum,[395],[396] subjunctive ideas, [346] subjunctive tenses, [342],[343] subordinate clauses, [219] suī declension of,[281], [480] sum conjugation of, [494] suus use of,[98. c], [116] syllables, [8] division of, [9] quantity of, [13] syntax rules of, [501]
temporal clauses with cum,[395],[396] tense defined, [120] tense signs imperfect, [133] future,[137], [156] pluperfect active, [187. 2] future perfect active, [187. 3] tenses primary and secondary, [356] sequence of,[357], [358] third conjugation,[490], [492] third declension of nouns classes,[231], [463] consonant stems,[232]-[238], [464] gender, [247] i-stems,[241]-[244], [465] irregular nouns, [246]	time abl. of, [275] time acc. of, [336] towns rules for names of, [266], [267], [268] transitive verb,[20. a] trēs declension of, [479] tū declension of,[280], [480] tuus compared with vester, [98].b
u-declension of nouns,[259],[260], [466]	ultima, [9. 3]
verbs agreement of, [28] conjugation of,[126], [488]-[491] deponent, [338],[339],[493] irregular,[494]-[500] personal endings of, [122], [164] principal parts of, [183] vester compared with tuus,[98. b] vīs declension of, [468] vocabularies English-Latin, pp.[332]-[343] Latin-English, pp.[299]-[331] special, pp.[283]-[298]	vocative case,[56. a] of nouns in -us of the second declension,[73. b] of proper nouns in -ius and of fīlius, [88] voice defined, [163] volō conjugation of, [497] vōs declension of,[280], [480] vowels sounds of,[5], [6] quantity of, [12]

---

DISPLAY PROBLEMS

The illustration in [section 77] with interlocked text may not display properly on all browsers.

[Picture by Itself]

Two grammatical diagrams were given as images. They are shown here in plain-text format.

Prepositions, [section 179]:

_________
ā or ab | | ē or ex
/____________| _____|_____________\
\ | Place | /
|_________|
|
| dē
|
V

Demonstrative pronouns, [section 290]:

hic iste ille
SPEAKER ---------->-------------->---------------->
_this_, _he_; _that_, _he_; _that_, _he_
(near); (remote); (more remote)